Krishna.mobi - fast, clean Vedabase reading Library
Default ViewAdvanced
Dual Language
Before Verses
Bengali
Verse Text
Synonyms
Translation
Purport

CHAPTER TWENTY

Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu Instructs Sanātana Gosvāmī in the Science of the Absolute Truth

The following summary of this chapter is given by Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura in his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya. When Śrīla Sanātana Gosvāmī was imprisoned by Nawab Hussain Shah, he received news from Rūpa Gosvāmī that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had gone to Mathurā. Sanātana Gosvāmī thereafter satisfied the superintendent of the jail by sweet solicitations and bribery. After giving the jailer seven thousand gold coins, Sanātana Gosvāmī was released. He then crossed the Ganges and fled. One of his servants, Īśāna, followed him, carrying eight gold coins. Sanātana Gosvāmī and his servant then spent the night in a small hotel on the way to Benares. The hotel owner knew that Sanātana Gosvāmī and his servant had eight gold coins, and he decided to kill them and take the money. Making plans in this way, the hotel owner received them as honorable guests. Sanātana Gosvāmī, however, asked his servant how much money he had, and taking seven of the gold coins, Sanātana offered them to the hotel owner. Thus the owner helped them cross the hilly tract and proceed toward Vārāṇasī. On the way, Sanātana Gosvāmī met his brother-in-law, Śrīkānta, at Hājipura, and Śrīkānta helped him after he had heard about all Sanātana’s troubles. Thus Sanātana Gosvāmī finally arrived at Vārāṇasī and stood before the door of Candraśekhara. Caitanya Mahāprabhu called him in and ordered him to change his dress so that he would look like a gentleman. For his garment, he used an old cloth of Tapana Miśra’s. Later, he exchanged his valuable blanket for a torn quilt. At this time Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very pleased with him, and thus Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī received knowledge of the Absolute Truth from the Lord Himself.
First they discussed the constitutional position of the living entities, and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu explained to Sanātana Gosvāmī how the living entity is one of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s energies. After this, the Lord explained the way of devotional service. While discussing the Absolute Truth, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Lord analyzed Brahman, Paramātmā and Bhagavān, as well as the expansions of the Lord called svayaṁ-rūpa, tad-ekātma and āveśa, which are divided into various branches known as vaibhava and prābhava. Thus the Lord described the many forms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He also described the incarnations of God within the material world, incarnations such as the puruṣa-avatāras, manvantara-avatāras, guṇa-avatāras and śaktyāveśa-avatāras. The Lord also discussed the divisions of Kṛṣṇa’s different ages, such as bālya and paugaṇḍa, and the different pastimes of the different ages. He explained how Kṛṣṇa attained His permanent form when He reached youth. In this way Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu explained and described everything to Sanātana Gosvāmī.
বন্দেঽনন্তাদ্ভুতৈশ্বর্যং শ্রীচৈতন্যমহাপ্রভুম্‌ ।
নীচোঽপি যৎপ্রসাদাৎ স্যাদ্‌ভক্তিশাস্ত্রপ্রবর্তকঃ ॥ ১ ॥
vande ’nantādbhutaiśvaryaṁ
śrī-caitanya-mahāprabhum
nīco ’pi yat-prasādāt syād
bhakti-śāstra-pravartakaḥ

Synonyms

vandeI offer my respectful obeisances; anantaunlimited; adbhutawonderful; aiśvaryampossessing opulences; śrī-caitanya-mahāprabhumunto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nīcaḥ apieven a person in the lowest status of life; yat-prasādātby whose mercy; syātmay become; bhakti-śāstraof the science of devotional service; pravartakaḥan inaugurator.

Translation

Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who has unlimited, wonderful opulences. By His mercy, even a person born as the lowest of men can spread the science of devotional service.
জয় জয় শ্রীচৈতন্য জয় নিত্যানন্দ ।
জয়াদ্বৈতচন্দ্র জয় গৌরভক্তবৃন্দ ॥ ২ ॥
jaya jaya śrī-caitanya jaya nityānanda
jayādvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛnda

Synonyms

jaya jayaall glories; śrī-caitanyato Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jayaall glories; nityānandato Nityānanda; jayaall glories; advaita-candrato Advaita Ācārya; jayaall glories; gaura-bhakta-vṛndato all devotees of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

All glories to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu! All glories to Nityānanda Prabhu! All glories to Advaita Ācārya! And all glories to all the devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu!
এথা গৌড়ে সনাতন আছে বন্দিশালে ।
শ্রীরূপ-গোসাঞির পত্রী আইল হেনকালে ॥ ৩ ॥
ethā gauḍe sanātana āche bandi-śāle
śrī-rūpa-gosāñīra patrī āila hena-kāle

Synonyms

ethāhere; gauḍein Bengal; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; āchewas; bandi-śālein prison; śrī-rūpa-gosāñīraof Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; patrīthe letter; āilacame; hena-kāleat that time.

Translation

While Sanātana Gosvāmī was imprisoned in Bengal, a letter arrived from Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura informs us that this letter from Rūpa Gosvāmī to Sanātana Gosvāmī is mentioned by the annotator of the Udbhaṭa-candrikā. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī wrote a note to Sanātana Gosvāmī from Bāklā. This note indicated that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was coming to Mathurā, and it stated:
yadu-pateḥ kva gatā mathurā-purī
raghu-pateḥ kva gatottara-kośalā
iti vicintya kuruṣva manaḥ sthiraṁ
na sad idaṁ jagad ity avadhāraya
“Where has the Mathurā-purī of Yadupati gone? Where has the Northern Kośalā of Raghupati gone? By reflection, make the mind steady, thinking, ‘This universe is not eternal.’ ”
পত্রী পাঞা সনাতন আনন্দিত হৈলা ।
যবন-রক্ষক-পাশ কহিতে লাগিলা ॥ ৪ ॥
patrī pāñā sanātana ānandita hailā
yavana-rakṣaka-pāśa kahite lāgilā

Synonyms

patrī pāñāreceiving the note; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; ānandita hailābecame very pleased; yavanameat-eater; rakṣakathe superintendent of the jail; pāśabefore; kahite lāgilābegan to say.

Translation

When Sanātana Gosvāmī received this note from Rūpa Gosvāmī, he became very pleased. He immediately went to the jail superintendent, who was a meat-eater, and spoke as follows.
“তুমি এক জিন্দাপীর মহাভাগ্যবান্‌ ।
কেতাব-কোরাণ-শাস্ত্রে আছে তোমার জ্ঞান ॥ ৫ ॥
“tumi eka jindā-pīra mahā-bhāgyavān
ketāba-korāṇa-śāstre āche tomāra jñāna

Synonyms

tumiyou; eka jindā-pīraa living saint; mahā-bhāgyavānvery fortunate; ketābabooks; korāṇathe Koran; śāstrein the scripture; āchethere is; tomārayour; jñānaknowledge.

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī told the Muslim jailkeeper, “Dear sir, you are a saintly person and are very fortunate. You have full knowledge of the revealed scriptures such as the Koran and similar books.
এক বন্দী ছাড়ে যদি নিজ-ধর্ম দেখিয়া ।
সংসার হইতে তারে মুক্ত করেন গোসাঞা ॥ ৬ ॥
eka bandī chāḍe yadi nija-dharma dekhiyā
saṁsāra ha-ite tāre mukta karena gosāñā

Synonyms

eka bandīone imprisoned person; chāḍeone releases; yadiif; nija-dharmaone’s own religion; dekhiyāconsulting; saṁsāra ha-itefrom material bondage; tārehim; mukta karenareleases; gosāñāthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“If one releases a conditioned soul or imprisoned person according to religious principles, he himself is also released from material bondage by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.”

Purport

It appears from this statement that Sanātana Gosvāmī, who was formerly a minister of the Nawab, was trying to cheat the Muslim superintendent. A jail superintendent had only an ordinary education, or practically no education, and he was certainly not supposed to be very advanced in spiritual knowledge. But just to satisfy him, Sanātana Gosvāmī praised him as a very learned scholar of the scriptures. The jailkeeper could not deny that he was a learned scholar, because when one is elevated to an exalted position, one thinks oneself fit for that position. Sanātana Gosvāmī was correctly explaining the effects of spiritual activity, and the jailkeeper connected his statement with his release from jail.
There are innumerable conditioned souls rotting in the material world, imprisoned by māyā under the spell of sense gratification. The living entity is so entranced by the spell of māyā that in conditioned life even a pig feels satisfied. There are two kinds of covering powers exhibited by māyā. One is called prakṣepātmikā, and the other is called āvaraṇātmikā. When one is determined to get out of material bondage, the prakṣepātmikā-śakti, the spell of diversion, impels one to remain in conditioned life fully satisfied by sense gratification. Due to the other power (āvaraṇātmikā), a conditioned soul feels satisfied even if he is rotting in the body of a pig or a worm in stool. To release a conditioned soul from material bondage is very difficult because the spell of māyā is so strong. Even when the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself descends to deliver conditioned souls, asking them to surrender unto Him, the conditioned souls do not agree to the Lord’s proposal. Therefore Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī said, “Somehow or other, if one helps another gain release from the bondage of māyā, he is certainly recognized immediately by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.” As Lord Kṛṣṇa states in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.69):
na ca tasmān manuṣyeṣukaścin me priya-kṛttamaḥ
bhavitā na ca me tasmād
anyaḥ priyataro bhuvi
The greatest service one can render to the Lord is to try to infuse devotional service into the heart of the conditioned soul so that the conditioned soul may be released from conditioned life. Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has said that a Vaiṣṇava is recognized by his preaching work — that is, by convincing the conditioned soul about his eternal position, which is explained here as nija-dharma. It is the living entity’s eternal position to serve the Lord; therefore to help one get release from material bondage is to awaken one to the dormant understanding that he is the eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa. Jīvera ‘svarūpa’ haya — kṛṣṇera ‘nitya-dāsa’. This will be further explained by the Lord Himself to Sanātana Gosvāmī.
পূর্বে আমি তোমার করিয়াছি উপকার ।
তুমি আমা ছাড়ি’ কর প্রত্যুপকার ॥ ৭ ॥
pūrve āmi tomāra kariyāchi upakāra
tumi āmā chāḍi’ kara pratyupakāra

Synonyms

pūrveformerly; āmiI; tomārayour; kariyāchihave done; upakārawelfare; tumiyou; āmāme; chāḍi’releasing; karado; prati-upakārareturn welfare.

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī continued, “Previously I have done much for you. Now I am in difficulty. Please return my goodwill by releasing me.
পাঁচ সহস্র মুদ্রা তুমি কর অঙ্গীকার ।
পুণ্য, অর্থ, — দুই লাভ হইবে তোমার ॥” ৮ ॥
pāṅca sahasra mudrā tumi kara aṅgīkāra
puṇya, artha, — dui lābha ha-ibe tomāra”

Synonyms

pāṅca sahasrafive thousand; mudrāgolden coins; tumiyou; kara aṅgīkāraplease accept; puṇyapious activity; arthamaterial gain; dui lābhatwo kinds of achievement; ha-ibewill be; tomārayours.

Translation

“Here are five thousand gold coins. Please accept them. By releasing me, you will receive the results of pious activities and gain material profit as well. Thus you will profit in two ways simultaneously.”
তবে সেই যবন কহে, — “শুন, মহাশয় ।
তোমারে ছাড়িব, কিন্তু করি রাজভয় ॥” ৯ ॥
tabe sei yavana kahe, — “śuna, mahāśaya
tomāre chāḍiba, kintu kari rāja-bhaya”

Synonyms

tabethereafter; seithat; yavanameat-eater; kahesays; śunajust hear; mahāśayamy dear sir; tomāreyou; chāḍibaI would release; kintubut; kari rāja-bhayaI am afraid of the government.

Translation

In this way Sanātana Gosvāmī convinced the jailkeeper, who replied, “Please hear me, my dear sir. I am willing to release you, but I am afraid of the government.”
সনাতন কহে, — “তুমি না কর রাজ-ভয় ।
দক্ষিণ গিয়াছে যদি লেউটি’ আওয়য় ॥ ১০ ॥
তাঁহারে কহিও — সেই বাহ্যকৃত্যে গেল ।
গঙ্গার নিকট গঙ্গা দেখি’ ঝাঁপ দিল ॥ ১১ ॥
sanātana kahe, — “tumi nā kara rāja-bhaya
dakṣiṇa giyāche yadi leuṭi’ āoyaya
tāṅhāre kahio — sei bāhya-kṛtye gela
gaṅgāra nikaṭa gaṅgā dekhi’ jhāṅpa dila

Synonyms

sanātana kaheSanātana replied; tumiyou; not; karado; rāja-bhayafear of the government; dakṣiṇato the south; giyāchehas gone; yadiif; leuṭi’returning; āoyayacomes; tāṅhāreto him; kahioyou say; seihe; bāhya-kṛtyeto evacuate; gelawent; gaṅgāra nikaṭanear the bank of the Ganges; gaṅgā dekhi’seeing the Ganges; jhāṅpa dilajumped.

Translation

Sanātana replied, “There is no danger. The Nawab has gone to the south. If he returns, tell him that Sanātana went to pass stool near the bank of the Ganges and that as soon as he saw the Ganges, he jumped in.
অনেক দেখিল, তার লাগ্‌ না পাইল ।
দাড়ুকা-সহিত ডুবি কাহাঁ বহি’ গেল ॥ ১২ ॥
aneka dekhila, tāra lāg nā pāila
dāḍukā-sahita ḍubi kāhāṅ vahi’ gela

Synonyms

anekafor a long time; dekhilaI looked; tāraof him; lāgcontact; pāilacould not obtain; dāḍukā-sahitawith the shackles; ḍubidrowning; kāhāṅsomewhere; vahi’ gelawashed away.

Translation

“Tell him, ‘I looked for him a long time, but I could not find any trace of him. He jumped in with his shackles, and therefore he was drowned and washed away by the waves.’
কিছু ভয় নাহি, আমি এ-দেশে না রব ।
দরবেশ হঞা আমি মক্কাকে যাইব ॥” ১৩ ॥
kichu bhaya nāhi, āmi e-deśe nā raba
daraveśa hañā āmi makkāke yāiba”

Synonyms

kichuany; bhayafear; nāhithere is not; āmiI; e-deśein this country; rabashall not remain; daraveśa hañābecoming a mendicant; āmiI; makkāke yāibashall go to Mecca.

Translation

“There is no reason for you to be afraid, for I shall not remain in this country. I shall become a mendicant and go to the holy city of Mecca.”
তথাপি যবন-মন প্রসন্ন না দেখিলা ।
সাত-হাজার মুদ্রা তার আগে রাশি কৈলা ॥ ১৪ ॥
tathāpi yavana-mana prasanna nā dekhilā
sāta-hājāra mudrā tāra āge rāśi kailā

Synonyms

tathāpistill; yavana-manathe mind of the meat-eater; prasannasatisfied; not; dekhilāhe saw; sāta-hājāraseven thousand; mudrāgolden coins; tāraof him; āgein front; rāśi kailāmade a stack.

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī could see that the mind of the meat-eater was still not satisfied. He then stacked seven thousand gold coins before him.
লোভ হইল যবনের মুদ্রা দেখিয়া ।
রাত্রে গঙ্গাপার কৈল দাড়ুকা কাটিয়া ॥ ১৫ ॥
lobha ha-ila yavanera mudrā dekhiyā
rātre gaṅgā-pāra kaila dāḍukā kāṭiyā

Synonyms

lobha ha-ilathere was attraction for the money; yavaneraof the meat-eater; mudrā dekhiyāseeing the golden coins; rātreat night; gaṅgā-pāra kailahe got him across the Ganges; dāḍukāshackles; kāṭiyābreaking.

Translation

When the meat-eater saw the coins, he was attracted to them. He then agreed, and that night he cut Sanātana’s shackles and let him cross the Ganges.
গড়দ্বার-পথ ছাড়িলা, নারে তাহাঁ যাইতে ।
রাত্রি-দিন চলি’ আইলা পাতড়া-পর্বতে ॥ ১৬ ॥
gaḍa-dvāra-patha chāḍilā, nāre tāhāṅ yāite
rātri-dina cali’ āilā pātaḍā-parvate

Synonyms

gaḍa-dvāra-pathathe path of the fortress; chāḍilāgave up; nārenot able; tāhāṅthere; yāiteto go; rātri-dinanight and day; cali’walking; āilāarrived; pātaḍā-parvatein the hilly tract of land known as Pātaḍā.

Translation

In this way, Sanātana Gosvāmī was released. However, he was not able to walk along the path of the fortress. Walking day and night, he finally arrived at the hilly tract of land known as Pātaḍā.
তথা এক ভৌমিক হয়, তার ঠাঞি গেলা ।
‘পর্বত পার কর আমা’ — বিনতি করিলা ॥ ১৭ ॥
tathā eka bhaumika haya, tāra ṭhāñi gelā
‘parvata pāra kara āmā’ — vinati karilā

Synonyms

tathāthere; eka bhaumikaone landowner; hayathere is; tāra ṭhāñiunto him; gelāhe went; parvatathe hilly tract; pāra karacross over; āmāme; vinatisubmission; karilāhe made.

Translation

After reaching Pātaḍā, he met a landholder and submissively requested him to get him across that hilly tract of land.
সেই ভূঞার সঙ্গে হয় হাতগণিতা ।
ভূঞার কাণে কহে সেই জানি’ এই কথা ॥ ১৮ ॥
sei bhūñāra saṅge haya hāta-gaṇitā
bhūñāra kāṇe kahe sei jāni’ ei kathā

Synonyms

sei bhūñārathe landlord; saṅgewith; hayathere is; hāta-gaṇitāan expert in palmistry; bhūñāraof the landlord; kāṇein the ear; kahesays; seithat man; jāni’knowing; ei kathāthis statement.

Translation

A man who was expert in palmistry was at that time staying with the landlord. Knowing about Sanātana, he whispered the following in the landlord’s ear.
‘ইহার ঠাঞি সুবর্ণের অষ্ট মোহর হয়’ ।
শুনি’ আনন্দিত ভূঞা সনাতনে কয় ॥ ১৯ ॥
‘iṅhāra ṭhāñi suvarṇera aṣṭa mohara haya’
śuni’ ānandita bhūñā sanātane kaya

Synonyms

iṅhāra ṭhāñiin the possession of this man; suvarṇeraof gold; aṣṭaeight; moharacoins; hayathere are; śuni’hearing; ānanditapleased; bhūñāthe landlord; sanātaneto Sanātana; kayasays.

Translation

The palmist said, “This man Sanātana possesses eight gold coins.” Hearing this, the landlord was very pleased and spoke the following to Sanātana Gosvāmī.
“রাত্র্যে পর্বত পার করিব নিজ-লোক দিয়া ।
ভোজন করহ তুমি রন্ধন করিয়া ॥” ২০ ॥
“rātrye parvata pāra kariba nija-loka diyā
bhojana karaha tumi randhana kariyā”

Synonyms

rātryeat night; parvatathe hilly tract; pāra karibaI shall cross; nija-loka diyāwith my own men; bhojana karahajust take your meal; tumiyou; randhana kariyācooking.

Translation

The landlord said, “I shall get you across that hilly tract at night with my own men. Now just cook for yourself and take your lunch.”
এত বলি’ অন্ন দিল করিয়া সম্মান ।
সনাতন আসি’ তবে কৈল নদীস্নান ॥ ২১ ॥
eta bali’ anna dila kariyā sammāna
sanātana āsi’ tabe kaila nadī-snāna

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; anna dilasupplied food grain; kariyā sammānashowing great respect; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; āsi’coming; tabethen; kailadid; nadī-snānabathing in the river.

Translation

Saying this, the landlord offered Sanātana grain to cook. Sanātana then went to the riverside and took his bath.
দুই উপবাসে কৈলা রন্ধন-ভোজনে ।
রাজমন্ত্রী সনাতন বিচারিলা মনে ॥ ২২ ॥
dui upavāse kailā randhana-bhojane
rāja-mantrī sanātana vicārilā mane

Synonyms

dui upavāsefasting for two days; kailāperformed; randhana-bhojanecooking and eating; rāja-mantrīthe former minister of the Nawab; sanātanaSanātana; vicārilāconsidered; manein the mind.

Translation

Because Sanātana had been fasting for two days, he cooked the food and ate it. However, having formerly been a minister of the Nawab, he began to contemplate the situation.
‘এই ভূঞা কেনে মোরে সম্মান করিল ?’
এত চিন্তি’ সনাতন ঈশানে পুছিল ॥ ২৩ ॥
‘ei bhūñā kene more sammāna karila?’
eta cinti’ sanātana īśāne puchila

Synonyms

ei bhūñāthis landlord; kenewhy; moreunto me; sammāna karilaoffered so much respect; eta cinti’thinking this; sanātanaSanātana; īśānefrom Īśāna, his servant; puchilainquired.

Translation

As a former minister for the Nawab, Sanātana could certainly understand diplomacy. He therefore thought, “Why is this landlord offering me such respect?” Thinking in this way, he questioned his servant, whose name was Īśāna.
‘তোমার ঠাঞি জানি কিছু দ্রব্য আছয়’ ।
ঈশান কহে, — ‘মোর ঠাঞি সাত মোহর হয়’ ॥ ২৪ ॥
‘tomāra ṭhāñi jāni kichu dravya āchaya’
īśāna kahe, — ‘mora ṭhāñi sāta mohara haya’

Synonyms

tomāra ṭhāñiin your possession; jāniI understand; kichusome; dravyavaluable thing; āchayathere is; īśāna kaheĪśāna replied; mora ṭhāñiin my possession; sāta moharaseven gold coins; hayathere are.

Translation

Sanātana asked his servant, “Īśāna, I think you have some valuable things with you.”

Purport

Īśāna replied, “Yes, I have seven gold coins.”
শুনি’ সনাতন তারে করিয়া ভর্ৎসন ।
‘সঙ্গে কেনে আনিয়াছ এই কাল-যম ?’ ২৫ ॥
śuni’ sanātana tāre karilā bhartsana
‘saṅge kene āniyācha ei kāla-yama?’

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; tārehim; karilā bhartsanachastised; saṅgewith you; kenewhy; āniyāchahave you brought; eithis; kāla-yamadeath knell.

Translation

Hearing this, Sanātana Gosvāmī chastised his servant, saying, “Why have you brought this death knell with you?”
তবে সেই সাত মোহর হস্তেতে করিয়া ।
ভূঞার কাছে যাঞা কহে মোহর ধরিয়া ॥ ২৬ ॥
tabe sei sāta mohara hastete kariyā
bhūñāra kāche yāñā kahe mohara dhariyā

Synonyms

tabethereafter; sei sāta moharathese seven gold coins; hastete kariyātaking in the hands; bhūñāra kācheto the landlord; yāñāgoing; kahesays; mohara dhariyāholding the gold coins.

Translation

Thereupon, Sanātana Gosvāmī took the seven gold coins in his hands and went to the landlord. Holding the gold coins before him, he spoke as follows.
“এই সাত সুবর্ণ মোহর আছিল আমার ।
ইহা লঞা ধর্ম দেখি’ পর্বত কর পার ॥ ২৭ ॥
“ei sāta suvarṇa mohara āchila āmāra
ihā lañā dharma dekhi’ parvata kara pāra

Synonyms

ei sātathese seven; suvarṇa moharagolden coins; āchilawere; āmāramine; ihā lañāaccepting them; dharma dekhi’observing religious principles; parvatathe hilly tract of land; kara pārakindly get me across.

Translation

“I have these seven gold coins with me. Please accept them, and from a religious point of view please get me across that hilly tract of land.
রাজবন্দী আমি, গড়দ্বার যাইতে না পারি ।
পুণ্য হবে, পর্বত আমা দেহ’ পার করি ॥” ২৮ ॥
rāja-bandī āmi, gaḍa-dvāra yāite nā pāri
puṇya habe, parvata āmā deha’ pāra kari”

Synonyms

rāja-bandīa prisoner of the government; āmiI; gaḍa-dvāra yāiteto go openly on the road by the ramparts; pāriI am not able; puṇyapious activity; habethere will be; parvatathe hilly tract of land; āmāto me; deha’give help; pāra kariby crossing over.

Translation

“I am a prisoner of the government, and I cannot go along the way of the ramparts. It will be very pious of you to take this money and kindly get me across this hilly tract of land.”
ভূঞা হাসি’ কহে, — “আমি জানিয়াছি পহিলে ।
অষ্ট মোহর হয় তোমার সেবক-আঁচলে ॥ ২৯ ॥
bhūñā hāsi’ kahe, — “āmi jāniyāchi pahile
aṣṭa mohara haya tomāra sevaka-āṅcale

Synonyms

bhūñāthe landlord; hāsi’smiling; kahesaid; āmiI; jāniyāchiknew; pahilebefore this; aṣṭa moharaeight golden coins; hayathere are; tomārayour; sevaka-āṅcalein the pocket of the servant.

Translation

Smiling, the landlord said, “Before you offered them, I already knew that there were eight gold coins in your servant’s possession.
তোমা মারি’ মোহর লইতাম আজিকার রাত্র্যে ।
ভাল হৈল, কহিলা তুমি, ছুটিলাঙ পাপ হৈতে ॥ ৩০ ॥
tomā māri’ mohara la-itāma ājikāra rātrye
bhāla haila, kahilā tumi, chuṭilāṅa pāpa haite

Synonyms

tomā māri’killing you; moharagolden coins; la-itāmaI would have taken; ājikāra rātryeon this night; bhāla hailait was very good; kahilā tumiyou have spoken; chuṭilāṅaI am relieved; pāpa haitefrom such a sin.

Translation

“On this very night I would have killed you and taken your coins. It is very good that you have voluntarily offered them to me. I am now relieved from such a sinful activity.
সন্তুষ্ট হইলাঙ আমি, মোহর না লইব ।
পুণ্য লাগি’ পর্বত তোমা’ পার করি’ দিব ॥” ৩১ ॥
santuṣṭa ha-ilāṅa āmi, mohara nā la-iba
puṇya lāgi’ parvata tomā’ pāra kari’ diba”

Synonyms

santuṣṭasatisfied; ha-ilāṅahave become; āmiI; moharathe golden coins; la-ibaI shall not take; puṇya lāgi’simply for pious activity; parvatathe hilly tract of land; tomā’you; pāra kari’ dibaI shall get across.

Translation

“I am very satisfied with your behavior. I shall not accept these gold coins, but I shall get you across that hilly tract of land simply to perform a pious activity.”
গোসাঞি কহে, — “কেহ দ্রব্য লইবে আমা মারি’ ।
আমার প্রাণ রক্ষা কর দ্রব্য অঙ্গীকরি’ ॥” ৩২ ॥
gosāñi kahe, — “keha dravya la-ibe āmā māri’
āmāra prāṇa rakṣā kara dravya aṅgīkari’ ”

Synonyms

gosāñi kaheSanātana Gosvāmī said; kehasomeone else; dravyathe valuable coins; la-ibewill take; āmā māri’killing me; āmāramy; prāṇalife; rakṣā karasave; dravya aṅgīkari’by accepting these coins.

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī replied, “If you do not accept these coins, someone else will kill me for them. It is better that you save me from the danger by accepting the coins.”
তবে ভূঞা গোসাঞির সঙ্গে চারি পাইক দিল ।
রাত্র্যে রাত্র্যে বনপথে পর্বত পার কৈল ॥ ৩৩ ॥
tabe bhūñā gosāñira saṅge cāri pāika dila
rātrye rātrye vana-pathe parvata pāra kaila

Synonyms

tabethereupon; bhūñāthe landlord; gosāñira saṅgewith Sanātana Gosvāmī; cāri pāikafour watchmen; dilagave; rātrye rātryeduring the whole night; vana-patheon the jungle path; parvatathe hilly tract of land; pāra kailatook him across.

Translation

After this settlement was made, the landlord gave Sanātana Gosvāmī four watchmen to accompany him. They went through the forest path for the whole night and thus brought him over the hilly tract of land.
তবে পার হঞা গোসাঞি পুছিলা ঈশানে ।
“জানি, — শেষ দ্রব্য কিছু আছে তোমা স্থানে ॥” ৩৪ ॥
tabe pāra hañā gosāñi puchilā īśāne
“jāni, — śeṣa dravya kichu āche tomā sthāne”

Synonyms

tabethereafter; pāra hañāafter crossing; gosāñiSanātana Gosvāmī; puchilāasked; īśāneĪśāna; jāniI know; śeṣa dravyasomething valuable left; kichusome; āchethere is; tomā sthānewith you.

Translation

After crossing the hills, Sanātana Gosvāmī told his servant, “Īśāna, I think you still have some balance left from the gold coins.”
ঈশান কহে, — “এক মোহর আছে অবশেষ ।”
গোসাঞি কহে, — “মোহর লঞা যাহ’ তুমি দেশ ॥” ৩৫ ॥
īśāna kahe, — “eka mohara āche avaśeṣa”
gosāñi kahe, — “mohara lañā yāha’ tumi deśa”

Synonyms

īśāna kaheĪśāna replied; ekaone; moharagold coin; ācheis; avaśeṣaleft; gosāñiSanātana Gosvāmī; kahereplied; mohara lañātaking this gold coin; yāhareturn; tumiyou; deśato your country.

Translation

Īśāna replied, “I still have one gold coin in my possession.”

Purport

Sanātana Gosvāmī then said, “Take the coin and return to your home.”
তারে বিদায় দিয়া গোসাঞি চলিলা একলা ।
হাতে করোঁয়া, ছিঁড়া কান্থা, নির্ভয় হইলা ॥ ৩৬ ॥
tāre vidāya diyā gosāñi calilā ekalā
hāte karoṅyā, chiṅḍā kānthā, nirbhaya ha-ilā

Synonyms

tāre vidāya diyābidding him farewell; gosāñiSanātana Gosvāmī; calilā ekalābegan to travel alone; hātein the hand; karoṅyāa beggar’s pot; chiṅḍā kānthāa torn quilt; nirbhaya ha-ilāhe became free from all anxiety.

Translation

After departing from Īśāna, Sanātana Gosvāmī began traveling alone with a waterpot in his hand. Simply covered with a torn quilt, he thus lost all his anxiety.
চলি’ চলি’ গোসাঞি তবে আইলা হাজিপুরে ।
সন্ধ্যাকালে বসিলা এক উদ্যান-ভিতরে ॥ ৩৭ ॥
cali’ cali’ gosāñi tabe āilā hājipure
sandhyā-kāle vasilā eka udyāna-bhitare

Synonyms

cali’ cali’walking and walking; gosāñiSanātana Gosvāmī; tabethen; āilāarrived; hājipureat Hājipura; sandhyā-kālein the evening; vasilāsat down; ekaone; udyāna-bhitarewithin a garden.

Translation

Walking and walking, Sanātana Gosvāmī finally arrived at a place called Hājipura. That evening he sat down within a garden.
সেই হাজিপুরে রহে — শ্রীকান্ত তার নাম ।
গোসাঞির ভগিনীপতি, করে রাজকাম ॥ ৩৮ ॥
sei hājipure rahe — śrīkānta tāra nāma
gosāñira bhaginī-pati, kare rāja-kāma

Synonyms

seithat; hājipurein Hājipura; rahethere is; śrīkāntaŚrīkānta; tārahis; nāmaname; gosāñiraof Sanātana Gosvāmī; bhaginī-patisister’s husband; kareexecutes; rāja-kāmagovernment service.

Translation

In Hājipura there was a gentlemen named Śrīkānta, who happened to be the husband of Sanātana Gosvāmī’s sister. He was engaged there in government service.
তিন লক্ষ মুদ্রা রাজা দিয়াছে তার স্থানে ।
ঘোড়া মূল্য লঞা পাঠায় পাৎসার স্থানে ॥ ৩৯ ॥
tina lakṣa mudrā rājā diyāche tāra sthāne
ghoḍā mūlya lañā pāṭhāya pātsāra sthāne

Synonyms

tina lakṣa300,000; mudrāgolden coins; rājāthe king or nawab; diyāchehas given; tāra sthānein his custody; ghoḍāof horses; mūlya lañātaking the price; pāṭhāyasends; pātsāra sthāneto the care of the emperor.

Translation

Śrīkānta had 300,000 gold coins with him, which had been given to him by the emperor for the purchase of horses. Thus Śrīkānta was buying horses and dispatching them to the emperor.
টুঙ্গি উপর বসি’ সেই গোসাঞিরে দেখিল ।
রাত্র্যে একজন-সঙ্গে গোসাঞি-পাশ আইল ॥ ৪০ ॥
ṭuṅgi upara vasi’ sei gosāñire dekhila
rātrye eka-jana-saṅge gosāñi-pāśa āila

Synonyms

ṭuṅgi upara vasi’sitting in an elevated place; seithat Śrīkānta; gosāñireSanātana Gosvāmī; dekhilasaw; rātryeat night; eka-jana-saṅgewith a servant; gosāñi-pāśanear Sanātana Gosvāmī; āilahe came.

Translation

When Śrīkānta was sitting in an elevated place, he could see Sanātana Gosvāmī. That night he took a servant and went to see Sanātana Gosvāmī.
দুইজন মিলি’ তথা ইষ্টগোষ্ঠী কৈল ।
বন্ধন-মোক্ষণ-কথা গোসাঞি সকলি কহিল ॥ ৪১ ॥
dui-jana mili’ tathā iṣṭa-goṣṭhī kaila
bandhana-mokṣaṇa-kathā gosāñi sakali kahila

Synonyms

dui-jana mili’meeting together; tathāthere; iṣṭa-goṣṭhīvarious types of conversation; kailadid; bandhana-mokṣaṇaof the arrest and release; kathāthe story; gosāñiSanātana Gosvāmī; sakalieverything; kahilanarrated.

Translation

When they met, they had many conversations. Sanātana Gosvāmī told him in detail about his arrest and release.
তেঁহো কহে, — “দিন-দুই রহ এইস্থানে ।
ভদ্র হও, ছাড়’ এই মলিন বসনে ॥” ৪২ ॥
teṅho kahe, — “dina-dui raha ei-sthāne
bhadra hao, chāḍa’ ei malina vasane”

Synonyms

teṅho kahehe said; dina-duiat least for two days; rahastay; ei-sthānein this place; bhadra haobecome like a gentleman in appearance; chāḍa’give up; eithis; malinadirty; vasanedress.

Translation

Śrīkānta then told Sanātana Gosvāmī, “Stay here for at least two days and dress up like a gentleman. Abandon these dirty garments.”
গোসাঞি কহে, — “একক্ষণ ইহা না রহিব ।
গঙ্গা পার করি’ দেহ’, এক্ষণে চলিব ॥” ৪৩ ॥
gosāñi kahe, — ‘eka-kṣaṇa ihā nā rahiba
gaṅgā pāra kari’ deha’ e-kṣaṇe caliba”

Synonyms

gosāñi kaheSanātana Gosvāmī said; eka-kṣaṇaeven for one moment; ihāhere; rahibaI shall not stay; gaṅgā pāra kari’ deha’help me cross the river Ganges; e-kṣaṇeimmediately; calibaI shall go.

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī replied, “I shall not stay here even for a moment. Please help me cross the Ganges. I shall leave immediately.”
যত্ন করি’ তেঁহো এক ভোটকম্বল দিল ।
গঙ্গা পার করি’ দিল — গোসাঞি চলিল ॥ ৪৪ ॥
yatna kari’ teṅho eka bhoṭa-kambala dila
gaṅgā pāra kari’ dila — gosāñi calila

Synonyms

yatna kari’with great care; teṅhohe (Śrīkānta); ekaone; bhoṭa-kambalawoolen blanket; dilagave; gaṅgā pāra kari’ dilagot him across the river Ganges; gosāñi calilaSanātana Gosvāmī departed.

Translation

With great care, Śrīkānta gave him a woolen blanket and helped him cross the Ganges. Thus Sanātana Gosvāmī departed again.
তবে বারাণসী গোসাঞি আইলা কতদিনে ।
শুনি আনন্দিত হইলা প্রভুর আগমনে ॥ ৪৫ ॥
tabe vārāṇasī gosāñi āilā kata-dine
śuni ānandita ha-ilā prabhura āgamane

Synonyms

tabein this way; vārāṇasīto Vārāṇasī; gosāñiSanātana Gosvāmī; āilācame; kata-dineafter a few days; śunihearing; ānanditavery pleased; ha-ilāhe became; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āgamaneabout the arrival.

Translation

After a few days, Sanātana Gosvāmī arrived at Vārāṇasī. He was very pleased to hear about Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s arrival there.
চন্দ্রশেখরের ঘরে আসি’ দ্বারেতে বসিলা ।
মহাপ্রভু জানি’ চন্দ্রশেখরে কহিলা ॥ ৪৬ ॥
candraśekharera ghare āsi’ dvārete vasilā
mahāprabhu jāni’ candraśekhare kahilā

Synonyms

candraśekharera ghareto the house of Candraśekhara; āsi’going; dvāreteat the door; vasilāsat down; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jāni’knowing; candraśekhareto Candraśekhara; kahilāsaid.

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī then went to the house of Candraśekhara and sat down by the door. Understanding what was happening, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu spoke to Candraśekhara.
‘দ্বারে এক ‘বৈষ্ণব’ হয়, বোলাহ তাঁহারে’ ।
চন্দ্রশেখর দেখে — ‘বৈষ্ণব’ নাহিক দ্বারে ॥ ৪৭ ॥
‘dvāre eka ‘vaiṣṇava’ haya, bolāha tāṅhāre’
candraśekhara dekhe — ‘vaiṣṇava’ nāhika dvāre

Synonyms

dvāreat your door; eka vaiṣṇavaone Vaiṣṇava devotee; hayathere is; bolāha tāṅhāi-eplease call him; candraśekharaCandraśekhara; dekhesees; vaiṣṇavaa devotee; nāhikathere is not; dvāreat the door.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “There is a devotee at your door. Please call him in.” Going outside, Candraśekhara could not see a Vaiṣṇava at his door.
‘দ্বারেতে বৈষ্ণব নাহি’ — প্রভুরে কহিল ।
‘কেহ হয়’ করি’ প্রভু তাহারে পুছিল ॥ ৪৮ ॥
‘dvārete vaiṣṇava nāhi’ — prabhure kahila
‘keha haya’ kari’ prabhu tāhāre puchila

Synonyms

dvāreteat my door; vaiṣṇava nāhithere is no Vaiṣṇava; prabhure kahilahe informed Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; keha hayais there anyone; kari’in this way; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāhāre puchilainquired from him.

Translation

When Candraśekhara informed the Lord that no Vaiṣṇava was at his door, the Lord asked him, “Is there anyone at all at your door?”
তেঁহো কহে, — এক ‘দরবেশ’ আছে দ্বারে ।
‘তাঁরে আন’ প্রভুর বাক্যে কহিল তাঁহারে ॥ ৪৯ ॥
teṅho kahe, — eka ‘daraveśa’ āche dvāre
‘tāṅre āna’ prabhura vākye kahila tāṅhāre

Synonyms

teṅho kahehe replied; eka daraveśaone Muslim mendicant; āchethere is; dvāreat the door; tāṅre ānabring him; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vākyethe order; kahilasaid; tāṅhāreunto him.

Translation

Candraśekhara replied, “There is a Muslim mendicant.”

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu immediately said, “Please bring him here.” Candraśekhara then spoke to Sanātana Gosvāmī, who was still sitting beside the door.
‘প্রভু তোমায় বোলায়, আইস, দরবেশ !’
শুনি’ আনন্দে সনাতন করিলা প্রবেশ ॥ ৫০ ॥
‘prabhu tomāya bolāya, āisa, daraveśa!’
śuni’ ānande sanātana karilā praveśa

Synonyms

prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tomāyaunto you; bolāyacalls; āisacome here; daraveśaO Muslim mendicant; śuni’hearing; ānandein great pleasure; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; karilā praveśaentered.

Translation

“O Muslim mendicant, please come in. The Lord is calling you.” Sanātana Gosvāmī was very pleased to hear this order, and he entered Candraśekhara’s house.
তাঁহারে অঙ্গনে দেখি’ প্রভু ধাঞা আইলা ।
তাঁরে আলিঙ্গন করি’ প্রেমাবিষ্ট হৈলা ॥ ৫১ ॥
tāṅhāre aṅgane dekhi’ prabhu dhāñā āilā
tāṅre āliṅgana kari’ premāviṣṭa hailā

Synonyms

tāṅhārehim; aṅganein the courtyard; dekhi’seeing; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dhāñā āilācame to see him with great haste; tāṅrehim; āliṅgana kari’embracing; prema-āviṣṭa hailābecame overwhelmed with ecstatic love.

Translation

As soon as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw Sanātana Gosvāmī in the courtyard, He immediately went up to him with great haste. After embracing him, the Lord was overwhelmed with ecstatic love.
প্রভুস্পর্শে প্রেমাবিষ্ট হইলা সনাতন ।
‘মোরে না ছুঁইহ’ — কহে গদ্গদ-বচন ॥ ৫২ ॥
prabhu-sparśe premāviṣṭa ha-ilā sanātana
‘more nā chuṅiha’ — kahe gadgada-vacana

Synonyms

prabhu-sparśeby the touch of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prema-āviṣṭaoverwhelmed with ecstatic love; ha-ilābecame; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; moreme; do not; chuṅihatouch; kahesays; gadgada-vacanain a faltering voice.

Translation

As soon as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu touched Sanātana Gosvāmī, Sanātana was also overwhelmed with ecstatic love. In a faltering voice, he said, “O my Lord, do not touch me.”
দুইজনে গলাগলি রোদন অপার ।
দেখি’ চন্দ্রশেখরের হইল চমৎকার ॥ ৫৩ ॥
dui-jane galāgali rodana apāra
dekhi’ candraśekharera ha-ila camatkāra

Synonyms

dui-janethe two persons; galāgalishoulder to shoulder; rodanacrying; apāraunlimited; dekhi’seeing; candraśekhareraof Candraśekhara; ha-ilathere was; camatkāraastonishment.

Translation

Shoulder to shoulder, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Sanātana Gosvāmī began to cry unlimitedly. Candraśekhara was very much astonished to see this.
তবে প্রভু তাঁর হাত ধরি’ লঞা গেলা ।
পিণ্ডার উপরে আপন-পাশে বসাইলা ॥ ৫৪ ॥
tabe prabhu tāṅra hāta dhari’ lañā gelā
piṇḍāra upare āpana-pāśe vasāilā

Synonyms

tabethereafter; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅraof Sanātana Gosvāmī; hāta dhari’catching the hand; lañā gelātook him inside; piṇḍāra upareon an elevated place; āpana-pāśenear Him; vasāilāmade Sanātana Gosvāmī sit down.

Translation

Catching his hand, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took Sanātana Gosvāmī inside and made him sit on an elevated place next to Him.
শ্রীহস্তে করেন তাঁর অঙ্গ সম্মার্জন ।
তেঁহো কহে, — ‘মোরে, প্রভু, না কর স্পর্শন’ ॥ ৫৫ ॥
śrī-haste karena tāṅra aṅga sammārjana
teṅho kahe, — ‘more, prabhu, nā kara sparśana’

Synonyms

śrī-hasteby the spiritual hand; karenadoes; tāṅra aṅgaof his body; sammārjanacleansing; teṅho kahehe said; moreme; prabhumy Lord; kara sparśanado not touch.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu began cleansing Sanātana Gosvāmī’s body with His own transcendental hand, Sanātana Gosvāmī said, “O my Lord, please do not touch me.”
প্রভু কহে, — “তোমা স্পর্শি আত্ম পবিত্রিতে ।
ভক্তি-বলে পার তুমি ব্রহ্মাণ্ড শোধিতে ॥ ৫৬ ॥
prabhu kahe, — “tomā sparśi ātma pavitrite
bhakti-bale pāra tumi brahmāṇḍa śodhite

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied; tomā sparśiI touch you; ātma pavitriteto purify Myself; bhakti-balethe strength of your devotional service; pāraare able; tumiyou; brahmāṇḍathe whole universe; śodhiteto purify.

Translation

The Lord replied, “I am touching you just to purify Myself, because by the force of your devotional service you can purify the whole universe.
ভবদ্বিধা ভাগবতাস্তীর্থভূতাঃ স্বয়ং প্রভো ।
তীর্থীকুর্বন্তি তীর্থানি স্বান্তঃস্থেন গদাভৃতা ॥ ৫৭ ॥
bhavad-vidhā bhāgavatās
tīrtha-bhūtāḥ svayaṁ prabho
tīrthī-kurvanti tīrthāni
svāntaḥ-sthena gadā-bhṛtā

Synonyms

bhavat-vidhāḥlike you; bhāgavatāḥadvanced devotees; tīrtha-bhūtāḥpersonified holy places of pilgrimage; svayampersonally; prabhomy lord; tīrthī-kurvantimake into holy places; tīrthāniall the holy places of pilgrimage; sva-antaḥ-sthenasituated within their hearts; gadā-bhṛtāby Lord Viṣṇu, who carries a club.

Translation

“ ‘Saints of your caliber are themselves places of pilgrimage. Because of their purity, they are constant companions of the Lord, and therefore they can purify even the places of pilgrimage.’

Purport

This verse was spoken by Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira to Vidura in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.13.10). Vidura was returning home after visiting sacred places of pilgrimage, and Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira was receiving his saintly uncle. In essence, Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira was saying, “My dear Lord Vidura, you yourself are a holy place because you are an advanced devotee. People like you always carry Lord Viṣṇu in their hearts. You can revitalize all holy places after they have been polluted by the pilgrimages of sinners.”
A sinful person goes to a holy place of pilgrimage to be purified. In a holy place, there are many saintly people and temples of Lord Viṣṇu; however, the holy place becomes infected with the sins of many visitors. When an advanced devotee goes to a holy place, he counteracts all the sins of the pilgrims. Therefore Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira addressed Vidura in this way.
Since an advanced devotee carries Lord Viṣṇu within his heart, he is a moving temple and a moving Viṣṇu. An advanced devotee does not need to go to holy places, for wherever he stays is a holy place. In this connection, Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura states, tīrtha-yātrā pariśrama, kevala manera bhrama: visiting holy places is simply another type of bewilderment. Since an advanced devotee does not need to go to a holy place, why does he go? The answer is that he goes simply to purify the place.
ন মেঽভক্তশ্চতুর্বেদী মদ্ভক্তঃ শ্বপচঃ প্রিয়ঃ ।
তস্মৈ দেয়ং ততো গ্রাহ্যং স চ পূজ্যো যথা হ্যহম্‌ ॥ ৫৮ ॥
na me ’bhaktaś catur-vedī
mad-bhaktaḥ śva-pacaḥ priyaḥ
tasmai deyaṁ tato grāhyaṁ
sa ca pūjyo yathā hy aham

Synonyms

nanot; meMy; abhaktaḥdevoid of pure devotional service; catuḥ-vedīa scholar in the four Vedas; mat-bhaktaḥMy devotee; śva-pacaḥeven from a family of dog-eaters; priyaḥvery dear; tasmaito him (a pure devotee, even though born in a very low family); deyamshould be given; tataḥfrom him; grāhyamshould be accepted (remnants of food); saḥthat person; caalso; pūjyaḥworshipable; yathāas much as; hicertainly; ahamI.

Translation

“[Lord Kṛṣṇa said:] ‘Even though a person is a very learned scholar of the Sanskrit Vedic literatures, he is not accepted as My devotee unless he is pure in devotional service. However, even though a person is born in a family of dog-eaters, he is very dear to Me if he is a pure devotee who has no motive to enjoy fruitive activity or mental speculation. Indeed, all respects should be given to him, and whatever he offers should be accepted. Such devotees are as worshipable as I am.’

Purport

This verse is included in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (10.127), compiled by Sanātana Gosvāmī.
বিপ্রাদ্‌দ্বিষড়্ গুণযুতাদরবিন্দনাভ-
পাদারবিন্দবিমুখাৎ শ্বপচং বরিষ্ঠম্‌ ।
মন্যে তদর্পিত-মনোবচনেহিতার্থ-
প্রাণং পুনাতি স কুলং ন তু ভূরিমানঃ ॥ ৫৯ ॥
viprād dvi-ṣaḍ-guṇa-yutād aravinda-nābha-
pādāravinda-vimukhāt śva-pacaṁ variṣṭham
manye tad-arpita-mano-vacanehitārtha-
prāṇaṁ punāti sa kulaṁ na tu bhūri-mānaḥ

Synonyms

viprātthan a brāhmaṇa; dvi-ṣaṭ-guṇa-yutātwho is qualified with twelve brahminical qualifications; aravinda-nābhaof Lord Viṣṇu, who has a lotuslike navel; pāda-aravindaunto the lotus feet; vimukhātthan a person bereft of devotion; śva-pacama caṇḍāla, or a person accustomed to eating dogs; variṣṭhammore glorified; manyeI think; tat-arpitadedicated unto Him; manaḥmind; vacanawords; īhitaactivities; arthawealth; prāṇamlife; punātipurifies; saḥhe; kulamhis family; na tubut not; bhūri-mānaḥa brāhmaṇa proud of possessing such qualities.

Translation

“ ‘One may be born in a brāhmaṇa family and have all twelve brahminical qualities, but if he is not devoted to the lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa, who has a navel shaped like a lotus, he is not as good as a caṇḍāla who has dedicated his mind, words, activities, wealth and life to the service of the Lord. Simply to take birth in a brāhmaṇa family or to have brahminical qualities is not sufficient. One must become a pure devotee of the Lord. If a śva-paca or caṇḍāla is a devotee, he delivers not only himself but his whole family, whereas a brāhmaṇa who is not a devotee but simply has brahminical qualifications cannot even purify himself, what to speak of his family.’ ”

Purport

This verse is spoken by Prahlāda Mahārāja in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.9.10). A brāhmaṇa is supposed to be qualified with twelve qualities. As stated in the Mahābhārata:
dharmaś ca satyaṁ ca damas tapaś ca
amātsaryaṁ hrīs titikṣānasūyā
yajñaś ca dānaṁ ca dhṛtiḥ śrutaṁ ca
vratāni vai dvādaśa brāhmaṇasya
“A brāhmaṇa must be perfectly religious. He must be truthful, and he must be able to control his senses. He must execute severe austerities, and he must be detached, humble and tolerant. He must not envy anyone, and he must be expert in performing sacrifices and giving whatever he has in charity. He must be fixed in devotional service and expert in the knowledge of the Vedas. These are the twelve qualifications for a brāhmaṇa.”
The Bhagavad-gītā (18.42) describes the brahminical qualities in this way:
śamo damas tapaḥ śaucaṁkṣāntir ārjavam eva ca
jñānaṁ vijñānam āstikyaṁ
brahma-karma svabhāva-jam
“Peacefulness, self-control, austerity, purity, tolerance, honesty, knowledge, wisdom and religiousness — these are the natural qualities by which the brāhmaṇas work.”
In the Muktāphala-ṭīkā, it is said:
śamo damas tapaḥ śaucaṁkṣānty-ārjava-viraktayaḥ
jñāna-vijñāna-santoṣāḥ
satyāstikye dvi-ṣaḍ guṇāḥ
“Mental equilibrium, sense control, austerity, cleanliness, tolerance, simplicity, detachment, theoretical and practical knowledge, satisfaction, truthfulness and firm faith in the Vedas are the twelve qualities of a brāhmaṇa.
তোমা দেখি, তোমা স্পর্শি, গাই তোমার গুণ ।
সর্বেন্দ্রিয়-ফল, — এই শাস্ত্র-নিরূপণ ॥ ৬০ ॥
tomā dekhi, tomā sparśi, gāi tomāra guṇa
sarvendriya-phala, — ei śāstra-nirūpaṇa

Synonyms

tomā dekhiby seeing you; tomā sparśiby touching you; gāi tomāra guṇaby praising your transcendental qualities; sarva-indriya-phalathe fulfillment of the activities of all the senses; eithis; śāstra-nirūpaṇathe verdict of the revealed scriptures.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “By seeing you, by touching you and by glorifying your transcendental qualities, one can perfect the purpose of all sense activity. This is the verdict of the revealed scriptures.

Purport

This is confirmed in the following verse from the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (13.2).
অক্ষ্ণোঃ ফলং ত্বাদৃশ-দর্শনং হি
তনোঃ ফলং ত্বাদৃশ-গাত্রসঙ্গঃ ।
জিহ্বা-ফলং ত্বাদৃশ-কীর্তনং হি
সুদুর্লভা ভাগবতা হি লোকে ॥” ৬১ ॥
akṣṇoḥ phalaṁ tvādṛśa-darśanaṁ hi
tanoḥ phalaṁ tvādṛśa-gātra-saṅgaḥ
jihvā-phalaṁ tvādṛśa-kīrtanaṁ hi
su-durlabhā bhāgavatā hi loke

Synonyms

akṣṇoḥof the eyes; phalamthe perfect result of the action; tvādṛśaa person like you; darśanamto see; hicertainly; tanoḥof the body; phalamthe perfection of activities; tvādṛśaof a person like you; gātra-saṅgaḥtouching the body; jihvā-phalamthe perfection of the tongue; tvādṛśaa person like you; kīrtanamglorifying; hicertainly; su-durlabhāḥvery rare; bhāgavatāḥpure devotees of the Lord; hicertainly; lokein this world.

Translation

“ ‘My dear Vaiṣṇava, seeing a person like you is the perfection of one’s eyesight, touching your lotus feet is the perfection of the sense of touch, and glorifying your good qualities is the tongue’s real activity, for in the material world it is very difficult to find a pure devotee of the Lord.’ ”
এত কহি কহে প্রভু, — “শুন, সনাতন ।
কৃষ্ণ — বড় দয়াময়, পতিত-পাবন ॥ ৬২ ॥
eta kahi kahe prabhu, — “śuna, sanātana
kṛṣṇa — baḍa dayāmaya, patita-pāvana

Synonyms

eta kahisaying this; kahecontinued to speak; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śunaplease hear; sanātanaMy dear Sanātana; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; baḍavery much; dayā-mayamerciful; patita-pāvanadeliverer of the fallen souls.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “My dear Sanātana, please hear from Me. Kṛṣṇa is very merciful, and He is the deliverer of all fallen souls.
মহা-রৌরব হৈতে তোমা করিলা উদ্ধার ।
কৃপার সমুদ্র কৃষ্ণ গম্ভীর অপার ॥” ৬৩ ॥
mahā-raurava haite tomā karilā uddhāra
kṛpāra samudra kṛṣṇa gambhīra apāra”

Synonyms

mahā-raurava haitefrom the deepest hellish condition of life; tomāyou; karilā uddhārahas delivered; kṛpāra samudrathe ocean of mercy; kṛṣṇaKṛṣṇa; gambhīravery grave; apāraunlimitedly.

Translation

“My dear Sanātana, Kṛṣṇa has saved you from Mahāraurava, life’s deepest hell. He is an ocean of mercy, and His activities are very grave.”

Purport

As stated in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.61), īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ hṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati. Staying within everyone’s heart, Lord Kṛṣṇa works very gravely. No one can understand how He is working, but as soon as the Lord understands the sincere activity of a person in devotional service, He helps him in such a way that the devotee cannot understand how things are happening. If the devotee is determined to serve the Lord, the Lord is always prepared to help him (dadāmi buddhi-yogaṁ taṁ yena mām upayānti te). Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is telling Sanātana Gosvāmī how merciful the Lord is. Sanātana Gosvāmī was a minister in the service of Nawab Hussain Shah. He was always mixing with materially inclined people, particularly with Muslims, meat-eaters. Although he was in intimate touch with them, by Kṛṣṇa’s mercy he came to find such association distasteful. Therefore he left them. As stated by Śrīnivāsa Ācārya, tyaktvā tūrṇam aśeṣa-maṇḍala-pati-śreṇīṁ sadā tuccha-vat. Kṛṣṇa enlightened Sanātana Gosvāmī in such a way that he was able to give up his exalted post as minister. Thinking his material position insignificant, Sanātana was prepared to become a mendicant. Appreciating the activities of Sanātana Gosvāmī, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu praised his action and thanked Kṛṣṇa for His mercy upon him.
সনাতন কহে, — ‘কৃষ্ণ আমি নাহি জানি ।
আমার উদ্ধার-হেতু তোমার কৃপা মানি ॥’ ৬৪ ॥
sanātana kahe, — ‘kṛṣṇa āmi nāhi jāni
āmāra uddhāra-hetu tomāra kṛpā māni’

Synonyms

sanātana kaheSanātana Gosvāmī said; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; āmiI; nāhi jānido not know; āmāramy; uddhāra-hetuthe cause of release; tomāraYour; kṛpāmercy; māniI accept.

Translation

Sanātana replied, “I do not know who Kṛṣṇa is. As far as I am concerned, I have been released from prison only by Your mercy.”
‘কেমনে ছুটিলা’ বলি প্রভু প্রশ্ন কৈলা ।
আদ্যোপান্ত সব কথা তেঁহো শুনাইলা ॥ ৬৫ ॥
‘kemane chuṭilā’ bali prabhu praśna kailā
ādyopānta saba kathā teṅho śunāilā

Synonyms

kemane chuṭilāhow were you released; balisaying; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; praśna kailāinquired; ādya-upāntafrom beginning to the end; sabaall; kathāthe narration; teṅhohe; śunāilādescribed.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then asked Sanātana Gosvāmī, “How were you released from prison?” Sanātana then described the story from beginning to end.
প্রভু কহে, — “তোমার দুইভাই প্রয়াগে মিলিলা ।
রূপ, অনুপম — দুঁহে বৃন্দাবন গেলা” ॥ ৬৬ ॥
prabhu kahe, — “tomāra dui-bhāi prayāge mililā
rūpa, anupama — duṅhe vṛndāvana gelā”

Synonyms

prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; tomārayour; dui-bhāitwo brothers; prayāge mililāmet Me at Prayāga; rūpaRūpa Gosvāmī; anupamahis brother Anupama; duṅheboth of them; vṛndāvana gelāhave gone to Vṛndāvana.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “I met your two brothers, Rūpa and Anupama, at Prayāga. They have now gone to Vṛndāvana.”
তপনমিশ্রেরে আর চন্দ্রশেখরেরে ।
প্রভু-আজ্ঞায় সনাতন মিলিলা দোঁহারে ॥ ৬৭ ॥
tapana-miśrere āra candraśekharere
prabhu-ājñāya sanātana mililā doṅhāre

Synonyms

tapana-miśrereunto Tapana Miśra; āraand; candraśekharereunto Candraśekhara; prabhu-ājñāyaby the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sanātanaSanātana; mililāmet; doṅhāreboth of them.

Translation

By the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Sanātana Gosvāmī met both Tapana Miśra and Candraśekhara.
তপনমিশ্র তবে তাঁরে কৈলা নিমন্ত্রণ ।
প্রভু কহে, — ‘ক্ষৌর করাহ, যাহ, সনাতন ॥’ ৬৮ ॥
tapana-miśra tabe tāṅre kailā nimantraṇa
prabhu kahe, — ‘kṣaura karāha, yāha, sanātana’

Synonyms

tapana-miśraTapana Miśra; tabethen; tāṅreunto him (Sanātana Gosvāmī); kailāmade; nimantraṇainvitation; prabhu kaheCaitanya Mahāprabhu said; kṣaura karāhaget shaved; yāhago; sanātanaMy dear Sanātana.

Translation

Tapana Miśra then extended an invitation to Sanātana, and Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu asked Sanātana to go get a shave.
চন্দ্রশেখরেরে প্রভু কহে বোলাঞা ।
‘এই বেষ দূর কর, যাহ ইঁহারে লঞা’ ॥ ৬৯ ॥
candraśekharere prabhu kahe bolāñā
‘ei veṣa dūra kara, yāha iṅhāre lañā’

Synonyms

candraśekharereunto Candraśekhara; prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; bolāñācalling; ei veṣathis kind of dress; dūra karatake away; yāhago; iṅhāre lañātaking him with you.

Translation

After this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu called Candraśekhara and asked him to take Sanātana Gosvāmī with him. He also asked him to take away Sanātana’s present dress.
ভদ্র করাঞা তাঁরে গঙ্গাস্নান করাইল ।
শেখর আনিয়া তাঁরে নূতন বস্ত্র দিল ॥ ৭০ ॥
bhadra karāñā tāṅre gaṅgā-snāna karāila
śekhara āniyā tāṅre nūtana vastra dila

Synonyms

bhadra karāñāmaking gentle; tāṅrehim; gaṅgā-snānabathing in the Ganges; karāilacaused to do; śekharaCandraśekhara; āniyābringing; tāṅreto him; nūtananew; vastraclothing; diladelivered.

Translation

Candraśekhara then made Sanātana Gosvāmī look like a gentleman. He took him to bathe in the Ganges, and afterwards he brought him a new set of clothes.

Purport

The words bhadra karāñā are significant in this verse. Due to his long hair, mustache and beard, Sanātana Gosvāmī looked like a daraveśa, or hippie. Since Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu did not like Sanātana Gosvāmī’s hippie features, he immediately asked Candraśekhara to get him shaved clean. If anyone with long hair or a beard wants to join this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement and live with us, he must similarly shave himself clean. The followers of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu consider long hair objectionable.
Sanātana Gosvāmī was saved from a hellish condition (Mahāraurava) by the grace of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Mahāraurava is a hell wherein animal killers are placed. In this regard, refer to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (5.26.10-12).
সেই বস্ত্র সনাতন না কৈল অঙ্গীকার ।
শুনিয়া প্রভুর মনে আনন্দ অপার ॥ ৭১ ॥
sei vastra sanātana nā kaila aṅgīkāra
śuniyā prabhura mane ānanda apāra

Synonyms

sei vastrathat new dress; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; kailadid not; aṅgīkāraaccept; śuniyāhearing; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; manein the mind; ānanda apāraunlimited happiness.

Translation

Candraśekhara offered a new set of garments to Sanātana Gosvāmī, but Sanātana did not accept them. When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard news of this, He became unlimitedly happy.
মধ্যাহ্ন করিয়া প্রভু গেলা ভিক্ষা করিবারে ।
সনাতনে লঞা গেলা তপনমিশ্রের ঘরে ॥ ৭২ ॥
madhyāhna kariyā prabhu gelā bhikṣā karibāre
sanātane lañā gelā tapana-miśrera ghare

Synonyms

madhyāhna kariyāfinishing bathing at noon; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; gelāwent; bhikṣā karibāreto accept lunch; sanātaneSanātana Gosvāmī; lañātaking; gelāwent; tapana-miśrera ghareto the house of Tapana Miśra.

Translation

After bathing at noon, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to the house of Tapana Miśra for lunch. He took Sanātana Gosvāmī with Him.
পাদপ্রক্ষালন করি’ ভিক্ষাতে বসিলা ।
‘সনাতনে ভিক্ষা দেহ’ — মিশ্রেরে কহিলা ॥ ৭৩ ॥
pāda-prakṣālana kari’ bhikṣāte vasilā
‘sanātane bhikṣā deha’ — miśrere kahilā

Synonyms

pāda-prakṣālanawashing the feet; kari’doing; bhikṣāteto lunch; vasilāsat down; sanātane bhikṣā dehagive Sanātana lunch also; miśrere kahilāHe asked Tapana Miśra.

Translation

After washing His feet, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu sat down for lunch. He asked Tapana Miśra to supply Sanātana Gosvāmī lunch also.
মিশ্র কহে, — ‘সনাতনের কিছু কৃত্য আছে ।
তুমি ভিক্ষা কর, প্রসাদ তাঁরে দিব পাছে ॥’ ৭৪ ॥
miśra kahe, — ‘sanātanera kichu kṛtya āche
tumi bhikṣā kara, prasāda tāṅre diba pāche’

Synonyms

miśra kaheTapana Miśra said; sanātaneraof Sanātana Gosvāmī; kichusome; kṛtyaduty; āchethere is; tumi bhikṣā karaYou take Your lunch; prasādathe remnants of Your food; tāṅreunto him; dibaI shall deliver; pācheat the end.

Translation

Tapana Miśra then said, “Sanātana has some duty to perform; therefore he cannot accept lunch now. At the conclusion of the meal, I shall supply Sanātana with some remnants.”
ভিক্ষা করি’ মহাপ্রভু বিশ্রাম করিল ।
মিশ্র প্রভুর শেষপাত্র সনাতনে দিল ॥ ৭৫ ॥
bhikṣā kari’ mahāprabhu viśrāma karila
miśra prabhura śeṣa-pātra sanātane dila

Synonyms

bhikṣā kari’after taking His lunch; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; viśrāma karilatook rest; miśraTapana Miśra; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śeṣa-pātrathe plate of remnants; sanātane diladelivered to Sanātana.

Translation

After eating, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took rest for a while. Tapana Miśra then gave Sanātana Gosvāmī the remnants of food left by Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
মিশ্র সনাতনে দিলা নূতন বসন ।
বস্ত্র নাহি নিলা, তেঁহো কৈল নিবেদন ॥ ৭৬ ॥
miśra sanātane dilā nūtana vasana
vastra nāhi nilā, teṅho kaila nivedana

Synonyms

miśraTapana Miśra; sanātaneunto Sanātana; dilādelivered; nūtana vasananew cloth; vastrathe cloth; nāhi nilāhe did not accept; teṅhohe; kailamade; nivedanasubmission.

Translation

When Tapana Miśra offered Sanātana Gosvāmī a new cloth, he did not accept it. Instead, he spoke as follows.
“মোরে বস্ত্র দিতে যদি তোমার হয় মন ।
নিজ পরিধান এক দেহ’ পুরাতন ॥” ৭৭ ॥
“more vastra dite yadi tomāra haya mana
nija paridhāna eka deha’ purātana”

Synonyms

moreunto me; vastra diteto offer cloth; yadiif; tomārayour; hayathere is; manamind; nijaown; paridhānacloth; ekaone; deha’give; purātanaold.

Translation

“If you want to give me some cloth according to your desire, please give me an old cloth you have used.”
তবে মিশ্র পুরাতন এক ধুতি দিল ।
তেঁহো দুই বহির্বাস-কৌপীন করিল ॥ ৭৮ ॥
tabe miśra purātana eka dhuti dila
teṅho dui bahirvāsa-kaupīna karila

Synonyms

tabethereafter; miśraTapana Miśra; purātanaold; ekaone; dhutidhotī; diladelivered; teṅhohe (Sanātana Gosvāmī); duitwo; bahirvāsaouter coverings; kaupīnaunderwear; karilamade.

Translation

When Tapana Miśra gave Sanātana Gosvāmī a used dhotī, Sanātana immediately tore it into pieces to make two sets of outer cloth and underwear.
মহারাষ্ট্রীয় দ্বিজে প্রভু মিলাইলা সনাতনে ।
সেই বিপ্র তাঁরে কৈল মহা-নিমন্ত্রণে ॥ ৭৯ ॥
mahārāṣṭrīya dvije prabhu milāilā sanātane
sei vipra tāṅre kaila mahā-nimantraṇe

Synonyms

mahārāṣṭrīyafrom Maharashtra; dvijethe brāhmaṇa; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; milāilāintroduced; sanātaneunto Sanātana Gosvāmī; seithat; viprabrāhmaṇa; tāṅreunto him; kailadid; mahāfull; nimantraṇeinvitation.

Translation

When Caitanya Mahāprabhu introduced the Maharashtrian brāhmaṇa to Sanātana, the brāhmaṇa immediately invited Sanātana Gosvāmī for full meals.
“সনাতন, তুমি যাবৎ কাশীতে রহিবা ।
তাবৎ আমার ঘরে ভিক্ষা যে করিবা ॥” ৮০ ॥
“sanātana, tumi yāvat kāśīte rahibā
tāvat āmāra ghare bhikṣā ye karibā”

Synonyms

sanātanaO Sanātana; tumiyou; yāvatas long as; kāśītein Benares; rahibāwill remain; tāvatso long; āmāramy; ghareat the home; bhikṣālunch; yethat; karibāplease accept.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa said, “My dear Sanātana, as long as you remain at Kāśī, please accept lunch at my place.”
সনাতন কহে, — “আমি মাধুকরী করিব ।
ব্রাহ্মণের ঘরে কেনে একত্র ভিক্ষা লব ?” ৮১ ॥
sanātana kahe, — “āmi mādhukarī kariba
brāhmaṇera ghare kene ekatra bhikṣā laba?”

Synonyms

sanātana kaheSanātana replied; āmiI; mādhukarī karibashall practice acceptance of food by mādhukarī means; brāhmaṇera gharein the house of a brāhmaṇa; kenewhy; ekatrain one place; bhikṣā labaI should accept lunch.

Translation

Sanātana replied, “I shall practice the process of mādhukarī. Why should I accept full meals in the house of a brāhmaṇa?”

Purport

The word mādhukarī comes from the word madhukara, which refers to bees collecting honey from flower to flower. A mādhukarī is a saintly person or a mendicant who does not accept a full meal at one house but begs from door to door, taking a little food from each householder’s place. In this way he does not overeat or give householders unnecessary trouble. A person in the renounced order may beg but not cook. His begging should not be a burden for the householders. The mādhukarī process is strictly to be followed by a bābājī, that is, one who has attained the paramahaṁsa stage. This practice is still current in Vṛndāvana, and there are many places where alms are offered. Unfortunately, there are many beggars who have come to Vṛndāvana to accept alms but not follow the principles of Sanātana Gosvāmī. People try to imitate him and lead an idle life by practicing mādhukarī. It is almost impossible to strictly follow Sanātana Gosvāmī or Rūpa Gosvāmī. It is better to accept food offered to Kṛṣṇa in the temple than to try to imitate Sanātana Gosvāmī and Rūpa Gosvāmī.
yuktāhāra-vihārasyayukta-ceṣṭasya karmasu
yukta-svapnāvabodhasya
yogo bhavati duḥkha-hā
“He who is regulated in his habits of eating, sleeping, recreation and work can mitigate all material pains by practicing the yoga system.” (Bg. 6.17)
The ideal sannyāsī strictly follows the ways practiced by the Gosvāmīs.
সনাতনের বৈরাগ্যে প্রভুর আনন্দ অপার ।
ভোটকম্বল পানে প্রভু চাহে বারে বার ॥ ৮২ ॥
sanātanera vairāgye prabhura ānanda apāra
bhoṭa-kambala pāne prabhu cāhe bāre bāra

Synonyms

sanātaneraof Sanātana Gosvāmī; vairāgyeby the renunciation; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ānandahappiness; apāraunlimited; bhoṭa-kambalathe woolen blanket; pānetowards; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; cāhelooks; bāre bārarepeatedly.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu felt unlimited happiness to observe Sanātana Gosvāmī’s strict following of the principles of sannyāsa. However, He repeatedly glanced at the woolen blanket Sanātana Gosvāmī was wearing.
সনাতন জানিল এই প্রভুরে না ভায় ।
ভোট ত্যাগ করিবারে চিন্তিলা উপায় ॥ ৮৩ ॥
sanātana jānila ei prabhure nā bhāya
bhoṭa tyāga karibāre cintilā upāya

Synonyms

sanātana jānilaSanātana Gosvāmī could understand; eithis; prabhureby Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhāyais not approved; bhoṭathe woolen blanket; tyāgagiving up; karibāreto do; cintilāconsidered; upāyaa means.

Translation

Because Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was repeatedly glancing at this valuable woolen blanket, Sanātana Gosvāmī could understand that the Lord did not approve of it. He then began to consider a way to give it up.
এত চিন্তি’ গেলা গঙ্গায় মধ্যাহ্ন করিতে ।
এক গৌড়িয়া কান্থা ধুঞা দিয়াছে শুকাইতে ॥ ৮৪ ॥
eta cinti’ gelā gaṅgāya madhyāhna karite
eka gauḍiyā kānthā dhuñā diyāche śukāite

Synonyms

eta cinti’thinking this; gelāwent; gaṅgāyato the bank of the Ganges; madhyāhnabathing at noon; kariteto do; ekaone; gauḍiyāBengali Vaiṣṇava; kānthāquilt; dhuñāwashing; diyāchespread out; śukāiteto dry.

Translation

Thinking in this way, Sanātana went to the bank of the Ganges to bathe. While there, he saw that a mendicant from Bengal had washed his quilt and spread it out to dry.
তারে কহে, — “ওরে ভাই, কর উপকারে ।
এই ভোট লঞা এই কাঁথা দেহ’ মোরে ॥” ৮৫ ॥
tāre kahe, — “ore bhāi, kara upakāre
ei bhoṭa lañā ei kāṅthā deha’ more”

Synonyms

tāre kahehe said to him; ore bhāiO my brother; kara upakārekindly do a favor; ei bhoṭathis woolen blanket; lañātaking; eithis; kāṅthāquilt; deha’give; moreto me.

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī then told the Bengali mendicant, “My dear brother, please do me a favor. Trade me your quilt for this woolen blanket.”
সেই কহে, — “রহস্য কর প্রামাণিক হঞা ?
বহুমূল্য ভোট দিবা কেন কাঁথা লঞা ?” ৮৬ ॥
sei kahe, — “rahasya kara prāmāṇika hañā?
bahu-mūlya bhoṭa dibā kena kāṅthā lañā?”

Synonyms

sei kahehe said; rahasyajoking; karayou do; prāmāṇika hañāalthough being a man of authority; bahu-mūlyavery valuable; bhoṭawoolen blanket; dibāyou would give; kenawhy; kāṅthā lañātaking this quilt.

Translation

The mendicant replied, “Sir, you are a respectable gentleman. Why are you joking with me? Why would you trade your valuable blanket for my torn quilt?”
তেঁহো কহে, — “রহস্য নহে, কহি সত্যবাণী ।
ভোট লহ, তুমি দেহ’ মোরে কাঁথাখানি ॥” ৮৭ ॥
teṅho kahe, — “rahasya nahe, kahi satya-vāṇī
bhoṭa laha, tumi deha’ more kāṅthā-khāni”

Synonyms

teṅho kahehe said; rahasya nahethere is no joking; kahi satya-vāṇīI am speaking the truth; bhoṭa lahatake this blanket; tumiyou; deha’give; moreto me; kāṅthā-khānithe quilt.

Translation

Sanātana said, “I am not joking; I am speaking the truth. Kindly take this blanket in exchange for your torn quilt.”
এত বলি’ কাঁথা লইল, ভোট তাঁরে দিয়া ।
গোসাঞির ঠাঁই আইলা কাঁথা গলে দিয়া ॥ ৮৮ ॥
eta bali’ kāṅthā la-ila, bhoṭa tāṅre diyā
gosāñira ṭhāṅi āilā kāṅthā gale diyā

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; kāṅthā la-ilahe took the quilt; bhoṭathe blanket; tāṅreunto him; diyāgiving; gosāñira ṭhāṅito Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilāreturned; kāṅthāquilt; galeonto the shoulder; diyākeeping.

Translation

Saying this, Sanātana Gosvāmī exchanged the blanket for the quilt. He then returned to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu with the quilt on his shoulder.
প্রভু কহে, — ‘তোমার ভোটকম্বল কোথা গেল ?’
প্রভুপদে সব কথা গোসাঞি কহিল ॥ ৮৯ ॥
prabhu kahe, — ‘tomāra bhoṭa-kambala kothā gela?’
prabhu-pade saba kathā gosāñi kahila

Synonyms

prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; tomārayour; bhoṭa-kambalawoolen blanket; kothā gelawhere did it go; prabhu-padeunto the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya; sabaall; kathānarration; gosāñiSanātana Gosvāmī; kahilasaid.

Translation

When Sanātana Gosvāmī returned, the Lord asked, “Where is your woolen blanket?” Sanātana Gosvāmī then narrated the whole story to the Lord.
প্রভু কহে, — “ইহা আমি করিয়াছি বিচার ।
বিষয়-রোগ খণ্ডাইল কৃষ্ণ যে তোমার ॥ ৯০ ॥
সে কেনে রাখিবে তোমার শেষ বিষয়-ভোগ ?
রোগ খণ্ডি’ সদ্বৈদ্য না রাখে শেষ রোগ ॥ ৯১ ॥
prabhu kahe, — “ihā āmi kariyāchi vicāra
viṣaya-roga khaṇḍāila kṛṣṇa ye tomāra
se kene rākhibe tomāra śeṣa viṣaya-bhoga?
roga khaṇḍi’ sad-vaidya nā rākhe śeṣa roga

Synonyms

prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; ihāthis; āmiI; kariyāchi vicāraconsidered deliberately; viṣaya-rogathe disease of material attraction; khaṇḍāilahas now nullified; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; yesince; tomārayour; seLord Kṛṣṇa; kenewhy; rākhibeshould allow you to keep; tomārayour; śeṣalast; viṣaya-bhogaattraction for material things; roga khaṇḍi’vanquishing the disease; sat-vaidyaa good physician; rākhedoes not keep; śeṣathe last part; rogadisease.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then said, “I have already deliberately considered this matter. Since Lord Kṛṣṇa is very merciful, He has nullified your attachment for material things. Why should Kṛṣṇa allow you to maintain a last bit of material attachment? After vanquishing a disease, a good physician does not allow any of the disease to remain.
তিন মুদ্রার ভোট গায়, মাধুকরী গ্রাস ।
ধর্মহানি হয়, লোক করে উপহাস ॥” ৯২ ॥
tina mudrāra bhoṭa gāya, mādhukarī grāsa
dharma-hāni haya, loka kare upahāsa”

Synonyms

tina mudrāra bhoṭaa woolen blanket costing three gold coins; gāyaon the body; mādhukarī grāsaand practicing the mādhukarī system; dharma-hāni hayathat is a religious discrepancy; loka kare upahāsapeople will joke.

Translation

“It is contradictory to practice mādhukarī and at the same time wear a valuable blanket. One loses his spiritual strength by doing this, and one will also become an object of jokes.”
গোসাঞি কহে, — “যে খণ্ডিল কুবিষয়-ভোগ ।
তাঁর ইচ্ছায় গেল মোর শেষ বিষয়-রোগ ॥” ৯৩ ॥
gosāñi kahe, — “ye khaṇḍila kuviṣaya-bhoga
tāṅra icchāya gela mora śeṣa viṣaya-roga”

Synonyms

gosāñi kaheSanātana Gosvāmī said; ye khaṇḍilathe person who has vanquished; ku-viṣaya-bhogaenjoyment of sinful material life; tāṅra icchāyaby His desire; gelahas gone; moramy; śeṣalast bit; viṣaya-rogamaterial disease.

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī replied, “The Supreme Personality of Godhead has saved me from the sinful life of material existence. By His desire, my last piece of material attraction is now gone.”
প্রসন্ন হঞা প্রভু তাঁরে কৃপা কৈল ।
তাঁর কৃপায় প্রশ্ন করিতে তাঁর শক্তি হৈল ॥ ৯৪ ॥
prasanna hañā prabhu tāṅre kṛpā kaila
tāṅra kṛpāya praśna karite tāṅra śakti haila

Synonyms

prasanna hañābeing very pleased; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅreunto him; kṛpā kailaoffered His causeless mercy; tāṅra kṛpāyaby His mercy; praśna kariteto inquire; tāṅrahis; śakti hailathere was strength.

Translation

Being pleased with Sanātana Gosvāmī, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu bestowed His causeless mercy upon him. By the Lord’s mercy, Sanātana Gosvāmī received the spiritual strength to inquire from Him.
পূর্বে যৈছে রায়-পাশে প্রভু প্রশ্ন কৈলা ।
তাঁর শক্ত্যে রামানন্দ তাঁর উত্তর দিলা ॥ ৯৫ ॥
ইহাঁ প্রভুর শক্ত্যে প্রশ্ন করে সনাতন ।
আপনে মহাপ্রভু করে ‘তত্ত্ব’-নিরূপণ ॥ ৯৬ ॥
pūrve yaiche rāya-pāśe prabhu praśna kailā
tāṅra śaktye rāmānanda tāṅra uttara dilā
ihāṅ prabhura śaktye praśna kare sanātana
āpane mahāprabhu kare ‘tattva’-nirūpaṇa

Synonyms

pūrveformerly; yaicheas; rāya-pāśeunto Rāmānanda Rāya; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; praśna kailāinquired; tāṅra śaktyeonly by His mercy; rāmānandaRāmānanda Rāya; tāṅrahis; uttaraanswers; dilāgave; ihāṅhere; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śaktyeby the strength; praśnaquestions; kareputs; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; āpanepersonally; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karedoes; tattvathe truth; nirūpaṇadiscerning.

Translation

Formerly, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had asked Rāmānanda Rāya spiritual questions, and by the Lord’s causeless mercy, Rāmānanda Rāya could properly reply. Now, by the Lord’s mercy, Sanātana Gosvāmī questioned the Lord, and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu personally supplied the truth.
কৃষ্ণস্বরূপমাধুর্যৈশ্বর্যভক্তিরসাশ্রয়ম্ ।
তত্ত্বং সনাতনায়েশঃ কৃপয়োপদিদেশ সঃ ॥ ৯৭ ॥
kṛṣṇa-svarūpa-mādhuryaiś-
varya-bhakti-rasāśrayam
tattvaṁ sanātanāyeśaḥ
kṛpayopadideśa saḥ

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-svarūpaof the real identity of Śrī Kṛṣṇa; mādhuryaof conjugal love; aiśvaryaof opulence; bhaktiof devotional service; rasaof transcendental mellows; āśrayamthe shelter; tattvamthe truth; sanātanāyaunto Śrī Sanātana; īśaḥŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Supreme Lord; kṛpayāby His causeless mercy; upadideśainstructed; saḥHe.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, personally told Sanātana Gosvāmī about Lord Kṛṣṇa’s real identity. He also told him about the Lord’s conjugal love, His personal opulence and the mellows of devotional service. All these truths were explained to Sanātana Gosvāmī by the Lord Himself out of His causeless mercy.
তবে সনাতন প্রভুর চরণে ধরিয়া ।
দৈন্য বিনতি করে দন্তে তৃণ লঞা ॥ ৯৮ ॥
tabe sanātana prabhura caraṇe dhariyā
dainya vinati kare dante tṛṇa lañā

Synonyms

tabethereafter; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; caraṇethe lotus feet; dhariyācatching; dainyahumility; vinatibowing; karedoes; dantein the teeth; tṛṇaa straw; lañātaking.

Translation

Putting a straw in his mouth and bowing down, Sanātana Gosvāmī clasped the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and humbly spoke as follows.
“নীচ জাতি, নীচ-সঙ্গী, পতিত অধম ।
কুবিষয়-কূপে পড়ি’ গোঙাইনু জনম ! ৯৯ ॥
“nīca jāti, nīca-saṅgī, patita adhama
kuviṣaya-kūpe paḍi’ goṅāinu janama!

Synonyms

nīca jātiborn of a low family; nīca-saṅgīassociated with low men; patitafallen; adhamathe lowest; ku-viṣaya-kūpein a well of material enjoyment; paḍi’having fallen down; goṅāinuI have passed; janamamy life.

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī said, “I was born in a low family, and my associates are all low-class men. I myself am fallen and am the lowest of men. Indeed, I have passed my whole life fallen in the well of sinful materialism.

Purport

Actually Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī belonged to a brāhmaṇa family because he belonged to the Sārasvata division of the brāhmaṇas and was well cultured and well educated. Somehow or other he accepted a ministership in the Muslim government; therefore he had to associate with meat-eaters, drunkards and gross materialists. Sanātana Gosvāmī considered himself fallen, for in the association of such men, he also fell victim to material enjoyment. Having passed his life in that way, he considered that he had wasted his valuable time. This statement about how one can become fallen in this material world is made by the greatest authority in the Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava-sampradāya. Actually the whole world is presently fallen into material existence. Everyone is a meat-eater, drunkard, woman-hunter, gambler and whatnot. People are enjoying material life by committing the four basic sins. Although they are fallen, if they simply submit themselves at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, they will be saved from sinful reactions.
আপনার হিতাহিত কিছুই না জানি !
গ্রাম্য-ব্যবহারে পণ্ডিত, তাই সত্য মানি ॥ ১০০ ॥
āpanāra hitāhita kichui nā jāni!
grāmya-vyavahāre paṇḍita, tāi satya māni

Synonyms

āpanāraof my personal self; hitawelfare; ahitainauspiciousness; kichuianything; jāniI do not know; grāmya-vyavahārein ordinary dealings; paṇḍitaa learned man; tāi satya māniI accept that as truth.

Translation

“I do not know what is beneficial for me or what is detrimental. Nonetheless, in ordinary dealings people consider me a learned scholar, and I am also thinking of myself as such.
কৃপা করি,’ যদি মোরে করিয়াছ উদ্ধার ।
আপন-কৃপাতে কহ ‘কর্তব্য’ আমার ॥ ১০১ ॥
kṛpā kari’ yadi more kariyācha uddhāra
āpana-kṛpāte kaha ‘kartavya’ āmāra

Synonyms

kṛpā kari’by Your causeless mercy; yadiif; moreunto me; kariyāchaYou have done; uddhāradeliverance; āpana-kṛpāteby Your own mercy; kahaplease speak; kartavya āmāramy duty.

Translation

“Out of Your causeless mercy, You have delivered me from the materialistic path. Now, by the same causeless mercy, please tell me what my duty is.
‘কে আমি’, ‘কেনে আমায় জারে তাপত্রয়’ ।
ইহা নাহি জানি — ‘কেমনে হিত হয়’ ॥ ১০২ ॥
‘ke āmi’, ‘kene āmāya jāre tāpa-traya’
ihā nāhi jāni — ‘kemane hita haya’

Synonyms

ke āmiwho am I; kenewhy; āmāyaunto me; jāregive trouble; tāpa-trayathe three kinds of miserable conditions; ihāthis; nāhi jāniI do not know; kemanehow; hitamy welfare; hayathere is.

Translation

“Who am I? Why do the threefold miseries always give me trouble? If I do not know this, how can I be benefited?

Purport

The threefold material miseries are miseries arising from the body and the mind, miseries arising from dealings with other living entities, and miseries arising from natural disturbances. Sometimes we suffer bodily when we are attacked by a fever, and sometimes we suffer mentally when a close relative dies. Other living entities also cause us misery. There are living entities born of the human embryo, of eggs, perspiration and vegetation. Miserable conditions brought about by natural catastrophes are controlled by the higher demigods. There may be severe cold or thunderbolts, or a person may be haunted by ghosts. These threefold miseries are always before us, and they entrap us in a dangerous situation. Padaṁ padaṁ yad vipadām. There is danger in every step of life.
‘সাধ্য’-‘সাধন’-তত্ত্ব পুছিতে না জানি ।
কৃপা করি’ সব তত্ত্ব কহ ত’ আপনি ॥” ১০৩ ॥
‘sādhya’-‘sādhana’-tattva puchite nā jāni
kṛpā kari’ saba tattva kaha ta’ āpani”

Synonyms

sādhyaof the goal of spiritual life; sādhanaof the process of obtaining that goal; tattvatruth; puchiteto inquire; jāniI do not know; kṛpā kari’by Your causeless mercy; saba tattvaall such truths; kaha ta’ āpaniplease personally explain to me.

Translation

“Actually I do not know how to inquire about the goal of life and the process for obtaining it. Being merciful upon me, please explain all these truths.”
প্রভু কহে, — “কৃষ্ণ-কৃপা তোমাতে পূর্ণ হয় ।
সব তত্ত্ব জান, তোমার নাহি তাপত্রয় ॥ ১০৪ ॥
prabhu kahe, — “kṛṣṇa-kṛpā tomāte pūrṇa haya
saba tattva jāna, tomāra nāhi tāpa-traya

Synonyms

prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kahesaid; kṛṣṇa-kṛpāthe mercy of Kṛṣṇa; tomāteon you; pūrṇafull; hayathere is; saba tattvaall truths; jānayou know; tomāraof you; nāhithere is not; tāpa-trayathe threefold miseries.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “Lord Kṛṣṇa has bestowed His full mercy upon you so that all these things are known to you. For you, the threefold miseries certainly do not exist.
কৃষ্ণশক্তি ধর তুমি, জান তত্ত্বভাব ।
জানি’ দার্ঢ্য লাগি’ পুছে, — সাধুর স্বভাব ॥ ১০৫ ॥
kṛṣṇa-śakti dhara tumi, jāna tattva-bhāva
jāni’ dārḍhya lāgi’ puche, — sādhura svabhāva

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-śaktithe energy of Lord Kṛṣṇa; dharapossess; tumiyou; jānaknow; tattva-bhāvathe factual position; jāni’although knowing all these things; dārḍhya lāgi’for the sake of strictness; puchehe inquires; sādhuraof a saintly person; svabhāvathe nature.

Translation

“Since you possess Lord Kṛṣṇa’s potency, you certainly know these things. However, it is the nature of a sādhu to inquire. Although he knows these things, the sādhu inquires for the sake of strictness.
অচিরাদেব সর্বার্থঃ সিধ্যত্যেষামভীপ্সিতঃ ।
সদ্ধর্মস্যাববোধায় যেষাং নির্বন্ধিনী মতিঃ ॥ ১০৬ ॥
acirād eva sarvārthaḥ
sidhyaty eṣām abhīpsitaḥ
sad-dharmasyāvabodhāya
yeṣāṁ nirbandhinī matiḥ

Synonyms

acirātvery soon; evacertainly; sarva-arthaḥthe goal of life; sidhyatibecomes fulfilled; eṣāmof these persons; abhīpsitaḥdesired; sat-dharmasyaof the path of progressive devotional service; avabodhāyafor understanding; yeṣāmthose whose; nirbandhinīunflinching; matiḥintelligence.

Translation

“ ‘Those who are eager to awaken their spiritual consciousness and who thus have unflinching, undeviated intelligence certainly attain the desired goal of life very soon.’

Purport

This verse, quoted from the Nāradīya Purāṇa, is found in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.103).
যোগ্যপাত্র হও তুমি ভক্তি প্রবর্তাইতে ।
ক্রমে সব তত্ত্ব শুন, কহিয়ে তোমাতে ॥ ১০৭ ॥
yogya-pātra hao tumi bhakti pravartāite
krame saba tattva śuna, kahiye tomāte

Synonyms

yogya-pātrafit person; haoare; tumiyou; bhaktidevotional service; pravartāiteto propagate; krameone after another; sabaall; tattvatruths; śunaplease hear; kahiyeI shall speak; tomāteto you.

Translation

“You are fit to propagate the cult of devotional service. Therefore gradually hear all the truths about it from Me. I shall tell you about them.
জীবের ‘স্বরূপ’ হয় — কৃষ্ণের ‘নিত্যদাস’ ।
কৃষ্ণের ‘তটস্থা-শক্তি’, ‘ভেদাভেদ-প্রকাশ’ ॥ ১০৮ ॥
সূর্যাংশ-কিরণ, যৈছে অগ্নিজ্বালাচয় ।
স্বাভাবিক কৃষ্ণের তিনপ্ৰকার ‘শক্তি’ হয় ॥ ১০৯ ॥
jīvera ‘svarūpa’ haya — kṛṣṇera ‘nitya-dāsa’
kṛṣṇera ‘taṭasthā-śakti’ ‘bhedābheda-prakāśa’
sūryāṁśa-kiraṇa, yaiche agni-jvālā-caya
svābhāvika kṛṣṇera tina-prakāra ‘śakti’ haya

Synonyms

jīveraof the living entity; svarūpathe constitutional position; hayais; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; nitya-dāsaeternal servant; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; taṭasthāmarginal; śaktipotency; bheda-abhedaone and different; prakāśamanifestation; sūrya-aṁśapart and parcel of the sun; kiraṇaa ray of sunshine; yaicheas; agni-jvālā-cayamolecular particle of fire; svābhāvikanaturally; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; tina-prakārathree varieties; śaktienergies; hayathere are.

Translation

“It is the living entity’s constitutional position to be an eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa because he is the marginal energy of Kṛṣṇa and a manifestation simultaneously one with and different from the Lord, like a molecular particle of sunshine or fire. Kṛṣṇa has three varieties of energy.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura explains these verses as follows: Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī asked Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, “Who am I?” In answer, the Lord replied, “You are a pure living entity. You are neither the gross material body nor the subtle body composed of mind and intelligence. Actually you are a spirit soul, eternally part and parcel of the Supreme Soul, Kṛṣṇa. Therefore you are His eternal servant. You belong to Kṛṣṇa’s marginal potency. There are two worlds — the spiritual world and the material world — and you are situated between the material and spiritual potencies. You have a relationship with both the material and the spiritual world; therefore you are called the marginal potency. You are related with Kṛṣṇa as one and simultaneously different. Because you are spirit soul, you are one in quality with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but because you are a very minute particle of spirit soul, you are different from the Supreme Soul. Therefore your position is simultaneously one with and different from the Supreme Soul. The examples given are those of the sun itself and the small particles of sunshine and of a blazing fire and the small particles of fire.” Another explanation of these verses can be found in Ādi-līlā, chapter two, verse 96.
একদেশস্থিতস্যাগ্নের্জ্যোৎস্না বিস্তারিণী যথা ।
পরস্য ব্রহ্মণঃ শক্তিস্তথেদমখিলং জগৎ ॥ ১১০ ॥
eka-deśa-sthitasyāgner
jyotsnā vistāriṇī yathā
parasya brahmaṇaḥ śaktis
tathedam akhilaṁ jagat

Synonyms

eka-deśain one place; sthitasyabeing situated; agneḥof fire; jyotsnāthe illumination; vistāriṇīexpanded everywhere; yathājust as; parasyaof the Supreme; brahmaṇaḥof the Absolute Truth; śaktiḥthe energy; tathāsimilarly; idamthis; akhilamentire; jagatuniverse.

Translation

“ ‘Just as the illumination of a fire, which is situated in one place, is spread all over, the energies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Parabrahman, are spread all over this universe.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (1.22.53).
কৃষ্ণের স্বাভাবিক তিনশক্তি-পরিণতি ।
চিচ্ছক্তি, জীবশক্তি, আর মায়াশক্তি ॥ ১১১ ॥
kṛṣṇera svābhāvika tina-śakti-pariṇati
cic-chakti, jīva-śakti, āra māyā-śakti

Synonyms

kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; svābhāvikanatural; tinathree; śaktiof energies; pariṇatitransformations; cit-śaktispiritual potency; jīva-śaktispiritual sparks, living entities; āraand; māyā-śaktiillusory energy.

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa naturally has three energetic transformations, and these are known as the spiritual potency, the living entity potency and the illusory potency.
বিষ্ণুশক্তিঃ পরা প্রোক্তা ক্ষেত্রজ্ঞাখ্যা তথাপরা ।
অবিদ্যা-কর্মসংজ্ঞান্যা তৃতীয়া শক্তিরিষ্যতে ॥ ১১২ ॥
viṣṇu-śaktiḥ parā proktā
kṣetrajñākhyā tathā parā
avidyā-karma-saṁjñānyā
tṛtīyā śaktir iṣyate

Synonyms

viṣṇu-śaktiḥthe potency of Lord Viṣṇu; parāspiritual; proktāit is said; kṣetra-jña-ākhyāthe potency known as kṣetrajña; tathāas well as; parāspiritual; avidyāignorance; karmafruitive activities; saṁjñāknown as; anyāother; tṛtīyāthird; śaktiḥpotency; iṣyateknown thus.

Translation

“ ‘Originally, Kṛṣṇa’s energy is spiritual, and the energy known as the living entity is also spiritual. However, there is another energy, called illusion, which consists of fruitive activity. That is the Lord’s third potency.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (6.7.61). For a further explanation of this verse, refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter seven, verse 119.
শক্তয়ঃ সর্বভাবানামচিন্ত্যজ্ঞানগোচরাঃ ।
যতোঽতো ব্রহ্মণস্তাস্তু সর্গাদ্যা ভাবশক্তয়ঃ ।
ভবন্তি তপতাং শ্রেষ্ঠ পাবকস্য যথোষ্ণতা ॥ ১১৩ ॥
śaktayaḥ sarva-bhāvānām
acintya-jñāna-gocarāḥ
yato ’to brahmaṇas tās tu
sargādyā bhāva-śaktayaḥ
bhavanti tapatāṁ śreṣṭha
pāvakasya yathoṣṇatā

Synonyms

śaktayaḥenergies; sarva-bhāvānāmof all types of creation; acintyainconceivable; jñāna-gocarāḥby the range of man’s knowledge; yataḥfrom whom; ataḥtherefore; brahmaṇaḥfrom the Absolute Truth; tāḥthose; tubut; sarga-ādyāḥbringing about creation, maintenance and annihilation; bhāva-śaktayaḥthe creative energies; bhavantiare; tapatāmof all the ascetics; śreṣṭhaO chief; pāvakasyaof fire; yathāas; uṣṇatāheat.

Translation

“ ‘All the creative energies, which are inconceivable to a common man, exist in the Supreme Absolute Truth. These inconceivable energies act in the process of creation, maintenance and annihilation. O chief of the ascetics, just as there are two energies possessed by fire — namely heat and light — these inconceivable creative energies are the natural characteristics of the Absolute Truth.’

Purport

This is also a quotation from the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (1.3.2).
যয়া ক্ষেত্রজ্ঞশক্তিঃ সা বেষ্টিতা নৃপ সর্বগা ।
সংসারতাপানখিলানবাপ্নোত্যত্র সন্ততান্ ॥ ১১৪ ॥
yayā kṣetra-jña-śaktiḥ sā
veṣṭitā nṛpa sarva-gā
saṁsāra-tāpān akhilān
avāpnoty atra santatān

Synonyms

yayāby which; kṣetra-jña-śaktiḥthe living entities, known as the kṣetra-jña potency; that potency; veṣṭitācovered; nṛpaO King; sarva-capable of going anywhere in the spiritual or the material world; saṁsāra-tāpānmiseries due to the cycle of repeated birth and death; akhilānall kinds of; avāpnotiobtains; atrain this material world; santatānarising from suffering or enjoying various kinds of reactions to fruitive activities.

Translation

“ ‘O King, the kṣetra-jña-śakti is the living entity. Although he has the facility to live in either the material or the spiritual world, he suffers the threefold miseries of material existence because he is influenced by the avidyā [nescience] potency, which covers his constitutional position.

Purport

This and the following verse are also quoted from the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (6.7.62-63). For an explanation, see Madhya-līlā, chapter 6, verses 155-156.
তয়া তিরোহিতত্বাচ্চ শক্তিঃ ক্ষেত্রজ্ঞ-সংজ্ঞিতা ।
সর্বভূতেষু ভূপাল তারতম্যেন বর্ততে ॥ ১১৫ ॥
tayā tirohitatvāc ca
śaktiḥ kṣetra-jña-saṁjñitā
sarva-bhūteṣu bhū-pāla
tāratamyena vartate

Synonyms

tayāby her; tirohitatvātfrom being under the influence; caalso; śaktiḥthe potency; kṣetra-jñakṣetra-jña; saṁjñitāknown by the name; sarva-bhūteṣuin different types of bodies; bhū-pālaO King; tāratamyenain different degrees; vartateexists.

Translation

“ ‘This living entity, covered by the influence of nescience, exists in different forms in the material condition. O King, he is thus proportionately freed from the influence of the material energy, to greater or lesser degrees.’
অপরেয়মিতস্ত্বন্যাং প্রকৃতিং বিদ্ধি মে পরাম্ ।
জীবভূতাং মহাবাহো যয়েদং ধার্যতে জগৎ ॥ ১১৬ ॥
apareyam itas tv anyāṁ
prakṛtiṁ viddhi me parām
jīva-bhūtāṁ mahā-bāho
yayedaṁ dhāryate jagat

Synonyms

aparāinferior energy; iyamthis material world; itaḥbeyond this; tubut; anyāmanother; prakṛtimenergy; viddhiyou must know; meof Me; parāmwhich is superior energy; jīva-bhūtāmthey are the living entities; mahā-bāhoO mighty-armed one; yayāby which; idamthis material world; dhāryateis being conducted; jagatthe cosmic manifestation.

Translation

“ ‘Besides these inferior energies, O mighty-armed Arjuna, there is another, superior energy of Mine, which comprises the living entities who are exploiting the resources of this material, inferior nature.’

Purport

This is a verse from the Bhagavad-gītā (7.5). For an explanation, see Ādi-līlā, chapter seven, verse 118.
কৃষ্ণ ভুলি’ সেই জীব অনাদি-বহির্মুখ ।
অতএব মায়া তারে দেয় সংসার-দুঃখ ॥ ১১৭ ॥
kṛṣṇa bhuli’ sei jīva anādi-bahirmukha
ataeva māyā tāre deya saṁsāra-duḥkha

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa bhuli’forgetting Kṛṣṇa; sei jīvathat living entity; anādifrom time immemorial; bahir-mukhaattracted by the external feature; ataevatherefore; māyāillusory energy; tāreto him; deyagives; saṁsāra-duḥkhamiseries of material existence.

Translation

“Forgetting Kṛṣṇa, the living entity has been attracted by the external feature from time immemorial. Therefore the illusory energy [māyā] gives him all kinds of misery in his material existence.

Purport

When the living entity forgets his constitutional position as an eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa, he is immediately entrapped by the illusory, external energy. The living entity is originally part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa and is therefore the superior energy of Kṛṣṇa. He is endowed with inconceivable minute energy that works inconceivably within the body. However, the living entity, forgetting his position, is situated in material energy. The living entity is called the marginal energy because by nature he is spiritual but by forgetfulness he is situated in the material energy. Thus he has the power to live either in the material energy or in the spiritual energy, and for this reason he is called marginal energy. Being in the marginal position, he is sometimes attracted by the external, illusory energy, and this is the beginning of his material life. When he enters the material energy, he is subjected to the threefold time measurement — past, present and future. Past, present and future belong only to the material world; they do not exist in the spiritual world. The living entity is eternal, and he existed before the creation of this material world. Unfortunately he has forgotten his relationship with Kṛṣṇa. The living entity’s forgetfulness is described herein as anādi, which indicates that it has existed since time immemorial. One should understand that due to his desire to enjoy himself in competition with Kṛṣṇa, the living entity comes into material existence.
কভু স্বর্গে উঠায়, কভু নরকে ডুবায় ।
দণ্ড্যজনে রাজা যেন নদীতে চুবায় ॥ ১১৮ ॥
kabhu svarge uṭhāya, kabhu narake ḍubāya
daṇḍya-jane rājā yena nadīte cubāya

Synonyms

kabhusometimes; svargeto higher planetary systems; uṭhāyahe rises; kabhusometimes; narakein hellish conditions of life; ḍubāyahe is drowned; daṇḍya-janea criminal; rājāa king; yenaas; nadītein the river; cubāyadunks.

Translation

“In the material condition, the living entity is sometimes raised to higher planetary systems and material prosperity and sometimes drowned in a hellish situation. His state is exactly like that of a criminal whom a king punishes by submerging him in water and then raising him again from the water.

Purport

In the Bṛhad-āraṇyaka Upaniṣad (4.3.16) it is stated, asaṅgo hy ayaṁ puruṣaḥ: the living entity is always free from the contamination of the material world. One who is not materially infected and who does not forget Kṛṣṇa as his master is called nitya-mukta. In other words, one who is eternally liberated from material contamination is called nitya-mukta. From time immemorial the nitya-mukta living entity has always been a devotee of Kṛṣṇa, and his only attempt has been to serve Kṛṣṇa. Thus he never forgets his eternal servitorship to Kṛṣṇa. Any living entity who forgets his eternal relationship with Kṛṣṇa is under the sway of the material condition. Bereft of the Lord’s transcendental loving service, he is subjected to the reactions of fruitive activity. When he is elevated to the higher planetary systems due to worldly pious activities, he considers himself well situated, but when he is subjected to punishment, he thinks himself improperly situated. Thus material nature awards and punishes the living entity. When the living entity is materially opulent, material nature is rewarding him. When he is materially embarrassed, material nature is punishing him.
ভয়ং দ্বিতীয়াভিনিবেশতঃ স্যা-
দীশাদপেতস্য বিপর্যয়োঽস্মৃতিঃ ।
তন্মায়য়াতো বুধ আভজেত্তং
ভক্ত্যৈকয়েশং গুরুদেবতাত্মা ॥ ১১৯ ॥
bhayaṁ dvitīyābhiniveśataḥ syād
īśād apetasya viparyayo ’smṛtiḥ
tan-māyayāto budha ābhajet taṁ
bhaktyaikayeśaṁ guru-devatātmā

Synonyms

bhayamfear; dvitīya-abhiniveśataḥfrom the misconception of being a product of material energy; syātarises; īśātfrom the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa; apetasyaof one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soul); viparyayaḥreversal of the position; asmṛtiḥno conception of his relationship with the Supreme Lord; tat-māyayābecause of the illusory energy of the Supreme Lord; ataḥtherefore; budhaḥone who is wise; ābhajetmust worship; tamHim; bhaktyāby devotional service; ekayāundiverted to karma and jñāna; īśamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; guruas the spiritual master; devatāthe worshipable Lord; ātmāthe Supersoul.

Translation

“ ‘When the living entity is attracted by the material energy, which is separate from Kṛṣṇa, he is overpowered by fear. Because he is separated from the Supreme Personality of Godhead by the material energy, his conception of life is reversed. In other words, instead of being the eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa, he becomes Kṛṣṇa’s competitor. This is called viparyayo ’smṛtiḥ. To nullify this mistake, one who is actually learned and advanced worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead as his spiritual master, worshipful Deity and source of life. He thus worships the Lord by the process of unalloyed devotional service.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.37). It is an instruction given by Kavi Ṛṣi, one of the nine saintly personalities called the nine Yogendras. When Vasudeva, Kṛṣṇa’s father, asked Devarṣi Nārada in Dvārakā about devotional service, it was mentioned that previously King Nimi, who was the King of Videha, was instructed by the nine Yogendras. When Śrī Nārada Muni discoursed on bhāgavata-dharma, devotional service, he indicated how a conditioned soul can be liberated by engaging in the loving transcendental service of the Lord. The Lord is the Supersoul, spiritual master and worshipable Deity of all conditioned souls. Not only is Kṛṣṇa the supreme worshipful Deity for all living entities, but He is also the guru, or caittya-guru, the Supersoul, who always gives the living entity good counsel. Unfortunately the living entity neglects the Supreme Person’s instructions. He thus identifies with the material energy and is consequently overpowered by a kind of fear resulting from accepting himself as the material body and considering paraphernalia related to the material body to be his property. All types of fruitive results actually come from the spirit soul, but because he has forgotten his real duty, he is embarrassed by many material consequences such as fear and attachment. The only remedy is to revert to the service of the Lord and thus be saved from material nature’s unwanted harassment.
সাধু-শাস্ত্র-কৃপায় যদি কৃষ্ণোন্মুখ হয় ।
সেই জীব নিস্তরে, মায়া তাহারে ছাড়য় ॥ ১২০ ॥
sādhu-śāstra-kṛpāya yadi kṛṣṇonmukha haya
sei jīva nistare, māyā tāhāre chāḍaya

Synonyms

sādhuof saintly persons; śāstraof scriptures; kṛpāyaby the mercy; yadiif; kṛṣṇa-unmukha hayaone becomes Kṛṣṇa conscious; seithat; jīvaliving entity; nistarebecomes liberated; māyāthe illusory energy; tāhārehim; chāḍayagives up.

Translation

“If the conditioned soul becomes Kṛṣṇa conscious by the mercy of saintly persons who voluntarily preach scriptural injunctions and help him to become Kṛṣṇa conscious, the conditioned soul is liberated from the clutches of māyā, who gives him up.

Purport

A conditioned soul is one who has forgotten Kṛṣṇa as his eternal master. Thinking that he is enjoying the material world, the conditioned soul suffers the threefold miseries of material existence. Saintly persons (sādhus), Vaiṣṇava devotees of the Lord, preach Kṛṣṇa consciousness on the basis of the Vedic literature. It is only by their mercy that the conditioned soul is awakened to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. When awakened, he is no longer eager to enjoy the materialistic way of life. Instead, he devotes himself to the loving transcendental service of the Lord. When one engages in the Lord’s devotional service, he becomes detached from material enjoyment:
bhaktiḥ pareśānubhavo viraktir
anyatra caiṣa trika eka-kālaḥ
This is the test by which one can tell whether he is advancing in devotional service. One must be detached from material enjoyment. Such detachment means that māyā has actually given the conditioned soul liberation from illusory enjoyment. When one is advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he does not consider himself as good as Kṛṣṇa. Whenever he thinks that he is the enjoyer of material advantages, he is imprisoned in the bodily conception. However, when he is freed from the bodily conception, he can engage in devotional service, which is his actual position of freedom from the clutches of māyā. This is all explained in the following verse from the Bhagavad-gītā (7.14).
দৈবী হ্যেষা গুণময়ী মম মায়া দুরত্যয়া ।
মামেব যে প্রপদ্যন্তে মায়ামেতাং তরন্তি তে ॥ ১২১ ॥
daivī hy eṣā guṇa-mayī
mama māyā duratyayā
mām eva ye prapadyante
māyām etāṁ taranti te

Synonyms

daivībelonging to the Supreme Lord; hicertainly; eṣāthis; guṇa-mayīmade of the three modes; mamaMy; māyāexternal energy; duratyayāvery difficult to surpass; māmunto Me; evacertainly; yethose who; prapadyantesurrender fully; māyāmillusory energy; etāmthis; taranticross over; tethey.

Translation

“ ‘This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material nature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me can easily cross beyond it.’
মায়ামুগ্ধ জীবের নাহি স্বতঃ কৃষ্ণজ্ঞান ।
জীবেরে কৃপায় কৈলা কৃষ্ণ বেদ-পুরাণ ॥ ১২২ ॥
māyā-mugdha jīvera nāhi svataḥ kṛṣṇa-jñāna
jīvere kṛpāya kailā kṛṣṇa veda-purāṇa

Synonyms

māyā-mugdhaenchanted by the illusory energy; jīveraof the conditioned soul; nāhithere is not; svataḥautomatically; kṛṣṇa-jñānaknowledge of Kṛṣṇa; jīvereunto the conditioned soul; kṛpāyaout of mercy; kailāpresented; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; veda-purāṇathe Vedic literature and the Purāṇas (supplements to the Vedic literature).

Translation

“The conditioned soul cannot revive his Kṛṣṇa consciousness by his own effort. But out of causeless mercy, Lord Kṛṣṇa compiled the Vedic literature and its supplements, the Purāṇas.

Purport

A conditioned soul is bewildered by the Lord’s illusory energy (māyā). Māyā’s business is to keep the conditioned soul forgetful of his real relationship with Kṛṣṇa. Thus the living entity forgets his real identity as spirit soul, Brahman, and instead of realizing his factual position thinks himself the product of the material energy. According to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.7.5):
yayā sammohito jīvaātmānaṁ tri-guṇātmakam
paro ’pi manute ’narthaṁ
tat-kṛtaṁ cābhipadyate
“Due to this external energy, the living entity, although transcendental to the three modes of material nature, thinks of himself as a material product and thus undergoes the reactions of material miseries.”
This is a description of māyā’s action upon the conditioned soul. Thinking himself a product of the material energy, the conditioned soul engages in the service of the material energy in so many ways. He becomes the servant of lust, anger, greed and envy. In this way one totally becomes a servant of the illusory energy. Later, the bewildered soul becomes a servant of mental speculation, but in any case he is simply covered by the illusory energy. Out of His causeless mercy and compassion, Kṛṣṇa has compiled various Vedic literatures in His incarnation as Vyāsadeva. Vyāsadeva is a śaktyāveśa-avatāra of Lord Kṛṣṇa. He has very kindly presented these literatures to awaken the conditioned soul to his senses. Unfortunately, at the present moment the conditioned souls are guided by demons who do not care to read the Vedic literatures. Although there is an immense treasure-house of knowledge, people are engaged in reading useless literature that will give them no information on how to get out of the clutches of māyā. The purpose of the Vedic literatures is explained in the following verses.
‘শাস্ত্র-গুরু-আত্ম’-রূপে আপনারে জানান ।
‘কৃষ্ণ মোর প্রভু, ত্রাতা’ — জীবের হয় জ্ঞান ॥ ১২৩ ॥
‘śāstra-guru-ātma’-rūpe āpanāre jānāna
‘kṛṣṇa mora prabhu, trātā’ — jīvera haya jñāna

Synonyms

śāstra-guru-ātma-rūpein the form of the Vedic literature, the spiritual master and the Supersoul; āpanāre jānānainforms about Himself; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; moramy; prabhuLord; trātādeliverer; jīveraof the conditioned soul; hayathere is; jñānaknowledge.

Translation

“The forgetful conditioned soul is educated by Kṛṣṇa through the Vedic literatures, the realized spiritual master and the Supersoul. Through these, he can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead as He is, and he can understand that Lord Kṛṣṇa is his eternal master and deliverer from the clutches of māyā. In this way one can acquire real knowledge of his conditioned life and can come to understand how to attain liberation.

Purport

Being forgetful of his real position, the conditioned soul may take help from śāstra, guru and the Supersoul within his heart. Kṛṣṇa is situated within everyone’s heart as the Supersoul. As stated in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.61):
īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāmhṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati
bhrāmayan sarva-bhūtāni
yantrārūḍhāni māyayā
“The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone’s heart, O Arjuna, and is directing the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a machine made of the material energy.”
As the śaktyāveśa-avatāra Vyāsadeva, Kṛṣṇa teaches the conditioned soul through the Vedic literatures. Kṛṣṇa externally appears as the spiritual master and trains the conditioned soul to come to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. When his original Kṛṣṇa consciousness is revived, the conditioned soul is delivered from the material clutches. Thus a conditioned soul is always helped by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in three ways — by the scriptures, the spiritual master and the Supersoul within the heart. The Lord is the deliverer of the conditioned soul and is accepted as the Supreme Lord of all living entities. Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.66):
sarva-dharmān parityajyamām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja
ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo
mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ
“Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from all sinful reactions. Do not fear.” This same instruction is found throughout all Vedic literatures. Sādhu, śāstra and guru act as the representatives of Kṛṣṇa, and the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is also taking place all over the universe. Whoever takes advantage of this opportunity becomes liberated.
বেদশাস্ত্র কহে — ‘সম্বন্ধ’, ‘অভিধেয়,’ ‘প্রয়োজন’ ।
‘কৃষ্ণ’ — প্রাপ্য সম্বন্ধ, ‘ভক্তি’ — প্রাপ্ত্যের সাধন ॥ ১২৪ ॥
veda-śāstra kahe — ‘sambandha’, ‘abhidheya’, ‘prayojana’
‘kṛṣṇa’ — prāpya sambandha, ‘bhakti’ — prāptyera sādhana

Synonyms

veda-śāstra kahethe Vedic literature instructs; sambandhathe conditioned soul’s relationship with the Lord; abhidheyathe regulated activities of the conditioned soul for reviving that relationship; prayojanaand the ultimate goal of life to be attained by the conditioned soul; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; prāpyato be awakened; sambandhathe original relationship; bhaktidevotional service; prāptyera sādhanathe means of attaining Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

“The Vedic literatures give information about the living entity’s eternal relationship with Kṛṣṇa, which is called sambandha. The living entity’s understanding of this relationship and his acting accordingly is called abhidheya. Returning home, back to Godhead, is the ultimate goal of life and is called prayojana.
অভিধেয়-নাম ‘ভক্তি,’ ‘প্রেম’ — প্রয়োজন ।
পুরুষার্থ-শিরোমণি প্রেম মহাধন ॥ ১২৫ ॥
abhidheya-nāma ‘bhakti’, ‘prema’ — prayojana
puruṣārtha-śiromaṇi prema mahā-dhana

Synonyms

abhidheyaactivities to revive one’s relationship; nāmanamed; bhaktidevotional service; premalove of Godhead; prayojanathe ultimate goal of life; puruṣa-artha-śiromaṇithe topmost interest of the living entity; premalove of Godhead; mahā-dhanathe greatest wealth.

Translation

“Devotional service, or sense activity for the satisfaction of the Lord, is called abhidheya because it can develop one’s original love of Godhead, which is the goal of life. This goal is the living entity’s topmost interest and greatest wealth. Thus one attains the platform of transcendental loving service unto the Lord.

Purport

The conditioned soul is bewildered by the external, material energy, which fully engages him in sense gratification in various ways. Due to engagement in material activities, one’s original Kṛṣṇa consciousness is covered. However, as the supreme father of all living entities, Kṛṣṇa wants His sons to return home, back to Godhead; therefore He personally comes to deliver Vedic literatures like the Bhagavad-gītā. He engages His confidential servants who serve as spiritual masters and enlighten the conditioned living entities. Being present in everyone’s heart, the Lord gives the living entities the conscience whereby they can accept the Vedas and the spiritual master. In this way the living entity can understand his constitutional position and his relationship with the Supreme Lord. As personally enunciated by the Lord Himself in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.15), vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ: through the study of Vedānta, one may become fully aware of his relationship with the Supreme Lord and act accordingly. In this way one may ultimately attain the platform of loving service to the Lord. It is in the living entity’s best interest to understand the Supreme Lord. Unfortunately, the living entities have forgotten that this is in their best interest, and therefore Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam says, na te viduḥ svārtha-gatiṁ hi viṣṇum (Bhāg. 7.5.31).
Everyone wants to achieve life’s ultimate goal, but due to being absorbed in the material energy, we waste our time with sense gratification. Through the study of Vedic literatures — of which the essence is the Bhagavad-gītā — one comes to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Thus one engages in devotional service, called abhidheya. When the living entity actually develops love of Godhead, he has reached the ultimate goal, prayojana. In other words, one who becomes fully Kṛṣṇa conscious has attained the perfection of life.
কৃষ্ণমাধুর্য-সেবানন্দ-প্রাপ্তির কারণ ।
কৃষ্ণ-সেবা করে, আর কৃষ্ণরস-আস্বাদন ॥ ১২৬ ॥
kṛṣṇa-mādhurya-sevānanda-prāptira kāraṇa
kṛṣṇa-sevā kare, āra kṛṣṇa-rasa-āsvādana

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-mādhuryaof an intimate relationship with Kṛṣṇa; sevā-ānandaof pleasure from rendering service unto Him; prāptiraof achievement; kāraṇabecause; kṛṣṇa-sevā kareone renders service to Kṛṣṇa; āraand; kṛṣṇa-rasaof the mellows of such service; āsvādanatasting.

Translation

“When one attains the transcendental bliss of an intimate relationship with Kṛṣṇa, he renders service to Him and tastes the mellows of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
ইহাতে দৃষ্টান্ত — যৈছে দরিদ্রের ঘরে ।
‘সর্বজ্ঞ’ আসি’ দুঃখ দেখি’ পুছয়ে তাহারে ॥ ১২৭ ॥
ihāte dṛṣṭānta — yaiche daridrera ghare
‘sarvajña’ āsi’ duḥkha dekhi’ puchaye tāhāre

Synonyms

ihātein this connection; dṛṣṭāntathe parable; yaichejust as; daridrera gharein the house of a poor man; sarva-jñaan astrologer; āsi’coming; duḥkhadistressed condition; dekhi’seeing; puchaye tāhāreinquires from him.

Translation

“The following parable may be given. Once a learned astrologer came to the house of a poor man and, seeing his distressed condition, questioned him.

Purport

Sometimes we go to an astrologer or palmist when we are in a distressed condition or when we want to know the future. The living entity in conditioned life is always distressed by the threefold miseries of material existence. Under the circumstances, he is inquisitive about his position. For instance, Sanātana Gosvāmī approached the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, to ask Him why he was in a distressed condition. This is the position of all conditioned souls. We are always in a distressed condition, and an intelligent man naturally becomes inquisitive. This position is called brahma-jijñāsā. Athāto brahma-jijñāsā (Vedānta-sūtra 1.1.1). Brahma here refers to the Vedic literature. One should consult the Vedic literature to know why the conditioned soul is always in a distressed condition. The Vedic literatures are meant to free the conditioned soul from the miserable conditions of material existence. In this chapter, the story of the astrologer Sarvajña and the poor man is very instructive.
‘তুমি কেনে দুঃখী, তোমার আছে পিতৃধন ।
তোমারে না কহিল, অন্যত্র ছাড়িল জীবন ॥” ১২৮ ॥
‘tumi kene duḥkhī, tomāra āche pitṛ-dhana
tomāre nā kahila, anyatra chāḍila jīvana”

Synonyms

tumiyou; kenewhy; duḥkhīdistressed; tomārayour; āchethere is; pitṛ-dhanathe riches of your father; tomāreunto you; kahilahe did not disclose; anyatrasomewhere else; chāḍilagave up; jīvanahis life.

Translation

“The astrologer asked, ‘Why are you unhappy? Your father was very wealthy, but he did not disclose his wealth to you because he died elsewhere.’
সর্বজ্ঞের বাক্যে করে ধনের উদ্দেশে ।
ঐছে বেদ-পুরাণ জীবে ‘কৃষ্ণ’ উপদেশে ॥ ১২৯ ॥
sarvajñera vākye kare dhanera uddeśe
aiche veda-purāṇa jīve ‘kṛṣṇa’ upadeśe

Synonyms

sarvajñeraof the astrologer; vākyethe words; karemake; dhaneraof the riches; uddeśenews; aichesimilarly; veda-purāṇaVedic literatures; jīveunto the living entity, the conditioned soul; kṛṣṇaof Lord Kṛṣṇa; upadeśeinstructs.

Translation

“Just as the words of the astrologer Sarvajñā gave news of the poor man’s treasure, the Vedic literatures advise one about Kṛṣṇa consciousness when one is inquisitive to know why he is in a distressed material condition.
সর্বজ্ঞের বাক্যে মূলধন অনুবন্ধ ।
সর্বশাস্ত্রে উপদেশে, ‘শ্রীকৃষ্ণ’ — সম্বন্ধ ॥ ১৩০ ॥
sarvajñera vākye mūla-dhana anubandha
sarva-śāstre upadeśe, ‘śrī-kṛṣṇa’ — sambandha

Synonyms

sarvajñeraof the astrologer; vākyeby the assurance; mūla-dhanawith the treasure; anubandhaconnection; sarva-śāstreall Vedic literatures; upadeśeinstruct; śrī-kṛṣṇaLord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sambandhathe central connection.

Translation

“By the words of the astrologer, the poor man’s connection with the treasure was established. Similarly, the Vedic literature advises us that our real connection is with Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Purport

In the Bhagavad-gītā (7.26), Śrī Kṛṣṇa says:
vedāhaṁ samatītānivartamānāni cārjuna
bhaviṣyāṇi ca bhūtāni
māṁ tu veda na kaścana
“O Arjuna, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, I know everything that has happened in the past, all that is happening in the present, and all things that are yet to come. I also know all living entities, but Me no one knows.”
Thus Kṛṣṇa knows the cause of the distressed condition of the conditioned soul. He therefore descends from His original position to instruct the conditioned soul and inform him about his forgetfulness of his relationship with Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa exhibits Himself in His relationships in Vṛndāvana and at the Battle of Kurukṣetra so that people will be attracted to Him and will return home, back to Godhead. Kṛṣṇa also says in the Bhagavad-gītā that He is the proprietor of all universes, the enjoyer of everything that be and the friend of everyone. Bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ sarva-loka-maheśvaram/ suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhutānāṁ (Bg. 5.29). If we revive our original intimate relationship with Kṛṣṇa, our distressed condition in the material world will be mitigated. Everyone is trying to adjust to the distressed conditions of material existence, but the basic problems cannot be solved unless one is in an intimate relationship with Kṛṣṇa.
‘বাপের ধন আছে’ — জ্ঞানে ধন নাহি পায় ।
তবে সর্বজ্ঞ কহে তারে প্রাপ্তির উপায় ॥ ১৩১ ॥
‘bāpera dhana āche’ — jñāne dhana nāhi pāya
tabe sarvajña kahe tāre prāptira upāya

Synonyms

bāpera dhana āchethe father has some treasure; jñāneby this knowledge; dhanatreasure; nāhi pāyaone does not get; tabethen; sarva-jñathe astrologer; kahesays; tāreunto the poor man; prāptira upāyathe means of getting the treasure.

Translation

“Although being assured of his father’s treasure, the poor man cannot acquire this treasure by such knowledge alone. Therefore the astrologer had to inform him of the means whereby he could actually find the treasure.
‘এই স্থানে আছে ধন’ — যদি দক্ষিণে খুদিবে ।
‘ভীমরুল-বরুলী’ উঠিবে, ধন না পাইবে ॥ ১৩২ ॥
‘ei sthāne āche dhana’ — yadi dakṣiṇe khudibe
‘bhīmarula-barulī’ uṭhibe, dhana nā pāibe

Synonyms

ei sthāneat this place; ācheis; dhanatreasure; yadiif; dakṣiṇeon the southern side; khudibeyou will dig; bhīmarula-barulīwasps and drones; uṭhibewill rise; dhanathe riches; pāibeyou will not get.

Translation

“The astrologer said, ‘The treasure is in this place, but if you dig toward the southern side, the wasps and drones will rise, and you will not get your treasure.
‘পশ্চিমে’ খুদিবে, তাহা ‘যক্ষ’ এক হয় ।
সে বিঘ্ন করিবে, — ধনে হাত না পড়য় ॥ ১৩৩ ॥
‘paścime’ khudibe, tāhā ‘yakṣa’ eka haya
se vighna karibe, — dhane hāta nā paḍaya

Synonyms

paścimeon the western side; khudibeif you dig; tāhāthere; yakṣaghost; ekaone; hayathere is; sehe; vighna karibewill create disturbances; dhaneon the treasure; hātahand; not; paḍayatouches.

Translation

“ ‘If you dig on the western side, there is a ghost who will create such a disturbance that your hands will not even touch the treasure.
‘উত্তরে’ খুদিলে আছে কৃষ্ণ ‘অজগরে’ ।
ধন নাহি পাবে, খুদিতে গিলিবে সবারে ॥ ১৩৪ ॥
‘uttare’ khudile āche kṛṣṇa ‘ajagare’
dhana nāhi pābe, khudite gilibe sabāre

Synonyms

uttareon the northern side; khudileif you dig; āchethere is; kṛṣṇablack; ajagaresnake; dhanatreasure; nāhinot; pābeyou will get; khuditedigging; gilibewill devour; sabāreeveryone.

Translation

“ ‘If you dig on the northern side, there is a big black snake that will devour you if you attempt to dig up the treasure.
পূর্বদিকে তাতে মাটী অল্প খুদিতে ।
ধনের ঝারি পড়িবেক তোমার হাতেতে ॥ ১৩৫ ॥
pūrva-dike tāte māṭī alpa khudite
dhanera jhāri paḍibeka tomāra hātete

Synonyms

pūrva-dikeon the eastern side; tātethere; māṭīthe dirt; alpasmall quantity; khuditedigging; dhaneraof the treasure; jhārithe pot; paḍibekayou will get; tomārayour; hātetein the hands.

Translation

“ ‘However, if you dig up a small quantity of dirt on the eastern side, your hands will immediately touch the pot of treasure.’

Purport

The Vedic literatures, including the Purāṇas, state that according to the position of the conditioned soul, there are different processes — karma-kāṇḍa, jñāna-kāṇḍa, the yogic process and the bhakti-yoga process. Karma-kāṇḍa is compared to wasps and drones that will simply bite if one takes shelter of them. Jñāna-kāṇḍa, the speculative process, is simply like a ghost who creates mental disturbances. Yoga, the mystic process, is compared to a black snake that devours people by the impersonal cultivation of kaivalya. However, if one takes to bhakti-yoga, he becomes quickly successful. In other words, through bhakti-yoga, one’s hands touch the hidden treasure without difficulty.
The goal of all the revealed scriptures and Vedic injunctions is Kṛṣṇa, as He Himself says in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.15): vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ. Since the Vedas enjoin one to search out Kṛṣṇa and take shelter at His lotus feet, and since no Vedic process but devotional service will enable one to do this, one has to take to devotional service. According to the Bhagavad-gītā (18.55), only the bhakti process is said to be definitive. Bhaktyā mām abhijānāti. This is the conclusive statement of the Vedas, and one has to accept this process if one is serious in searching for Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In this connection, Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura gives the following statement: “The eastern side represents devotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa. The southern side represents the process of fruitive activity (karma-kāṇḍa), which ends in material gain. The western side represents jñāna-kāṇḍa, the process of mental speculation, or sometimes siddhi-kāṇḍa, the mystic yoga system. The northern side represents mystic yoga, or sometimes the speculative method.” It is only the eastern side, devotional service, that enables one to attain life’s real goal. On the southern side, there are fruitive activities, by which one is subject to the punishment of Yamarāja. When one follows the system of fruitive activity, his material desires remain prominent. Consequently the results of this process are compared to wasps and drones. The living entity is bitten by the wasps and drones of fruitive activity and thus suffers in material existence birth after birth. One cannot become free from material desires by following this process. The propensity for material enjoyment never ends. Therefore the cycle of birth and death continues, and the spirit soul suffers perpetually.
The mystic yoga process is compared to a black snake that devours the living entity and injects him with poison. The ultimate goal of the yoga system is to become one with the Absolute. This means finishing one’s personal existence. But the spiritual part and parcel of the Supreme Personality of Godhead has an eternal individual existence. The Bhagavad-gītā confirms that the individual soul existed in the past, is existing in the present and will continue to exist as an individual in the future. Artificially trying to become one with the Absolute is suicidal. One cannot annihilate his natural condition.
A yakṣa, a protector of riches, will not allow anyone to take away riches for enjoyment. Such a demon will simply create disturbances. In other words, a devotee will not depend on his material resources but on the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who can give real protection. This is called rakṣiṣyatīti viśvāsaḥ or (in the Bengali poetry of Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura’s Śaraṇāgati) ‘avaśya rakṣibe kṛṣṇa’ — viśvāsa pālana. The surrendered soul must accept the fact that his real protector is Kṛṣṇa, not his material acquisitions.
Considering all these points, devotional service to Kṛṣṇa is the real treasure house for the living entity. When one comes to the platform of devotional service, he always remains opulent in the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One who is bereft of devotional service is swallowed by the black snake of the yoga system and bitten by the wasps and drones of fruitive activity, and he suffers consequent material miseries. Sometimes the living entity is misled into trying to merge into spiritual existence, thinking himself as good as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This means that when he comes to the spiritual platform, he will be disturbed and will again return to the material platform. According to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.2.32):
ye ’nye ’ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas
tvayy asta-bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ
āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ tataḥ
patanty adho ’nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ
Such people may become sannyāsīs, but unless they take shelter of Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet, they will return to the material platform to perform philanthropic activities. In this way, one’s spiritual life is lost. This is to be understood as being devoured by the black snake.
ঐছে শাস্ত্র কহে, — কর্ম, জ্ঞান, যোগ ত্যজি’ ।
‘ভক্ত্যে’ কৃষ্ণ বশ হয়, ভক্ত্যে তাঁরে ভজি ॥ ১৩৬ ॥
aiche śāstra kahe, — karma, jñāna, yoga tyaji’
‘bhaktye’ kṛṣṇa vaśa haya, bhaktye tāṅre bhaji

Synonyms

aichein that way; śāstra kahethe Vedic literatures confirm; karmafruitive activities; jñānaspeculative knowledge; yogathe mystic yoga system; tyaji’giving up; bhaktyeby devotional service; kṛṣṇathe Supreme Absolute Personality of Godhead; vaśa hayabecomes satisfied; bhaktyeby devotional service; tāṅreHim; bhajiwe worship.

Translation

“The revealed scriptures conclude that one should give up fruitive activity, speculative knowledge and the mystic yoga system and instead take to devotional service, by which Kṛṣṇa can be fully satisfied.
ন সাধয়তি মাং যোগো ন সাংখ্যং ধর্ম উদ্ধব ।
ন স্বাধ্যায়স্তপস্ত্যাগো যথা ভক্তির্মমোর্জিতা ॥ ১৩৭ ॥
na sādhayati māṁ yogo
na sāṅkhyaṁ dharma uddhava
na svādhyāyas tapas tyāgo
yathā bhaktir mamorjitā

Synonyms

nanever; sādhayaticauses to remain satisfied; māmMe; yogaḥthe process of control; nanor; sāṅkhyamthe process of gaining philosophical knowledge about the Absolute Truth; dharmaḥsuch an occupation; uddhavaMy dear Uddhava; nanor; svādhyāyaḥstudy of the Vedas; tapaḥausterities; tyāgaḥrenunciation, acceptance of sannyāsa, or charity; yathāas much as; bhaktiḥdevotional service; mamaunto Me; ūrjitādeveloped.

Translation

“[The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, said:] ‘My dear Uddhava, neither through aṣṭāṅga-yoga [the mystic yoga system to control the senses], nor through impersonal monism or an analytical study of the Absolute Truth, nor through study of the Vedas, nor through austerities, charity or acceptance of sannyāsa can one satisfy Me as much as by developing unalloyed devotional service unto Me.

Purport

This and the following verse are quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.14.20-21). The explanation for this verse is given in Ādi-līlā 17.76.
ভক্ত্যাহমেকয়া গ্রাহ্যঃ শ্রদ্ধয়াত্মা প্রিয়ঃ সতাম্ ।
ভক্তিঃ পুনাতি মন্নিষ্ঠা শ্বপাকানপি সম্ভবাৎ ॥ ১৩৮ ॥
bhaktyāham ekayā grāhyaḥ
śraddhayātmā priyaḥ satām
bhaktiḥ punāti man-niṣṭhā
śva-pākān api sambhavāt

Synonyms

bhaktyāby devotional service; ahamI, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ekayāunflinching; grāhyaḥobtainable; śraddhayāby faith; ātmāthe most dear; priyaḥto be served; satāmby the devotees; bhaktiḥthe devotional service; punātipurifies; mat-niṣṭhāfixed only on Me; śva-pākānthe lowest of human beings, who are accustomed to eating dogs; apicertainly; sambhavātfrom all faults due to birth and other circumstances.

Translation

“ ‘Being very dear to the devotees and sādhus, I am attained through unflinching faith and devotional service. This bhakti-yoga system, which gradually increases attachment for Me, purifies even a human being born among dog-eaters. That is to say, everyone can be elevated to the spiritual platform by the process of bhakti-yoga.’
অতএব ‘ভক্তি’ — কৃষ্ণপ্রাপ্ত্যের উপায় ।
‘অভিধেয়’ বলি’ তারে সর্বশাস্ত্রে গায় ॥ ১৩৯ ॥
ataeva ‘bhakti’ — kṛṣṇa-prāptyera upāya
‘abhidheya’ bali’ tāre sarva-śāstre gāya

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; bhaktidevotional service; kṛṣṇa-prāptyeraof achieving the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa; upāyathe only means; abhidheyaabhidheya; bali’calling; tārethis system; sarva-śāstrein all revealed scriptures; gāyais described.

Translation

“The conclusion is that devotional service is the only means for approaching the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This system is therefore called abhidheya. This is the verdict of all revealed scriptures.

Purport

As Lord Kṛṣṇa states in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.55).
bhaktyā mām abhijānātiyāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ
tato māṁ tattvato jñātvā
viśate tad-anantaram
“One can understand Me as I am, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, only by devotional service. And when one is in full consciousness of Me by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.”
The aim of life is to get rid of the material conditioning and enter into spiritual existence. Although the śāstras prescribe different methods for different men, the Supreme Personality of Godhead says that one ultimately must accept the path of devotional service as the assured path of spiritual advancement. Devotional service to the Lord is the only process actually confirmed by the Lord. Sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja (Bg. 18.66). One must become a devotee if one wants to return home, back to Godhead, and become eternally blissful.
ধন পাইলে যৈছে সুখভোগ ফল পায় ।
সুখভোগ হৈতে দুঃখ আপনি পলায় ॥ ১৪০ ॥
dhana pāile yaiche sukha-bhoga phala pāya
sukha-bhoga haite duḥkha āpani palāya

Synonyms

dhana pāilewhen one gets riches; yaichejust as; sukha-bhogaenjoyment of happiness; phalaresult; pāyaone gets; sukha-bhogareal enjoyment of happiness; haitefrom; duḥkhaall distresses; āpanithemselves; palāyarun away.

Translation

“When one actually becomes rich, he naturally enjoys all kinds of happiness. When one is actually in a happy mood, all distressful conditions go away by themselves. No extraneous endeavor is needed.
তৈছে ভক্তি-ফলে কৃষ্ণে প্রেম উপজয় ।
প্রেমে কৃষ্ণাস্বাদ হৈলে ভব নাশ পায় ॥ ১৪১ ॥
taiche bhakti-phale kṛṣṇe prema upajaya
preme kṛṣṇāsvāda haile bhava nāśa pāya

Synonyms

taichesimilarly; bhakti-phaleby the result of devotional service; kṛṣṇeunto Lord Kṛṣṇa; premalove; upajayaarises; premein devotional love; kṛṣṇa-āsvādatasting the association of Lord Kṛṣṇa; hailewhen there is; bhavathe distress of the repetition of birth and death; nāśaannihilation; pāyaobtains.

Translation

“Similarly, as a result of bhakti, one’s dormant love for Kṛṣṇa awakens. When one is so situated that he can taste the association of Lord Kṛṣṇa, material existence, the repetition of birth and death, comes to an end.
দারিদ্র্য-নাশ, ভবক্ষয়, — প্রেমের ‘ফল’ নয় ।
প্রেমসুখ-ভোগ — মুখ্য প্রয়োজন হয় ॥ ১৪২ ॥
dāridrya-nāśa, bhava-kṣaya, — premera ‘phala’ naya
prema-sukha-bhoga — mukhya prayojana haya

Synonyms

dāridrya-nāśathe end of poverty-stricken life; bhava-kṣayaannihilation of material existence; premeraof love of Godhead; phalathe result; nayacertainly is not; prema-sukha-bhogaenjoyment of the happiness of love of God; mukhyachief; prayojanagoal of life; hayais.

Translation

“The goal of love of Godhead is not to become materially rich or free from material bondage. The real goal is to be situated in devotional service to the Lord and to enjoy transcendental bliss.

Purport

The results of devotional service are certainly not material benefits or liberation from material bondage. The goal of devotional service is to be eternally situated in the loving service of the Lord and to enjoy spiritual bliss from that service. One is said to be in a poverty-stricken condition when one forgets the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One has to end such a life of poverty in order to automatically end the miserable conditions of material existence. One is automatically liberated from material enjoyment when one tastes the service of Kṛṣṇa. One does not have to endeavor separately for opulence. Opulence automatically comes to the pure devotee, even though he does not desire material happiness.
বেদশাস্ত্রে কহে সম্বন্ধ, অভিধেয়, প্রয়োজন ।
কৃষ্ণ, কৃষ্ণভক্তি, প্রেম, — তিন মহাধন ॥ ১৪৩ ॥
veda-śāstre kahe sambandha, abhidheya, prayojana
kṛṣṇa, kṛṣṇa-bhakti, prema, — tina mahā-dhana

Synonyms

veda-śāstrein the Vedic literature; kaheit is said; sambandharelationship; abhidheyaexecution; prayojanagoal; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; kṛṣṇa-bhaktidevotional service to the Lord; premalove of Godhead; tinathese three; mahā-dhanathe supreme treasure.

Translation

“In the Vedic literatures, Kṛṣṇa is the central point of attraction, and His service is our activity. To attain the platform of love of Kṛṣṇa is life’s ultimate goal. Therefore Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa’s service and love of Kṛṣṇa are the three great riches of life.
বেদাদি সকল শাস্ত্রে কৃষ্ণ — মুখ্য সম্বন্ধ ।
তাঁর জ্ঞানে আনুষঙ্গে যায় মায়াবন্ধ ॥ ১৪৪ ॥
vedādi sakala śāstre kṛṣṇa — mukhya sambandha
tāṅra jñāne ānuṣaṅge yāya māyā-bandha

Synonyms

veda-ādibeginning with the Vedas; sakalaall; śāstrein the revealed scriptures; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; mukhyachief; sambandhacentral point or central attraction; tāṅra jñāneby knowledge of Him; ānuṣaṅgesimultaneously; yāyagoes away; māyā-bandhathe bondage of material existence.

Translation

“In all revealed scriptures, beginning with the Vedas, the central point of attraction is Kṛṣṇa. When complete knowledge of Him is realized, the bondage of māyā, the illusory energy, is automatically broken.
ব্যামোহায় চরাচরস্য জগতস্তে তে পুরাণাগমা-
স্তাং তামেব হি দেবতাং পরমিকাং জল্পন্তু কল্পাবধি ।
সিদ্ধান্তে পুনরেক এব ভগবান্ বিষ্ণুঃ সমস্তাগম-
ব্যাপারেষু বিবেচনব্যতিকরং নীতেষু নিশ্চীয়তে ॥ ১৪৫ ॥
vyāmohāya carācarasya jagatas te te purāṇāgamās
tāṁ tām eva hi devatāṁ paramikāṁ jalpantu kalpāvadhi
siddhānte punar eka eva bhagavān viṣṇuḥ samastāgama-
vyāpāreṣu vivecana-vyatikaraṁ nīteṣu niścīyate

Synonyms

vyāmohāyato increase the illusion and ignorance; cara-acarasyaof all living entities, moving and nonmoving; jagataḥof the world; te tethose respective; purāṇathe supplementary Vedic literatures called the Purāṇas; āgamāḥand Vedas; tām tāmthat respective; eva hicertainly; devatāmdemigod; paramikāmas supreme; jalpantulet them speak about; kalpa-avadhiuntil the end of the millennium; siddhāntein conclusion; punaḥbut; ekaḥone; evaonly; bhagavānSupreme Personality of Godhead; viṣṇuḥLord Viṣṇu; samastaall; āgamaof the Vedas; vyāpāreṣuin the dealings; vivecana-vyatikaramto collective consideration; nīteṣuwhen forcibly brought; niścīyateis established.

Translation

“ ‘There are many types of Vedic literatures and supplementary Purāṇas. In each of them there are particular demigods who are spoken of as the chief demigods. This is just to create an illusion for moving and nonmoving living entities. Let them perpetually engage in such imaginations. However, when one analytically studies all these Vedic literatures collectively, he comes to the conclusion that Lord Viṣṇu is the one and only Supreme Personality of Godhead.’

Purport

This is a verse from the Padma Purāṇa.
মুখ্য-গৌণ-বৃত্তি, কিংবা অন্বয়-ব্যতিরেকে ।
বেদের প্রতিজ্ঞা কেবল কহয়ে কৃষ্ণকে ॥ ১৪৬ ॥
mukhya-gauṇa-vṛtti, kiṁvā anvaya-vyatireke
vedera pratijñā kevala kahaye kṛṣṇake

Synonyms

mukhyachief; gauṇasecondary; vṛttimeaning; kiṁvāor; anvaya-vyatirekedirectly or indirectly; vedera pratijñāultimate declaration of the Vedas; kevalaonly; kahayespeaks; kṛṣṇakeabout Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

“When one accepts the Vedic literature by interpretation or even by dictionary meaning, directly or indirectly the ultimate declaration of Vedic knowledge points to Lord Kṛṣṇa.
কিং বিধত্তে কিমাচষ্টে কিমনূদ্য বিকল্পয়েৎ ।
ইত্যস্যা হৃদয়ং লোকে নান্যো মদ্বেদ কশ্চন ॥ ১৪৭ ॥
মাং বিধত্তেঽভিধত্তে মাং বিকল্প্যাপোহ্যতে হ্যহম্ ।
এতাবান্ সর্ববেদার্থঃ শব্দ আস্থায় মাং ভিদাম্ ।
মায়ামাত্রমনূদ্যান্তে প্রতিষিধ্য প্রসীদতি ॥ ১৪৮ ॥
kiṁ vidhatte kim ācaṣṭe
kim anūdya vikalpayet
ity asyā hṛdayaṁ loke
nānyo mad veda kaścana
māṁ vidhatte ’bhidhatte māṁ
vikalpyāpohyate hy aham
etāvān sarva-vedārthaḥ
śabda āsthāya māṁ bhidām
māyā-mātram anūdyānte
pratiṣidhya prasīdati

Synonyms

kimwhat; vidhattedirect; kimwhat; ācaṣṭedeclare; kimwhat; anūdyataking as the object; vikalpayetmay conjecture; itithus; asyāḥof the Vedic literature; hṛdayamintention; lokein this world; nanot; anyaḥother; matthan Me; vedaknows; kaścanaanyone; māmMe; vidhattethey ordain; abhidhatteset forth; māmMe; vikalpyaspeculating; apohyateam fixed; hicertainly; ahamI; etāvānof such measures; sarva-veda-arthaḥthe purport of the Vedas; śabdaḥthe Vedas; āsthāyataking shelter of; māmMe; bhidāmdifferent; māyāillusory energy; mātramonly; anūdyasaying; anteat the end; pratiṣidhyadriving away; prasīdatigets satisfaction.

Translation

“[Lord Kṛṣṇa said:] ‘What is the purpose of all Vedic literatures? On whom do they focus? Who is the object of all speculation? Outside of Me no one knows these things. Now you should know that all these activities are aimed at ordaining and setting forth Me. The purpose of the Vedic literatures is to know Me by different speculations, either by indirect understanding or by dictionary understanding. Everyone is speculating about Me. The essence of all Vedic literatures is to distinguish Me from māyā. By considering the illusory energy, one comes to the platform of understanding Me. In this way one becomes free from speculation about the Vedas and comes to Me as the conclusion. Thus one is satisfied.’

Purport

These two verses are quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.21.42-43). When Uddhava asked Kṛṣṇa about the purpose of Vedic speculation, the Lord informed him of the process of understanding the Vedic literature. The Vedas are composed of karma-kāṇḍa, jñāna-kāṇḍa and upāsanā-kāṇḍa. One who analytically studies the purpose of the Vedas understands that by karma-kāṇḍa, sacrificial activity, one comes to the conclusion of jñāna-kāṇḍa, speculative knowledge, and that after speculation one comes to the conclusion that worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the ultimate. When one comes to this conclusion, he becomes fully satisfied.
কৃষ্ণের স্বরূপ — অনন্ত, বৈভব — অপার ।
চিচ্ছক্তি, মায়াশক্তি, জীবশক্তি আর ॥ ১৪৯ ॥
kṛṣṇera svarūpa — ananta, vaibhava — apāra
cic-chakti, māyā-śakti, jīva-śakti āra

Synonyms

kṛṣṇera svarūpathe transcendental form of Kṛṣṇa; anantaunlimitedly expanded; vaibhavaopulence; apāraunlimited; cit-śaktiinternal potency; māyā-śaktiexternal potency; jīva-śaktimarginal potency; āraand.

Translation

“The transcendental form of Lord Kṛṣṇa is unlimited and also has unlimited opulence. He possesses the internal potency, external potency and marginal potency.
বৈকুণ্ঠ, ব্রহ্মাণ্ডগণ — শক্তি-কার্য হয় ।
স্বরূপশক্তি শক্তি-কার্যের — কৃষ্ণ সমাশ্রয় ॥ ১৫০ ॥
vaikuṇṭha, brahmāṇḍa-gaṇa — śakti-kārya haya
svarūpa-śakti śakti-kāryera — kṛṣṇa samāśraya

Synonyms

vaikuṇṭhathe spiritual world; brahmāṇḍa-gaṇauniverses of the material world; śakti-kārya hayathey are all activities of Kṛṣṇa’s potencies; svarūpa-śaktiof the internal potency; śakti-kāryeraof the activities of the external potency; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; samāśrayathe original source.

Translation

“The material and the spiritual world are transformations of Kṛṣṇa’s external and internal potencies respectively. Therefore Kṛṣṇa is the original source of both the material and the spiritual manifestations.
দশমে দশমং লক্ষ্যমাশ্রিতাশ্রয়-বিগ্রহম্ ।
শ্রীকৃষ্ণাখ্যং পরং ধাম জগদ্ধাম নমামি তৎ ॥ ১৫১ ॥
daśame daśamaṁ lakṣyam
āśritāśraya-vigraham
śrī-kṛṣṇākhyaṁ paraṁ dhāma
jagad-dhāma namāmi tat

Synonyms

daśamein the Tenth Canto; daśamamthe tenth subject matter; lakṣyamto be seen; āśritaof the sheltered; āśrayaof the shelter; vigrahamwho is the form; śrī-kṛṣṇa-ākhyamknown as Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa; paramsupreme; dhāmaabode; jagat-dhāmathe abode of the universes; namāmiI offer my obeisances; tatto Him.

Translation

“ ‘The Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam reveals the tenth object, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the shelter of all surrendered souls. He is known as Śrī Kṛṣṇa, and He is the ultimate source of all the universes. Let me offer my obeisances unto Him.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Bhāvārtha-dīpikā, Śrīdhara Svāmī’s commentary on Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.1.1). In the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam there is a description of the āśraya-tattva, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. There are two tattvas — āśraya-tattva and āśrita-tattva. Āśraya-tattva is the objective, and āśrita-tattva is the subjective. Since the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa are the shelter of all devotees, Śrī Kṛṣṇa is called paraṁ dhāma. In the Bhagavad-gītā (10.12) it is stated, paraṁ brahma paraṁ dhāma pavitraṁ paramaṁ bhavān. Everything is resting under the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.14.58) it is stated:
samāśritā ye pada-pallava-plavaṁ
mahat-padaṁ puṇya-yaśo murāreḥ
Under the lotus feet of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the entire mahat-tattva is existing. Since everything is under Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s protection, Śrī Kṛṣṇa is called āśraya-tattva. Everything else is called āśrita-tattva. The material creation is also called āśrita-tattva. Liberation from material bondage and the attainment of the spiritual platform are also āśrita-tattva. Kṛṣṇa is the only āśraya-tattva. In the beginning of the creation there are Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. They are also āśraya-tattva. Kṛṣṇa is the cause of all causes (sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam). To understand Kṛṣṇa perfectly, one has to make an analytical study of āśraya-tattva and āśrita-tattva.
কৃষ্ণের স্বরূপ-বিচার শুন, সনাতন ।
অদ্বয়জ্ঞান-তত্ত্ব, ব্রজে ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ॥ ১৫২ ॥
kṛṣṇera svarūpa-vicāra śuna, sanātana
advaya-jñāna-tattva, vraje vrajendra-nandana

Synonyms

kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; svarūpa-vicāraconsideration of the eternal form; śunaplease hear; sanātanaMy dear Sanātana; advaya-jñāna-tattvathe Absolute Truth without duality; vrajein Vṛndāvana; vrajendra-nandanathe son of Nanda Mahārāja.

Translation

“O Sanātana, please hear about the eternal form of Lord Kṛṣṇa. He is the Absolute Truth, devoid of duality but present in Vṛndāvana as the son of Nanda Mahārāja.
সর্ব-আদি, সর্ব-অংশী, কিশোর-শেখর ।
চিদানন্দ-দেহ, সর্বাশ্রয়, সর্বেশ্বর ॥ ১৫৩ ॥
sarva-ādi, sarva-aṁśī, kiśora-śekhara
cid-ānanda-deha, sarvāśraya, sarveśvara

Synonyms

sarva-ādiorigin of everything; sarva-aṁśīsum total of all parts and parcels; kiśora-śekharathe supreme youth; cit-ānanda-dehaa body of spiritual blissfulness; sarva-āśrayashelter of everyone; sarva-īśvarathe master of everyone.

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa is the original source of everything and the sum total of everything. He appears as the supreme youth, and His whole body is composed of spiritual bliss. He is the shelter of everything and master of everyone.

Purport

Kṛṣṇa is the origin of all viṣṇu-tattvas, including Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. He is the ultimate goal of Vaiṣṇava philosophy. Everything emanates from Him. His body is completely spiritual and is the source of all spiritual being. Although He is the source of everything, He Himself has no source. Advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam/ ādyaṁ purāṇa-puruṣaṁ nava-yauvanaṁ ca. Although He is the supreme source of everyone, He is still always a fresh youth.
ঈশ্বরঃ পরমঃ কৃষ্ণঃ সচ্চিদানন্দবিগ্রহঃ ।
অনাদিরাদির্গোবিন্দঃ সর্বকারণকারণম্ ॥ ১৫৪ ॥
īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ
sac-cid-ānanda-vigrahaḥ
anādir ādir govindaḥ
sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam

Synonyms

īśvaraḥthe controller; paramaḥsupreme; kṛṣṇaḥLord Kṛṣṇa; sateternal existence; citabsolute knowledge; ānandaabsolute bliss; vigrahaḥwhose form; anādiḥwithout beginning; ādiḥthe origin; govindaḥLord Govinda; sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇamthe cause of all causes.

Translation

“ ‘Kṛṣṇa, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an eternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.’

Purport

This is the first verse of the fifth chapter of the Brahma-saṁhitā.
স্বয়ং ভগবান্ কৃষ্ণ, ‘গোবিন্দ’ পর নাম ।
সর্বৈশ্বর্যপূর্ণ যাঁর গোলক — নিত্যধাম ॥ ১৫৫ ॥
svayaṁ bhagavān kṛṣṇa, ‘govinda’ para nāma
sarvaiśvarya-pūrṇa yāṅra goloka — nitya-dhāma

Synonyms

svayampersonally; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kṛṣṇaKṛṣṇa; govindaGovinda; para nāmaanother name; sarva-aiśvarya-pūrṇafull of all opulences; yāṅrawhose; golokaGoloka Vṛndāvana; nitya-dhāmaeternal abode.

Translation

“The original Supreme Personality of Godhead is Kṛṣṇa. His original name is Govinda. He is full of all opulences, and His eternal abode is known as Goloka Vṛndāvana.
এতে চাংশকলাঃ পুংসঃ কৃষ্ণস্তু ভগবান্ স্বয়ম্ ।
ইন্দ্রারিব্যাকুলং লোকং মৃড়য়ন্তি যুগে যুগে ॥ ১৫৬ ॥
ete cāṁśa-kalāḥ puṁsaḥ
kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam
indrāri-vyākulaṁ lokaṁ
mṛḍayanti yuge yuge

Synonyms

etethese; caand; aṁśaplenary portions; kalāḥparts of plenary portions; puṁsaḥof the puruṣa-avatāras; kṛṣṇaḥLord Kṛṣṇa; tubut; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself; indra-arithe enemies of Lord Indra; vyākulamfull of; lokamthe world; mṛḍayantimake happy; yuge yugeat the right time in each age.

Translation

“ ‘All these incarnations of Godhead are either plenary portions or parts of the plenary portions of the puruṣa-avatāras. But Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. In every age He protects the world through His different features when the world is disturbed by the enemies of Indra.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.3.28). See also Ādi-līlā, chapter two, verse 67.
জ্ঞান, যোগ, ভক্তি, — তিন সাধনের বশে ।
ব্রহ্ম, আত্মা, ভগবান্ — ত্রিবিধ প্রকাশে ॥ ১৫৭ ॥
jñāna, yoga, bhakti, — tina sādhanera vaśe
brahma, ātmā, bhagavān — trividha prakāśe

Synonyms

jñānaknowledge; yogamystic power; bhaktidevotional service; tinathree; sādhaneraof the processes of spiritual life; vaśeunder the control; brahmaimpersonal Brahman; ātmālocalized Paramātmā; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tri-vidha prakāśethree kinds of manifestation.

Translation

“There are three kinds of spiritual processes for understanding the Absolute Truth — the processes of speculative knowledge, mystic yoga and bhakti-yoga. According to these three processes, the Absolute Truth is manifested as Brahman, Paramātmā or Bhagavān.
বদন্তি তত্তত্ত্ববিদস্তত্ত্বং যজ্‌ জ্ঞানমদ্বয়ম্‌ ।
ব্রহ্মেতি পরমাত্মেতি ভগবানিতি শব্দ্যতে ॥ ১৫৮ ॥
vadanti tat tattva-vidas
tattvaṁ yaj jñānam advayam
brahmeti paramātmeti
bhagavān iti śabdyate

Synonyms

vadantithey say; tatthat; tattva-vidaḥlearned souls; tattvamthe Absolute Truth; yatwhich; jñānamknowledge; advayamnondual; brahmaBrahman; itithus; paramātmāParamātmā; itithus; bhagavānBhagavān; itithus; śabdyateis known.

Translation

“ ‘Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this nondual substance Brahman, Paramātmā or Bhagavān.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.11).
Those who are interested in the impersonal Brahman effulgence, which is not different from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, can attain that goal by speculative knowledge. Those who are interested in practicing mystic yoga can attain the localized aspect of Paramātmā. As stated in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.61), īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ hṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati: the Supreme Personality of Godhead is situated within the heart as Paramātmā. He witnesses the activities of the living entities and gives them permission to act.
For a further explanation, see Ādi-līlā, chapter two, verse 11.
ব্রহ্ম — অঙ্গকান্তি তাঁর, নির্বিশেষ প্রকাশে ।
সূর্য যেন চর্মচক্ষে জ্যোতির্ময় ভাসে ॥ ১৫৯ ॥
brahma — aṅga-kānti tāṅra, nirviśeṣa prakāśe
sūrya yena carma-cakṣe jyotirmaya bhāse

Synonyms

brahmathe impersonal Brahman effulgence; aṅga-kāntithe bodily rays; tāṅraof Him; nirviśeṣawithout varieties; prakāśemanifestation; sūrya yenaexactly like the sun; carma-cakṣewith our ordinary material eyes; jyotiḥ-mayasimply effulgent; bhāseappears.

Translation

“The manifestation of the impersonal Brahman effulgence, which is without variety, is the rays of Kṛṣṇa’s bodily effulgence. It is exactly like the sun. When the sun is seen by our ordinary eyes, it appears to consist simply of effulgence.
যস্য প্রভা প্রভবতো জগদণ্ডকোটি-
কোটিষ্বশেষবসুধাদিবিভূতিভিন্নম্‌ ।
তদ্ব্রহ্ম নিষ্কলমনন্তমশেষভূতং
গোবিন্দমাদিপুরুষং তমহং ভজামি ॥ ১৬০ ॥
yasya prabhā prabhavato jagad-aṇḍa-koṭi-
koṭiṣv aśeṣa-vasudhādi-vibhūti-bhinnam
tad brahma niṣkalam anantam aśeṣa-bhūtaṁ
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

yasyaof whom; prabhāthe effulgence; prabhavataḥof one who excels in power; jagat-aṇḍaof universes; koṭi-koṭiṣuin millions and millions; aśeṣaunlimited; vasudhā-ādiwith planets and other manifestations; vibhūtiwith opulences; bhinnambecoming variegated; tatthat; brahmaBrahman; niṣkalamwithout parts; anantamunlimited; aśeṣa-bhūtambeing complete; govindamLord Govinda; ādi-puruṣamthe original person; tamHim; ahamI; bhajāmiworship.

Translation

“ ‘I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is endowed with great power. The glowing effulgence of His transcendental form is the impersonal Brahman, which is absolute, complete and unlimited and which displays the varieties of countless planets, with their different opulences, in millions and millions of universes.’

Purport

This verse is quoted from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.40). For an explanation, refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter two, verse 14.
পরমাত্মা যেঁহো, তেঁহো কৃষ্ণের এক অংশ ।
আত্মার ‘আত্মা’ হয় কৃষ্ণ সর্ব-অবতংস ॥ ১৬১ ॥
paramātmā yeṅho, teṅho kṛṣṇera eka aṁśa
ātmāra ‘ātmā’ haya kṛṣṇa sarva-avataṁsa

Synonyms

paramātmāthe Supersoul within the heart; yeṅhowho; teṅhoHe; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; ekaone; aṁśaplenary portion; ātmāraof the soul; ātmāthe soul; hayais; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; sarvaof everything; avataṁsasource.

Translation

“The Paramātmā, the Supersoul feature, is a plenary portion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the original soul of all living entities. Kṛṣṇa is the source of the Paramātmā.
কৃষ্ণমেনমবেহি ত্বমাত্মানমখিলাত্মনাম্ ।
জগদ্ধিতায় সোঽপ্যত্র দেহীবাভাতি মায়য়া ॥ ১৬২ ॥
kṛṣṇam enam avehi tvam
ātmānam akhilātmanām
jagad-dhitāya so ’py atra
dehīvābhāti māyayā

Synonyms

kṛṣṇamin the Supreme Personality of Godhead; enamthis; avehijust try to understand; tvamyou; ātmānamthe soul; akhila-ātmanāmof all living entities; jagat-hitāyathe benefit of the whole universe; saḥHe; apicertainly; atrahere; dehīa human being; ivalike; ābhātiappears; māyayāby His internal potency.

Translation

“ ‘You should know Kṛṣṇa to be the original soul of all ātmās [living entities]. For the benefit of the whole universe, He has, out of His causeless mercy, appeared as an ordinary human being. He has done this by the strength of His own internal potency.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.14.55). Parīkṣit Mahārāja asked Śukadeva Gosvāmī why Kṛṣṇa was so beloved by the residents of Vṛndāvana, who loved Him even more than their own offspring or life itself. At that time Śukadeva Gosvāmī replied that everyone’s ātmā, or soul, is very, very dear, especially to all living entities who have accepted material bodies. But that ātmā, the spirit soul, is part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa. For this reason, Kṛṣṇa is very dear to every living entity. Everyone’s body is very dear to oneself, and one wants to protect the body by all means because within the body the soul is living. Due to the intimate relationship between the soul and the body, the body is important and dear to everyone. Similarly, the soul, being part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Lord, is very, very dear to all living entities. Unfortunately, the soul forgets his constitutional position and thinks he is only the body (deha-ātma-buddhi). Thus the soul is subjected to the rules and regulations of material nature. When a living entity, by his intelligence, reawakens his attraction for Kṛṣṇa, he can understand that he is not the body but part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa. Thus filled with knowledge, he no longer labors under attachment to the body and everything related to the body. Janasya moho ’yam ahaṁ mameti. Material existence, wherein one thinks, “I am the body, and this belongs to me,” is also illusory. One must redirect his attraction to Kṛṣṇa. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.7) states:
vāsudeve bhagavatibhakti-yogaḥ prayojitaḥ
janayaty āśu vairāgyaṁ
jñānaṁ ca yad ahaitukam
“By rendering devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, one immediately acquires causeless knowledge and detachment from the world.”
অথবা বহুনৈতেন কিং জ্ঞাতেন তবার্জুন ।
বিষ্টভ্যাহমিদং কৃৎস্নমেকাংশেন স্থিতো জগৎ ॥ ১৬৩ ॥
atha vā bahunaitena
kiṁ jñātena tavārjuna
viṣṭabhyāham idaṁ kṛtsnam
ekāṁśena sthito jagat

Synonyms

atha or; bahunāmuch; etenawith this; kimwhat use; jñātenabeing known; tavaby you; arjunaO Arjuna; viṣṭabhyapervading; ahamI; idamthis; kṛtsnamentire; eka-aṁśenawith one portion; sthitaḥsituated; jagatuniverse.

Translation

“ ‘But what need is there, Arjuna, for all this detailed knowledge? With a single fragment of Myself I pervade and support this entire universe.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Bhagavad-gītā (10.42).
‘ভক্ত্যে’ ভগবানের অনুভব — পূর্ণরূপ ।
একই বিগ্রহে তাঁর অনন্ত স্বরূপ ॥ ১৬৪ ॥
‘bhaktye’ bhagavānera anubhava — pūrṇa-rūpa
eka-i vigrahe tāṅra ananta svarūpa

Synonyms

bhaktyeby devotional service; bhagavāneraof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anubhavaperception; pūrṇa-rūpaperfectly; eka-ione; vigrahein the transcendental form; tāṅraHis; anantaunlimited; svarūpaexpansions of plenary portions.

Translation

“Only by devotional activity can one understand the transcendental form of the Lord, which is perfect in all respects. Although His form is one, He can expand His form into unlimited numbers by His supreme will.
স্বয়ংরূপ, তদেকাত্মরূপ, আবেশ — নাম ।
প্রথমেই তিনরূপে রহেন ভগবান্‌ ॥ ১৬৫ ॥
svayaṁ-rūpa, tad-ekātma-rūpa, āveśa — nāma
prathamei tina-rūpe rahena bhagavān

Synonyms

svayam-rūpathe original form; tat-ekātma-rūpathe same form, nondifferent from svayaṁ-rūpa; āveśaespecially empowered; nāmanamed; prathameiin the beginning; tina-rūpein three forms; rahenaremains; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“The Supreme Personality of Godhead exists in three principal forms — svayaṁ-rūpa, tad-ekātma-rūpa and āveśa-rūpa.

Purport

Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī has described the svayaṁ-rūpa in his Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta, Pūrva-khaṇḍa, verse 12: ananyāpekṣi yad rūpaṁ svayaṁ-rūpaḥ sa ucyate. “The form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead that does not depend on other forms is called the svayaṁ-rūpa, the original form.” This form is also described in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam: kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam (1.3.28). “Kṛṣṇa is the original form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.” That Kṛṣṇa’s form as a cowherd boy in Vṛndāvana is the original form of the Personality of Godhead (svayaṁ-rūpa) is confirmed in the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.1):
īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥsac-cid-ānanda-vigrahaḥ
anādir ādir govindaḥ
sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam
There is nothing superior to Govinda. He is the ultimate source and the cause of all causes. This is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.7), where the Lord says, mattaḥ parataraṁ nānyat: “There is no truth superior to Me.”
The tad-ekātma-rūpa forms are also described in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (Pūrva-khaṇḍa, verse 14):
yad rūpaṁ tad-abhedenasvarūpeṇa virājate
ākṛtyādibhir anyādṛk
sa tad-ekātma-rūpakaḥ
“The tad-ekātma-rūpa forms exist simultaneously with the svayaṁ-rūpa form and are nondifferent. At the same time, their bodily features and specific activities appear to be different.” The tad-ekātma-rūpa forms are divided into two categories — svāṁśa and vilāsa.
Lord Kṛṣṇa’s āveśa forms are also explained in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (Pūrva 18):
jñāna-śakty-ādi-kalayāyatrāviṣṭo janārdanaḥ
ta āveśā nigadyante
jīvā eva mahattamāḥ
“A living entity who is specifically empowered by the Lord with knowledge or strength is technically called āveśa-rūpa.” As stated in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Antya 7.11), kṛṣṇa-śakti vinā nahe tāra pravartana: Unless a devotee is specifically empowered by the Lord, he cannot preach the holy name of the Lord all over the world. This is an explanation of the word āveśa-rūpa.
‘স্বয়ংরূপ’ ‘স্বয়ংপ্রকাশ,’ — দুই রূপে স্ফূর্তি ।
স্বয়ংরূপে — এক ‘কৃষ্ণ’ ব্রজে গোপমূর্তি ॥ ১৬৬ ॥
‘svayaṁ-rūpa’ ‘svayaṁ-prakāśa’ — dui rūpe sphūrti
svayaṁ-rūpe — eka ‘kṛṣṇa’ vraje gopa-mūrti

Synonyms

svayam-rūpathe original form of the Lord; svayam-prakāśathe personal manifestation; dui rūpein two forms; sphūrtiexhibition; svayam-rūpein the original form; ekaone; kṛṣṇaKṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vrajein Vṛndāvana; gopa-mūrtithe cowherd boy.

Translation

“The original form of the Lord [svayaṁ-rūpa] is exhibited in two forms — svayaṁ-rūpa and svayaṁ-prakāśa. In His original form as svayaṁ-rūpa, Kṛṣṇa is observed as a cowherd boy in Vṛndāvana.
‘প্রাভব-বৈভব’-রূপে দ্বিবিধ প্রকাশে ।
এক-বপু বহু রূপ যৈছে হৈল রাসে ॥ ১৬৭ ॥
‘prābhava-vaibhava’-rūpe dvividha prakāśe
eka-vapu bahu rūpa yaiche haila rāse

Synonyms

prābhavaprābhava; vaibhavavaibhava; rūpein forms; dvi-vidha prakāśetwofold manifestations; eka-vaputhe same original form; bahu rūpaexpanded into unlimited numbers; yaichelike; hailait was; rāsewhile dancing in the rāsa dance with the gopīs.

Translation

“In His original form, Kṛṣṇa manifests Himself in two features — prābhava and vaibhava. He expands His one original form into many, as He did during the rāsa-līlā dance.
মহিষী-বিবাহে হৈল বহুবিধ মূর্তি ।
‘প্রাভব প্রকাশ’ — এই শাস্ত্র-পরসিদ্ধি ॥ ১৬৮ ॥
mahiṣī-vivāhe haila bahu-vidha mūrti
‘prābhava prakāśa’ — ei śāstra-parasiddhi

Synonyms

mahiṣī-vivāhein the matter of marrying 16,108 wives at Dvārakā; hailathere were; bahu-vidha mūrtimany forms; prābhava prakāśacalled prābhava-prakāśa; eithis; śāstra-parasiddhidetermined by reference to the revealed scriptures.

Translation

“When the Lord married 16,108 wives at Dvārakā, He expanded Himself into many forms. These expansions and the expansions at the rāsa dance are called prābhava-prakāśa, according to the directions of revealed scriptures.
সৌভর্যাদি-প্রায় সেই কায়ব্যূহ নয় ।
কায়ব্যূহ হৈলে নারদের বিস্ময় না হয় ॥ ১৬৯ ॥
saubhary-ādi-prāya sei kāya-vyūha naya
kāya-vyūha haile nāradera vismaya nā haya

Synonyms

saubhari-ādibeginning with the sage named Saubhari; prāyalike; seithat; kāya-vyūhathe expansion of one’s body; nayais not; kāya-vyūhaexpansions of the body; haileif there are; nāraderaof Nārada Muni; vismayathe astonishment; hayathere cannot be.

Translation

“The prābhava-prakāśa expansions of Lord Kṛṣṇa are not like the expansions of the sage Saubhari. Had they been so, Nārada would not have been astonished to see them.
চিত্রং বতৈতদেকেন বপুষা যুগপৎ পৃথক্‌ ।
গৃহেষু দ্ব্যষ্টসাহস্রং স্ত্রিয় এক উদাবহৎ ॥ ১৭০ ॥
citraṁ bataitad ekena
vapuṣā yugapat pṛthak
gṛheṣu dvy-aṣṭa-sāhasraṁ
striya eka udāvahat

Synonyms

citramwonderful; bataoh; etatthis; ekenawith one; vapuṣāform; yugapatsimultaneously; pṛthakseparately; gṛheṣuin the houses; dvi-aṣṭa-sāhasramsixteen thousand; striyaḥall the queens; ekaḥthe one Śrī Kṛṣṇa; udāvahatmarried.

Translation

“ ‘It is astounding that Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is one without a second, expanded Himself in sixteen thousand similar forms to marry sixteen thousand queens in their respective homes.’

Purport

This verse is spoken by Nārada Muni in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.69.2).
সেই বপু, সেই আকৃতি পৃথক্‌ যদি ভাসে ।
ভাবাবেশ-ভেদে নাম ‘বৈভবপ্রকাশে’ ॥ ১৭১ ॥
sei vapu, sei ākṛti pṛthak yadi bhāse
bhāvāveśa-bhede nāma ‘vaibhava-prakāśe’

Synonyms

sei vaputhat form; sei ākṛtithat feature; pṛthakdifferent; yadiif; bhāseappears; bhāva-āveśaof the ecstatic emotion; bhedeaccording to varieties; nāmanamed; vaibhava-prakāśevaibhava-prakāśa.

Translation

“If one form or feature is differently manifested according to different emotional features, it is called vaibhava-prakāśa.
অনন্ত প্রকাশে কৃষ্ণের নাহি মূর্তিভেদ ।
আকার-বর্ণ-অস্ত্র-ভেদে নাম-বিভেদ ॥ ১৭২ ॥
ananta prakāśe kṛṣṇera nāhi mūrti-bheda
ākāra-varṇa-astra-bhede nāma-vibheda

Synonyms

ananta prakāśein innumerable manifestations; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; nāhithere is not; mūrti-bhedadifference of form; ākāraof features; varṇaof color; astraof weapons; bhedeaccording to differentiation; nāma-vibhedadifference of names.

Translation

“When the Lord expands Himself in innumerable forms, there is no difference in the forms, but due to different features, bodily colors and weapons, the names are different.
অন্যে চ সংস্কৃতাত্মানো বিধিনাভিহিতেন তে ।
যজন্তি ত্বন্ময়াস্ত্বাং বৈ বহুমূর্ত্যেকমূর্তিকম্‌ ॥ ১৭৩ ॥
anye ca saṁskṛtātmāno
vidhinābhihitena te
yajanti tvan-mayās tvāṁ vai
bahu-mūrty eka-mūrtikam

Synonyms

anyedifferent persons; caalso; saṁskṛta-ātmānaḥpersons who are purified; vidhināby the regulative principles; abhihitenastated in the revealed scriptures; tesuch persons; yajantiworship; tvat-mayāḥbeing absorbed in You; tvāmYou; vaicertainly; bahu-mūrtihaving many forms; eka-mūrtikamalthough one.

Translation

“ ‘In different Vedic scriptures, there are prescribed rules and regulative principles for worshiping different types of forms. When one is purified by these rules and regulations, he worships You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Although manifested in many forms, You are one.’

Purport

This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.40.7). In the Vedas it is stated that the one becomes many (eko bahu syām). The Supreme Personality of Godhead expands Himself in various forms — viṣṇu-tattva, jīva-tattva and śakti-tattva.
According to the Vedic literatures, there are different regulative principles for the worship of each of these forms. If one takes advantage of the Vedic literatures and purifies himself by following the rules and regulations, ultimately he worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.11): mama vartmānuvartante manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ. Worship of the demigods is in a sense worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but such worship is said to be avidhi-pūrvakam, improper. Actually demigod worship is meant for unintelligent men. One who is intelligent considers the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead: sarva dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja. One who worships demigods worships the Supreme Lord indirectly, but according to the revealed scriptures, there is no need to worship Him indirectly. One can worship Him directly.
বৈভবপ্রকাশ কৃষ্ণের — শ্রীবলরাম ।
বর্ণমাত্র-ভেদ, সব — কৃষ্ণের সমান ॥ ১৭৪ ॥
vaibhava-prakāśa kṛṣṇera — śrī-balarāma
varṇa-mātra-bheda, saba — kṛṣṇera samāna

Synonyms

vaibhava-prakāśamanifestation of the vaibhava feature; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; śrī-balarāmaŚrī Balarāma; varṇa-mātracolor only; bhedadifference; sabaeverything; kṛṣṇera samānaequal to Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

“The first manifestation of the vaibhava feature of Kṛṣṇa is Śrī Balarāmajī. Śrī Balarāma and Kṛṣṇa have different bodily colors, but otherwise Śrī Balarāma is equal to Kṛṣṇa in all respects.

Purport

To understand the difference between svayaṁ-rūpa, tad-ekātma-rūpa, āveśa, prābhava and vaibhava, Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has given the following description. In the beginning, Kṛṣṇa has three bodily features: (1) svayaṁ-rūpa, as a cowherd boy in Vṛndāvana; (2) tad-ekātma-rūpa, which is divided into svāṁśaka and vilāsa; and (3) āveśa-rūpa. The svāṁśaka, or expansions of the personal potency, are (1) Kāraṇodakaśāyī, Garbhodakaśāyī, Kṣīrodakaśāyī and (2) incarnations such as the fish, tortoise, boar and Nṛsiṁha. The vilāsa-rūpa has a prābhava division, including Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. There is also a vaibhava division, in which there are twenty-four forms, including the second Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. For each of these, there are three forms; therefore there are twelve forms altogether. These twelve forms constitute the predominant names for the twelve months of the year as well as the twelve tilaka marks on the body. Each of the four Personalities of Godhead expands into two other forms; thus there are eight forms, such as Puruṣottama, Acyuta, etc. The four forms (Vāsudeva, etc.), the twelve (Keśava, etc.), and the eight (Puruṣottama, etc.) all together constitute twenty-four forms. The forms are differently named in accordance with the placement of the weapons They hold in Their four hands.
বৈভবপ্রকাশ যৈছে দেবকী-তনুজ ।
দ্বিভুজ-স্বরূপ কভু, কভু হয় চতুর্ভুজ ॥ ১৭৫ ॥
vaibhava-prakāśa yaiche devakī-tanuja
dvibhuja-svarūpa kabhu, kabhu haya caturbhuja

Synonyms

vaibhava-prakāśathe feature of vaibhava-prakāśa; yaichejust as; devakī-tanujathe son of Devakī; dvi-bhujatwo-handed; svarūpaform; kabhusometimes; kabhusometimes; hayais; catur-bhujafour-handed.

Translation

“An example of vaibhava-prakāśa is the son of Devakī. He sometimes has two hands and sometimes four hands.

Purport

When Lord Kṛṣṇa took His birth, He appeared outside the womb as four-handed Viṣṇu. Then Devakī and Vasudeva offered their prayers to Him and asked Him to assume His two-handed form. The Lord immediately assumed His two-handed form and ordered that He be transferred to Gokula, on the other side of the river Yamunā.
যে-কালে দ্বিভুজ, নাম — বৈভবপ্রকাশ ।
চতুর্ভুজ হৈলে, নাম — প্রাভবপ্রকাশ ॥ ১৭৬ ॥
ye-kāle dvibhuja, nāma — vaibhava-prakāśa
caturbhuja haile, nāma — prābhava-prakāśa

Synonyms

ye-kāle dvi-bhujawhen the Lord appears as two-handed; nāmanamed; vaibhava-prakāśavaibhava-prakāśa; catur-bhuja hailewhen He becomes four-handed; nāmanamed; prābhava-prakāśaprābhava-prakāśa..

Translation

“When the Lord is two-handed He is called vaibhava-prakāśa, and when He is four-handed He is called prābhava-prakāśa.
স্বয়ংরূপের গোপবেশ, গোপ-অভিমান ।
বাসুদেবের ক্ষত্রিয়-বেশ, ‘আমি — ক্ষত্রিয়’-জ্ঞান ॥ ১৭৭ ॥
svayaṁ-rūpera gopa-veśa, gopa-abhimāna
vāsudevera kṣatriya-veśa, ‘āmi — kṣatriya’-jñāna

Synonyms

svayam-rūperaof the original form; gopa-veśathe dress of a cowherd boy; gopa-abhimānathinking Himself a cowherd boy; vāsudeveraof Vāsudeva, the son of Vasudeva and Devakī; kṣatriya-veśathe dress is like that of a kṣatriya; āmiI; kṣatriyaa kṣatriya; jñānaknowledge.

Translation

“In His original form, the Lord dresses like a cowherd boy and thinks Himself one. When He appears as Vāsudeva, the son of Vasudeva and Devakī, His dress and consciousness are those of a kṣatriya, a warrior.
সৌন্দর্য, ঐশ্বর্য, মাধুর্য, বৈদগ্ধ্য-বিলাস ।
ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দনে ইহা অধিক উল্লাস ॥ ১৭৮ ॥
saundarya, aiśvarya, mādhurya, vaidagdhya-vilāsa
vrajendra-nandane ihā adhika ullāsa

Synonyms

saundaryathe beauty; aiśvaryathe opulence; mādhuryathe sweetness; vaidagdhya-vilāsathe intellectual pastimes; vrajendra-nandaneof the son of Nanda Mahārāja and Yaśodā; ihāall these; adhika ullāsamore jubilant.

Translation

“When one compares the beauty, opulence, sweetness and intellectual pastimes of Vāsudeva, the warrior, to Kṛṣṇa, the cowherd boy, son of Nanda Mahārāja, one sees that Kṛṣṇa’s attributes are more pleasant.
গোবিন্দের মাধুরী দেখি’ বাসুদেবের ক্ষোভ ।
সে মাধুরী আস্বাদিতে উপজয় লোভ ॥ ১৭৯ ॥
govindera mādhurī dekhi’ vāsudevera kṣobha
se mādhurī āsvādite upajaya lobha

Synonyms

govinderaof Lord Govinda; mādhurīthe sweetness; dekhi’seeing; vāsudeveraof Vāsudeva; kṣobhaagitation; sethat; mādhurīsweetness; āsvāditeto taste; upajayaawakens; lobhagreed.

Translation

“Indeed, Vāsudeva is agitated just to see the sweetness of Govinda, and a transcendental greed awakens in Him to enjoy that sweetness.
উদ্‌গীর্ণাদ্ভুত-মাধুরী-পরিমলস্যাভীরলীলস্য মে
দ্বৈতং হন্ত সমীক্ষয়ন্‌ মুহুরসৌ চিত্রীয়তে চারণঃ ।
চেতঃ কেলি-কুতূহলোত্তরলিতং সত্যং সখে মামকং
যস্য প্রেক্ষ্য স্বরূপতাং ব্রজবধূসারূপ্যমন্বিচ্ছতি ॥ ১৮০ ॥
udgīrṇādbhuta-mādhurī-parimalasyābhīra-līlasya me
dvaitaṁ hanta samīkṣayan muhur asau citrīyate cāraṇaḥ
cetaḥ keli-kutūhalottaralitaṁ satyaṁ sakhe māmakaṁ
yasya prekṣya svarūpatāṁ vraja-vadhū-sārūpyam anvicchati

Synonyms

udgīrṇaoverflowing; adbhutawonderful; mādhurīsweetness; parimalasyawhose fragrance; ābhīraof a cowherd boy; līlasyawho has pastimes; meMy; dvaitamsecond form; hantaalas; samīkṣayanshowing; muhuḥagain and again; asauthat; citrīyateis acting like a picture; cāraṇaḥdramatic actor; cetaḥheart; keli-kutūhalaby longing for pastimes; uttaralitamgreatly excited; satyamactually; sakheO dear friend; māmakamMy; yasyaof whom; prekṣyaby seeing; svarūpatāmsimilarity to My form; vraja-vadhūof the damsels of Vrajabhūmi; sārūpyama form like the forms; anvicchatidesires.

Translation

“ ‘My dear friend, this dramatic actor appears like a second form of My own self. Like a picture, He displays My pastimes as a cowherd boy overflowing with wonderfully attractive sweetness and fragrance, which are so dear to the damsels of Vraja. When I see such a display, My heart becomes greatly excited. I long for such pastimes and desire a form exactly like that of the damsels of Vraja.’

Purport

This verse is found in the Lalita-mādhava (4.19). It was spoken by Vāsudeva in Dvārakā.
মথুরায় যৈছে গন্ধর্বনৃত্য-দরশনে ।
পুনঃ দ্বারকাতে যৈছে চিত্র-বিলোকনে ॥ ১৮১ ॥
mathurāya yaiche gandharva-nṛtya-daraśane
punaḥ dvārakāte yaiche citra-vilokane

Synonyms

mathurāyaat Mathurā; yaichejust as; gandharva-nṛtyathe dance of the Gandharvas; daraśaneby seeing; punaḥagain; dvārakāteat Dvārakā; yaichejust as; citra-vilokaneby seeing a picture of Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

“One instance of Vāsudeva’s attraction to Kṛṣṇa occurred when Vāsudeva saw the Gandharva dance at Mathurā. Another instance occurred in Dvārakā when Vāsudeva was surprised to see a picture of Kṛṣṇa.
অপরিকলিতপূর্বঃ কশ্চমৎকারকারী
স্ফুরতু মম গরীয়ানেষ মাধুর্যপূরঃ ।
অয়মহমপি হন্ত প্রেক্ষ্য যং লুব্ধচেতাঃ
সরভসমুপভোক্তুং কাময়ে রাধিকেব ॥ ১৮২ ॥
aparikalita-pūrvaḥ kaś camatkāra-kārī
sphuratu mama garīyān eṣa mādhurya-pūraḥ
ayam aham api hanta prekṣya yaṁ lubdha-cetāḥ
sarabhasam upabhoktuṁ kāmaye rādhikeva

Synonyms

aparikalitanot experienced; pūrvaḥpreviously; kaḥwho; camatkāra-kārīcausing wonder; sphuratumanifests; mamaMy; garīyānmore great; eṣaḥthis; mādhurya-pūraḥabundance of sweetness; ayamthis; ahamI; apieven; hantaalas; prekṣyaseeing; yamwhich; lubdha-cetāḥMy mind being bewildered; sarabhasamimpetuously; upabhoktumto enjoy; kāmayedesire; rādhikā ivalike Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī.

Translation

“ ‘Who manifests an abundance of sweetness greater than Mine, which has never been experienced before and which causes wonder to all? Alas, I Myself, My mind bewildered upon seeing this beauty, impetuously desire to enjoy it like Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī.’

Purport

This verse spoken by Vāsudeva in Dvārakā is also recorded by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī in his Lalita-mādhava (8.34).
সেই বপু ভিন্নাভাসে কিছু ভিন্নাকার ।
ভাবাবেশাকৃতি-ভেদে ‘তদেকাত্ম’ নাম তাঁর ॥ ১৮৩ ॥
sei vapu bhinnābhāse kichu bhinnākāra
bhāvāveśākṛti-bhede ‘tad-ekātma’ nāma tāṅra

Synonyms

sei vaputhat body; bhinna-ābhāsemanifested differently; kichusome; bhinna-ākārabodily differences; bhāva-āveśa-ākṛtiforms and transcendental emotions; bhedeby different; tat-ekātma nāmathe name is tad-ekātma; tāṅraof Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

“When that body is a little differently manifested and its features are a little different in transcendental emotion and form, it is called tad-ekātma.
তদেকাত্মরূপে ‘বিলাস’, ‘স্বাংশ’ — দুই ভেদ ।
বিলাস, স্বাংশের ভেদে বিবিধ বিভেদ ॥ ১৮৪ ॥
tad-ekātma-rūpe ‘vilāsa’, ‘svāṁśa’ — dui bheda
vilāsa, svāṁśera bhede vividha vibheda

Synonyms

tat-ekātma-rūpein the form of tad-ekātma; vilāsapastime; svāṁśapersonal expansion; dui bhedatwo divisions; vilāsaof the pastime expansion; svāṁśeraof the personal expansion; bhedeby differences; vividhavarious; vibhedadistinctions.

Translation

“In the tad-ekātma-rūpa there are pastime expansions [vilāsa] and personal expansions [svāṁśa]. Consequently there are two divisions. According to pastime and personal expansion, there are various differences.

Purport

The Lord’s vilāsa expansions are described in the following verse from the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (1.15):
svarūpam anyākāraṁ yattasya bhāti vilāsataḥ
prāyeṇātma-samaṁ śaktyā
sa vilāso nigadyate
“When the Lord displays numerous forms with different features by His inconceivable potency, such forms are called vilāsa-vigrahas.”
The Lord’s svāṁśa expansions are also described in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (1.17):
tādṛśo nyūna-śaktiṁ yovyanakti svāṁśa īritaḥ
saṅkarṣaṇādir matsyādir
yathā tat-tat-svadhāmasu
When a form of Kṛṣṇa is nondifferent from the original form but is less important and exhibits less potency, it is called svāṁśa. Examples of svāṁśa expansions can be found in the quadruple forms of the Lord residing in Their respective places, beginning with Saṅkarṣaṇa, Vāsudeva, Pradyumna and Aniruddha, and also in the puruṣa-avatāras, līlā-avatāras, manvantara-avatāras and yuga-avatāras.
প্রাভব-বৈভব-ভেদে বিলাস — দ্বিধাকার ।
বিলাসের বিলাস-ভেদ — অনন্ত প্রকার ॥ ১৮৫ ॥
prābhava-vaibhava-bhede vilāsa — dvidhākāra
vilāsera vilāsa-bheda — ananta prakāra

Synonyms

prābhava-vaibhava-bhedeby the differences between prābhava and vaibhava; vilāsapastime expansion; dvidhā-ākāratwofold; vilāseraof pastime forms; vilāsa-bhedaby the different pastimes; ananta prakāraunlimited varieties.

Translation

“Again the vilāsa forms are divided into twofold categories — prābhava and vaibhava. Again the pastimes of these forms are of unlimited variety.
প্রাভববিলাস — বাসুদেব, সঙ্কর্ষণ ।
প্রদ্যুম্ন, অনিরুদ্ধ, — মুখ্য চারিজন ॥ ১৮৬ ॥
prābhava-vilāsa — vāsudeva, saṅkarṣaṇa
pradyumna, aniruddha, — mukhya cāri-jana

Synonyms

prābhava-vilāsathe prābhava-vilāsa forms; vāsudevaVāsudeva; saṅkarṣaṇaSaṅkarṣaṇa; pradyumnaPradyumna; aniruddhaAniruddha; mukhya cāri-janathe four chief expansions.

Translation

“The chief quadruple expansions are named Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. These are called prābhava-vilāsa.
ব্রজে গোপভাব রামের, পুরে ক্ষত্রিয়-ভাবন ।
বর্ণ-বেশ-ভেদ, তাতে ‘বিলাস’ তাঁর নাম ॥ ১৮৭ ॥
vraje gopa-bhāva rāmera, pure kṣatriya-bhāvana
varṇa-veśa-bheda, tāte ‘vilāsa’ tāṅra nāma

Synonyms

vrajein Vṛndāvana; gopa-bhāvaemotion of a cowherd boy; rāmeraof Balarāma; purein Dvārakā; kṣatriya-bhāvanathe emotion of a kṣatriya; varṇa-veśa-bhedaby differences of dress and color; tātetherefore; vilāsapastime expansion; tāṅra nāmaHis name.

Translation

“Balarāma, who has the same original form as Kṛṣṇa, is Himself a cowherd boy in Vṛndāvana, and He also considers Himself a member of the kṣatriya race in Dvārakā. Thus His color and dress are different, and He is called a pastime form of Kṛṣṇa.
বৈভবপ্রকাশে আর প্রাভববিলাসে ।
একই মূর্ত্যে বলদেব ভাব-ভেদে ভাসে ॥ ১৮৮ ॥
vaibhava-prakāśe āra prābhava-vilāse
eka-i mūrtye baladeva bhāva-bhede bhāse

Synonyms

vaibhava-prakāśein vaibhava manifestation; āraand; prābhava-vilāsein the prābhava pastime form; eka-i mūrtyein one form; baladevaLord Baladeva; bhāva-bhedeaccording to different emotions; bhāseexists.

Translation

“Śrī Balarāma is a vaibhava-prakāśa manifestation of Kṛṣṇa. He is also manifested in the original quadruple expansions of Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha. These are prābhava-vilāsa expansions with different emotions.
আদি-চতুর্ব্যূহ — ইঁহার কেহ নাহি সম ।
অনন্ত চতুর্ব্যূহগণের প্রাকট্য-কারণ ॥ ১৮৯ ॥
ādi-catur-vyūha — iṅhāra keha nāhi sama
ananta catur-vyūha-gaṇera prākaṭya-kāraṇa

Synonyms

ādi-catur-vyūhathe original quadruple group; iṅhāraof this; keha nāhino one; samaequal; anantaunlimited; catur-vyūha-gaṇeraof the quadruple expansions; prākaṭyaof manifestation; kāraṇathe cause.

Translation

“The first expansion of the caturvyūha, quadruple forms, is unique. There is nothing to compare with Them. These quadruple forms are the source of unlimited quadruple forms.
কৃষ্ণের এই চারি প্রাভববিলাস ।
দ্বারকা-মথুরা-পুরে নিত্য ইঁহার বাস ॥ ১৯০ ॥
kṛṣṇera ei cāri prābhava-vilāsa
dvārakā-mathurā-pure nitya iṅhāra vāsa

Synonyms

kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; eithese; cārifour; prābhava-vilāsaprābhava pastime forms; dvārakā-mathurā-purein the two cities Dvārakā and Mathurā; nityaeternal; iṅhāraof Them; vāsathe residential quarters.

Translation

“These four prābhava pastime forms of Lord Kṛṣṇa reside eternally in Dvārakā and Mathurā.
এই চারি হৈতে চব্বিশ মূর্তি পরকাশ ।
অস্ত্রভেদে নাম-ভেদ — বৈভববিলাস ॥ ১৯১ ॥
ei cāri haite cabbiśa mūrti parakāśa
astra-bhede nāma-bheda — vaibhava-vilāsa

Synonyms

ei cāri haitefrom these four; cabbiśatwenty-four; mūrtiforms; parakāśamanifestation; astra-bhedeaccording to the different weapons; nāma-bhedathe difference of names; vaibhava-vilāsathe vaibhava pastime expansions.

Translation

“From the original quadruple expansions, twenty-four forms are manifested. They differ according to the placement of the weapons in Their four hands. They are called vaibhava-vilāsa.
পুনঃ কৃষ্ণ চতুর্ব্যূহ লঞা পূর্বরূপে ।
পরব্যোম-মধ্যে বৈসে নারায়ণরূপে ॥ ১৯২ ॥
punaḥ kṛṣṇa catur-vyūha lañā pūrva-rūpe
paravyoma-madhye vaise nārāyaṇa-rūpe

Synonyms

punaḥagain; kṛṣṇaKṛṣṇa; catur-vyūhathe quadruple expansions; lañātaking; pūrva-rūpeas previously; paravyoma-madhyein the paravyoma area; vaiseresides; nārāyaṇa-rūpein the form of four-handed Nārāyaṇa.

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa again expands, and within the paravyoma, the spiritual sky, He is situated in fullness as the four-handed Nārāyaṇa, accompanied by expansions of the original quadruple form.

Purport

At the top of the paravyoma, the spiritual sky, there is Goloka Vṛndāvana, which is divided into three parts. Two of the parts, called Mathurā and Dvārakā, are the residences of Kṛṣṇa in His prābhava-vilāsa forms. Balarāma, Kṛṣṇa’s vaibhava-prakāśa, is eternally situated in Gokula. From the quadruple prābhava-vilāsa, twenty-four forms of the vaibhava-vilāsa are expanded. Each has four hands holding weapons in different positions. The topmost planet in the spiritual sky is Goloka Vṛndāvana, and below that planet is the spiritual sky itself. In that spiritual sky, Kṛṣṇa Himself is four-handed and is situated as Nārāyaṇa.
তাঁহা হৈতে পুনঃ চতুর্ব্যূহ-পরকাশ ।
আবরণরূপে চারিদিকে যাঁর বাস ॥ ১৯৩ ॥
tāṅhā haite punaḥ catur-vyūha-parakāśa
āvaraṇa-rūpe cāri-dike yāṅra vāsa

Synonyms

tāṅhā haitefrom that original catur-vyūha; punaḥagain; catur-vyūha-parakāśamanifestation of quadruple expansions; āvaraṇa-rūpein the form of a covering; cāri-dikein four directions; yāṅrawhose; vāsaresidence.

Translation

“Thus the original quadruple forms again manifest Themselves in a second set of quadruple expansions. The residences of these second quadruple expansions cover the four directions.
চারিজনের পুনঃ পৃথক্ তিন তিন মূর্তি ।
কেশবাদি যাহা হৈতে বিলাসের পূর্তি ॥ ১৯৪ ॥
cāri-janera punaḥ pṛthak tina tina mūrti
keśavādi yāhā haite vilāsera pūrti

Synonyms

cāri-janeraof the original of the four expansions; punaḥagain; pṛthakseparate; tina tinathree each; mūrtiforms; keśava-ādibeginning with Lord Keśava; yāhā haitefrom which; vilāsera pūrtithe vilāsa expansions are fulfilled.

Translation

“Again these quadruple forms expand three times, beginning with Keśava. That is the fulfillment of the pastime forms.
চক্রাদি-ধারণ-ভেদে নাম-ভেদ সব ।
বাসুদেবের মূর্তি — কেশব, নারায়ণ, মাধব ॥ ১৯৫ ॥
cakrādi-dhāraṇa-bhede nāma-bheda saba
vāsudevera mūrti — keśava, nārāyaṇa, mādhava

Synonyms

cakra-ādiof the disc and other weapons; dhāraṇaof holding; bhedeby differences; nāmaof names; bhedadifferences; sabaall; vāsudevera mūrtithe expansions of Vāsudeva; keśavaKeśava; nārāyaṇaNārāyaṇa; mādhavaMādhava.

Translation

“Out of the catur-vyūha, there are three expansions of each and every form, and They are named differently according to the position of the weapons. The Vāsudeva expansions are Keśava, Nārāyaṇa and Mādhava.
সঙ্কর্ষণের মূর্তি — গোবিন্দ, বিষ্ণু, মধুসূদন ।
এ অন্য গোবিন্দ — নহে ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ॥ ১৯৬ ॥
saṅkarṣaṇera mūrti — govinda, viṣṇu, madhusūdana
e anya govinda — nahe vrajendra-nandana

Synonyms

saṅkarṣaṇera mūrtithe expansions of Saṅkarṣaṇa; govindaGovinda; viṣṇuViṣṇu; madhusūdanaMadhusūdana; ethis; anyaanother; govindaGovinda; nahe vrajendra-nandananot the son of Nanda Mahārāja.

Translation

“The expansions of Saṅkarṣaṇa are Govinda, Viṣṇu and Madhusūdana. This Govinda is different from the original Govinda, for He is not the son of Mahārāja Nanda.
প্ৰদ্যুম্নের মূর্তি — ত্রিবিক্রম, বামন, শ্রীধর ।
অনিরুদ্ধের মূর্তি — হৃষীকেশ, পদ্মনাভ, দামোদর ॥ ১৯৭ ॥
pradyumnera mūrti — trivikrama, vāmana, śrīdhara
aniruddhera mūrti — hṛṣīkeśa, padmanābha, dāmodara

Synonyms

pradyumnera mūrtiexpansions of the form of Pradyumna; trivikramaTrivikrama; vāmanaVāmana; śrīdharaŚrīdhara; aniruddhera mūrtiexpansions of Aniruddha; hṛṣīkeśaHṛṣīkeśa; padmanābhaPadmanābha; dāmodaraDāmodara.

Translation

“The expansions of Pradyumna are Trivikrama, Vāmana and Śrīdhara. The expansions of Aniruddha are Hṛṣīkeśa, Padmanābha and Dāmodara.
দ্বাদশ-মাসের দেবতা — এইবার জন ।
মার্গশীর্ষে — কেশব, পৌষে — নারায়ণ ॥ ১৯৮ ॥
dvādaśa-māsera devatā — ei-bāra jana
mārgaśīrṣe — keśava, pauṣe — nārāyaṇa

Synonyms

dvādaśa-māseraof the twelve months; devatāpredominating Deities; eithese; bāra janatwelve Personalities of Godhead; mārga-śīrṣethe month of Agrahāyana (November-December); keśavaKeśava; pauṣethe month of Pauṣa (December-January); nārāyaṇaNārāyaṇa.

Translation

“These twelve are the predominating Deities of the twelve months. Keśava is the predominating Deity of Agrahāyana, and Nārāyaṇa is the predominating Deity of Pauṣa.
মাঘের দেবতা — মাধব, গোবিন্দ — ফাল্গুনে ।
চৈত্রে — বিষ্ণু, বৈশাখে — শ্রীমধুসূদন ॥ ১৯৯ ॥
māghera devatā — mādhava, govinda — phālgune
caitre — viṣṇu, vaiśākhe — śrī-madhusūdana

Synonyms

māghera devatāthe predominating Deity of the month of Māgha (January-February); mādhavaMādhava; govindaGovinda; phālgunein the month of Phālguna (February-March); caitrein the month of Caitra (March-April); viṣṇuLord Viṣṇu; vaiśākhein the month of Vaiśākha (April-May); śrī-madhusūdanaMadhusūdana.

Translation

“The predominating Deity of the month of Māgha is Mādhava, and the predominating Deity of the month of Phālguna is Govinda. Viṣṇu is the predominating Deity of Caitra, and Madhusūdana is the predominating Deity of Vaiśākha.
জ্যৈষ্ঠে — ত্রিবিক্রম, আষাঢ়ে — বামন দেবেশ ।
শ্রাবণে — শ্রীধর, ভাদ্রে — দেব হৃষীকেশ ॥ ২০০ ॥
jyaiṣṭhe — trivikrama, āṣāḍhe — vāmana deveśa
śrāvaṇe — śrīdhara, bhādre — deva hṛṣīkeśa

Synonyms

jyaiṣṭhein the month of Jyaiṣṭha (May-June); trivikramaTrivikrama; āṣāḍhein the month of Āṣāḍha (June-July); vāmana deva-īśaLord Vāmana; śrāvaṇein the month of Śrāvaṇa (July-August); śrīdharaŚrīdhara; bhādrein the month of Bhādra (August-September); deva hṛṣīkeśaLord Hṛṣīkeśa.

Translation

“In the month of Jyaiṣṭha, the predominating Deity is Trivikrama. In Āṣāḍha the Deity is Vāmana, in Śrāvaṇa the Deity is Śrīdhara, and in Bhādra the Deity is Hṛṣīkeśa.
আশ্বিনে — পদ্মনাভ, কার্তিকে — দামোদর ।
‘রাধা-দামোদর’ অন্য ব্রজেন্দ্র-কোঙর ॥ ২০১ ॥
āśvine — padmanābha, kārtike dāmodara
‘rādhā-dāmodara’ anya vrajendra-koṅara

Synonyms

āśvinein the month of Āśvina (September-October); padmanābhaPadmanābha; kārtikein the month of Kārttika (October-November); dāmodaraDāmodara; rādhā-dāmodarathe Dāmodara of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī; anyaanother; vrajendra-koṅarathe son of Mahārāja Nanda.

Translation

“In the month of Āśvina, the predominating Deity is Padmanābha, and in Kārttika it is Dāmodara. This Dāmodara is different from Rādhā-Dāmodara, the son of Nanda Mahārāja in Vṛndāvana.
দ্বাদশ-তিলক-মন্ত্র এই দ্বাদশ নাম ।
আচমনে এই নামে স্পর্শি তত্তৎস্থান ॥ ২০২ ॥
dvādaśa-tilaka-mantra ei dvādaśa nāma
ācamane ei nāme sparśi tat-tat-sthāna

Synonyms

dvādaśa-tilakafor twelve marks of tilaka; mantrathe mantra; eithese; dvādaśa nāmatwelve names; ācamanein washing with water; ei nāmewith these names; sparśiwe touch; tat-tat-sthānathe respective places.

Translation

“When putting the twelve tilaka marks on the twelve places of the body, one has to chant the mantra consisting of these twelve Viṣṇu names. After daily worship, when one anoints the different parts of the body with water, these names should be chanted as one touches each part of the body.

Purport

While marking the body with tilaka, one should chant the following mantra, which consists oftwelve names of Lord Viṣṇu:
lalāṭe keśavaṁ dhyāyennārāyaṇam athodare
vakṣaḥ-sthale mādhavaṁ tu
govindaṁ kaṇṭha-kūpake
viṣṇuṁ ca dakṣiṇe kukṣaubāhau ca madhusūdanam
trivikramaṁ kandhare tu
vāmanaṁ vāma-pārśvake
śrīdharaṁ vāma-bāhau tuhṛṣīkeśaṁ tu kandhare
pṛṣṭhe ca padmanābhaṁ ca
kaṭyāṁ dāmodaraṁ nyaset
“When one marks the forehead with tilaka, he must remember Keśava. When one marks the lower abdomen, he must remember Nārāyaṇa. For the chest, one should remember Mādhava, and when marking the hollow of the neck one should remember Govinda. Lord Viṣṇu should be remembered while marking the right side of the belly, and Madhusūdana should be remembered when marking the right arm. Trivikrama should be remembered when marking the right shoulder, and Vāmana should be remembered when marking the left side of the belly. Śrīdhara should be remembered while marking the left arm, and Hṛṣīkeśa should be remembered when marking the left shoulder. Padmanābha and Dāmodara should be remembered when marking the back.”
এই চারিজনের বিলাস-মূর্তি আর অষ্ট জন ।
তাঁ সবার নাম কহি, শুন সনাতন ॥ ২০৩ ॥
ei cāri-janera vilāsa-mūrti āra aṣṭa lana
tāṅ sabāra nāma kahi, śuna sanātana

Synonyms

ei cāri-janeraof the four personalities; vilāsa-mūrtipastime forms; āramore; aṣṭa janaeight personalities; tāṅ sabāraof all of Them; nāmathe holy names; kahiI shall mention; śunahear; sanātanaO Sanātana.

Translation

“From Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha, there are eight additional pastime expansions. O Sanātana, please hear Me as I mention Their names.
পুরুষোত্তম, অচ্যুত, নৃসিংহ, জনার্দন ।
হরি, কৃষ্ণ, অধোক্ষজ, উপেন্দ্র, — অষ্টজন ॥ ২০৪ ॥
puruṣottama, acyuta, nṛsiṁha, janārdana
hari, kṛṣṇa, adhokṣaja, upendra, — aṣṭa-jana

Synonyms

puruṣottamaPuruṣottama; acyutaAcyuta; nṛsiṁhaNṛsiṁha; janārdanaJanārdana; hariHari; kṛṣṇaKṛṣṇa; adhokṣajaAdhokṣaja; upendraUpendra; aṣṭa-janaeight persons.

Translation

“The eight pastime expansions are Puruṣottama, Acyuta, Nṛsiṁha, Janārdana, Hari, Kṛṣṇa, Adhokṣaja and Upendra.
বাসুদেবের বিলাস দুই — অধোক্ষজ, পুরুষোত্তম ।
সঙ্কর্ষণের বিলাস — উপেন্দ্র, অচ্যুত দুইজন ॥ ২০৫ ॥
vāsudevera vilāsa dui — adhokṣaja, puruṣottama
saṅkarṣaṇera vilāsa — upendra, acyuta dui-jana

Synonyms

vāsudevera vilāsathe pastime expansions of Vāsudeva; duitwo; adhokṣajaAdhokṣaja; puruṣottamaPuruṣottama; saṅkarṣaṇera vilāsathe pastime expansions of Saṅkarṣaṇa; upendraUpendra; acyutaAcyuta; dui-janathe two persons.

Translation

“Of these eight expansions, two are pastime forms of Vāsudeva. Their names are Adhokṣaja and Puruṣottama. The two pastime forms of Saṅkarṣaṇa are Upendra and Acyuta.
প্রদ্যুম্নের বিলাস — নৃসিংহ, জনার্দন ।
অনিরুদ্ধের বিলাস — হরি, কৃষ্ণ দুইজন ॥ ২০৬ ॥
pradyumnera vilāsa — nṛsiṁha, janārdana
aniruddhera vilāsa — hari, kṛṣṇa dui-jana

Synonyms

pradyumnera vilāsathe pastime forms of Pradyumna; nṛsiṁhaNṛsiṁha; janārdanaJanārdana; aniruddhera vilāsathe pastime forms of Aniruddha; hariHari; kṛṣṇaKṛṣṇa; dui-janathe two persons.

Translation

“The pastime forms of Pradyumna are Nṛsiṁha and Janārdana, and the pastime forms of Aniruddha are Hari and Kṛṣṇa.
এই চব্বিশ মূর্তি — প্রাভব-বিলাস প্রধান ।
অস্ত্রধারণ-ভেদে ধরে ভিন্ন ভিন্ন নাম ॥ ২০৭ ॥
ei cabbiśa mūrti — prābhava-vilāsa pradhāna
astra-dhāraṇa-bhede dhare bhinna bhinna nāma

Synonyms

ei cabbiśa mūrtiall of these twenty-four forms; prābhava-vilāsapastime forms of the prābhava expansions; pradhānachief; astra-dhāraṇaof holding the weapons; bhedein terms of differences; dhareaccept; bhinna bhinnaseparate from one another; nāmanames.

Translation

“All these twenty-four forms constitute the chief prābhava-vilāsa pastime forms of the Lord. They are named differently according to the position of the weapons in Their hands.
ইঁহার মধ্যে যাহার হয় আকার-বেশ-ভেদ ।
সেই সেই হয় বিলাস-বৈভব-বিভেদ ॥ ২০৮ ॥
iṅhāra madhye yāhāra haya ākāra-veśa-bheda
sei sei haya vilāsa-vaibhava-vibheda

Synonyms

iṅhāra madhyeout of Them all; yāhāraof whom; hayathere is; ākāraof bodily features; veśaof dress; bhedadifference; sei sei hayaThey are; vilāsa-vaibhavaof vaibhava-vilāsa; vibhedathe difference.

Translation

“Of all these, the forms that differ in dress and features are distinguished as vaibhava-vilāsa.
পদ্মনাভ, ত্রিবিক্রম, নৃসিংহ, বামন ।
হরি, কৃষ্ণ আদি হয় ‘আকারে’ বিলক্ষণ ॥ ২০৯ ॥
padmanābha, trivikrama, nṛsiṁha, vāmana
hari, kṛṣṇa ādi haya ‘ākāre’ vilakṣaṇa

Synonyms

padmanābhaPadmanābha; trivikramaTrivikrama; nṛsiṁhaNṛsiṁha; vāmanaVāmana; hariHari; kṛṣṇaKṛṣṇa; ādiand so on; hayaare; ākāre vilakṣaṇadifferent in bodily features.

Translation

“Of Them, Padmanābha, Trivikrama, Nṛsiṁha, Vāmana, Hari, Kṛṣṇa and so on all have different bodily features.
কৃষ্ণের প্রাভববিলাস — বাসুদেবাদি চারি জন ।
সেই চারিজনার বিলাস — বিংশতি গণন ॥ ২১০ ॥
kṛṣṇera prābhava-vilāsa — vāsudevādi cāri jana
sei cāri-janāra vilāsa — viṁśati gaṇana

Synonyms

kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; prābhava-vilāsaprābhava pastime forms; vāsudeva-ādiVāsudeva and others; cāri janaquadruple expansions; seithose; cāri-janāraof the four personalities; vilāsapastime forms; viṁśati gaṇanacounted as twenty.

Translation

“Vāsudeva and the three others are direct prābhava pastime forms of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Of these quadruple forms, the pastime expansions are twenty in number.
ইঁহা-সবার পৃথক্ বৈকুণ্ঠ — পরব্যোম-ধামে ।
পূর্বাদি অষ্টদিকে তিন তিন ক্রমে ॥ ২১১ ॥
iṅhā-sabāra pṛthak vaikuṇṭha — paravyoma-dhāme
pūrvādi aṣṭa-dike tina tina krame

Synonyms

iṅhāof Them; sabāraof all; pṛthakseparate; vaikuṇṭhaa Vaikuṇṭha planet; paravyoma-dhāmein the spiritual world; pūrva-ādibeginning from the east; aṣṭa-dikein the eight directions; tina tinathree in each; kramein consecutive order.

Translation

“All these forms preside over different Vaikuṇṭha planets in the spiritual world, beginning from the east in consecutive order. In each of the eight directions, there are three different forms.
যদ্যপি পরব্যোম সবাকার নিত্যধাম ।
তথাপি ব্রহ্মাণ্ডে কারো কাঁহো সন্নিধান ॥ ২১২ ॥
yadyapi paravyoma sabākāra nitya-dhāma
tathāpi brahmāṇḍe kāro kāṅho sannidhāna

Synonyms

yadyapialthough; paravyomathe spiritual sky; sabākāraof all of Them; nitya-dhāmathe eternal abode; tathāpistill; brahmāṇḍein the material universes; kāroof some of Them; kāṅhosomewhere; sannidhānathe residential places.

Translation

“Although They all have Their residences eternally in the spiritual sky, some of Them are situated within the material universes.
পরব্যোম-মধ্যে নারায়ণের নিত্য-স্থিতি ।
পরব্যোম-উপরি কৃষ্ণলোকের বিভূতি ॥ ২১৩ ॥
paravyoma-madhye nārāyaṇera nitya-sthiti
paravyoma-upari kṛṣṇalokera vibhūti

Synonyms

paravyoma-madhyein the spiritual sky; nārāyaṇeraof Nārāyaṇa; nitya-sthitieternal residence; paravyoma-upariin the upper portion of the spiritual sky; kṛṣṇa-lokera vibhūtithe opulence of the Kṛṣṇaloka planet.

Translation

“There is an eternal residence of Nārāyaṇa in the spiritual sky. In the upper portion of the spiritual sky is a planet known as Kṛṣṇaloka, which is filled with all opulences.
এক ‘কৃষ্ণলোক’ হয় ত্রিবিধপ্রকার ।
গোকুলাখ্য, মথুরাখ্য, দ্বারকাখ্য আর ॥ ২১৪ ॥
eka ‘kṛṣṇaloka’ haya trividha-prakāra
gokulākhya, mathurākhya, dvārakākhya āra

Synonyms

ekaone; kṛṣṇa-lokathe planet known as Kṛṣṇaloka; hayathere is; tri-vidha-prakārain three different divisions; gokula-ākhyaGokula; mathurā-ākhyaMathurā; dvārakā-ākhyaDvārakā; āraand.

Translation

“The planet of Kṛṣṇaloka is divided into three sections — Gokula, Mathurā and Dvārakā.
মথুরাতে কেশবের নিত্য সন্নিধান ।
নীলাচলে পুরুষোত্তম — ‘জগন্নাথ’ নাম ॥ ২১৫ ॥
mathurāte keśavera nitya sannidhāna
nīlācale puruṣottama
— ‘jagannātha’ nāma

Synonyms

mathurātein Mathurā; keśaveraof Lord Keśava; nityaeternal; sannidhānaresidence; nīlācalein Nīlācala (Jagannātha Purī); puruṣottamaPuruṣottama; jagannātha nāmaalso known as Jagannātha.

Translation

“Lord Keśava eternally resides at Mathurā, and Lord Puruṣottama, known by the name Jagannātha, eternally resides at Nīlācala.
প্ৰয়াগে মাধব, মন্দারে শ্রীমধুসূদন ।
আনন্দারণ্যে বাসুদেব, পদ্মনাভ জনার্দন ॥ ২১৬ ॥
prayāge mādhava, mandāre śrī-madhusūdana
ānandāraṇye vāsudeva, padmanābha janārdana

Synonyms

prayāgeat Prayāga; mādhavaBindu Mādhava; mandāreat Mandāra-parvata; śrī-madhusūdanaŚrī Madhusūdana; ānanda-araṇyeat the place known as Ānandāraṇya; vāsudevaLord Vāsudeva; padmanābhaLord Padmanābha; janārdanaLord Janārdana.

Translation

“At Prayāga, the Lord is situated as Bindu Mādhava, and at Mandāra-parvata, the Lord is known as Madhusūdana. Vāsudeva, Padmanābha and Janārdana reside at Ānandāraṇya.
বিষ্ণুকাঞ্চীতে বিষ্ণু, হরি রহে, মায়াপুরে ।
ঐছে আর নানা মূর্তি ব্রহ্মাণ্ড-ভিতরে ॥ ২১৭ ॥
viṣṇu-kāñcīte viṣṇu, hari rahe, māyāpure
aiche āra nānā mūrti brahmāṇḍa-bhitare

Synonyms

viṣṇu-kāñcīteat Viṣṇu-kāñcī; viṣṇuLord Viṣṇu; hariLord Hari; raheremains; māyāpureat Māyāpur; aichesimilarly; āraalso; nānāvarious; mūrtiforms; brahmāṇḍa-bhitarethroughout the universe.

Translation

“At Viṣṇu-kāñcī there is Lord Viṣṇu, at Māyāpur Lord Hari, and throughout the universe a variety of other forms.

Purport

All of these forms are mūrti forms, and They are worshiped in the temples. Their names are Keśava at Mathurā, Puruṣottama or Jagannātha at Nīlācala, Śrī Bindu Mādhava at Prayāga, Madhusūdana at Mandāra, and Vāsudeva, Padmanābha and Janārdana at Ānandāraṇya, which is situated in Kerala, South India. At Viṣṇu-kāñcī is Lord Varadarāja, and Hari is situated at Māyāpur, Lord Caitanya’s birth site. Thus in different places throughout the universe there are various Deities in temples bestowing Their causeless mercy upon the devotees. All these Deity forms are nondifferent from the mūrtis in the spiritual world of the Vaikuṇṭhas. Although the arcā-mūrti, the worshipable Deity form of the Lord, appears to be made of material elements, it is as good as the spiritual forms found in the spiritual Vaikuṇṭhalokas. The Deity in the temple, however, is visible to the material eyes of the devotee. It is not possible for one in material, conditioned life to see the spiritual form of the Lord. To bestow causeless mercy upon us, the Lord appears as the arcā-mūrti so that we can see Him. It is forbidden to consider the arcā-mūrti to be made of stone or wood. In the Padma Purāṇa it is said:
arcye viṣṇau śilā-dhīr guruṣu nara-matir vaiṣṇave jāti-buddhir
viṣṇor vā vaiṣṇsnavānāṁ kali-mala-mathane pāda-tīrthe ’mbu-buddhiḥ
śrī-viṣṇor nāmni mantre sakala-kaluṣa-he śabda-sāmānya-buddhir
viṣṇau sarveśvareśe tad-itara-sama-dhīr yasya vā nārakī saḥ
No one should consider the Deity in the temple to be made of stone or wood, nor should one consider the spiritual master an ordinary human being. No one should consider a Vaiṣṇava to belong to a particular caste or creed, and no one should consider caraṇāmṛta or Ganges water to be like ordinary water. Nor should anyone consider the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra to be a material vibration. All these expansions of Kṛṣṇa in the material world are simply demonstrations of the Lord’s mercy and willingness to give facility to His devotees who are engaged in His devotional service within the material world.
এইমত ব্রহ্মাণ্ড-মধ্যে সবার ‘পরকাশ’ ।
সপ্তদ্বীপে নবখণ্ডে যাঁহার বিলাস ॥ ২১৮ ॥
ei-mata brahmāṇḍa-madhye sabāra ‘parakāśa’
sapta-dvīpe nava-khaṇḍe yāṅhāra vilāsa

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; brahmāṇḍa-madhyewithin this universe; sabāraof all of Them; parakāśamanifestations; sapta-dvīpeon seven islands; nava-khaṇḍein different sections, nine in number; yāṅhāra vilāsathe pastimes of whom.

Translation

“Within the universe the Lord is situated in different spiritual manifestations. These are situated on seven islands in nine sections. Thus Their pastimes are going on.

Purport

The seven islands are mentioned in the Siddhāntaśiromaṇi:
bhūmer ardhaṁ kṣāra-sindhor udak-sthaṁ
jambu-dvīpaṁ prāhur ācārya-varyāḥ
ardhe ’nyasmin dvīpa-ṣaṭkasya yāmye
kṣāra-kṣīrādy-ambudhīnāṁ niveśaḥ
śākaṁ tataḥ śālmalam atra kauśaṁ
krauñcaṁ ca gomedaka-puṣkare ca
dvayor dvayor antaram ekam ekaṁ
samudrayor dvīpam udāharanti
The seven islands (dvīpas) are known as (1) Jambu, (2) Śāka, (3) Śālmalī, (4) Kuśa, (5) Krauñca, (6) Gomeda, or Plakṣa, and (7) Puṣkara. The planets are called dvīpas. Outer space is like an ocean of air. Just as there are islands in the watery ocean, these planets in the ocean of space are called dvīpas, or islands in outer space. There are nine khaṇḍas, known as (1) Bhārata, (2) Kinnara, (3) Hari, (4) Kuru, (5) Hiraṇmaya, (6) Ramyaka, (7) Ilāvṛta, (8) Bhadrāśva and (9) Ketumāla. These are different parts of Jambudvīpa. A valley between two mountains is called a khaṇḍa or varṣa.
সর্বত্র প্রকাশ তাঁর — ভক্তে সুখ দিতে ।
জগতের অধর্ম নাশি’ ধর্ম স্থাপিতে ॥ ২১৯ ॥
sarvatra prakāśa tāṅra — bhakte sukha dite
jagatera adharma nāśi’ dharma sthāpite

Synonyms

sarvatraeverywhere; prakāśamanifestations; tāṅraHis; bhakteto the devotees; sukha diteto give happiness; jagateraof the material world; adharmairreligious principles; nāśi’destroying; dharmareligious principles; sthāpiteto establish.

Translation

“The Lord is situated in all the universes in different forms just to please His devotees. Thus the Lord destroys irreligious principles and establishes religious principles.

Purport

In the material world, the Lord is situated in different arcā-mūrtis (Deities) in the temples just to decrease the material activities of the conditioned soul and increase his spiritual activities. Particularly in India there are many temples throughout the country. Devotees may take advantage of them and go see the Lord at Jagannātha Purī, Vṛndāvana, Prayāga, Mathurā, Hardwar and Viṣṇu-kāñcī. When the devotees travel to these places and see the Lord, they become very happy in devotional service.
ইঁহার মধ্যে কারো হয় ‘অবতারে’ গণন ।
যৈছে বিষ্ণু, ত্রিবিক্রম, নৃসিংহ, বামন ॥ ২২০ ॥
iṅhāra madhye kāro haya ‘avatāre’ gaṇana
yaiche viṣṇu, trivikrama, nṛsiṁha, vāmana

Synonyms

iṅhāra madhyeof Them; kāroof some; hayathere is; avatāreas incarnations; gaṇanacounting; yaicheas; viṣṇuLord Viṣṇu; trivikramaLord Trivikrama; nṛsiṁhaLord Nṛsiṁha; vāmanaLord Vāmana.

Translation

“Of these forms, some are considered incarnations. Examples are Lord Viṣṇu, Lord Trivikrama, Lord Nṛsiṁha and Lord Vāmana.
অস্ত্রধৃতি-ভেদ — নাম-ভেদের কারণ ।
চক্রাদি-ধারণ-ভেদ শুন, সনাতন ॥ ২২১ ॥
astra-dhṛti-bheda — nāma-bhedera kāraṇa
cakrādi-dhāraṇa-bheda śuna, sanātana

Synonyms

astra-dhṛtiof holding the weapons; bhedadifference; nāma-bhederaof differences of names; kāraṇathe cause; cakra-ādiof weapons, beginning with the disc; dhāraṇaof holding; bhedadifferences; śunaplease hear; sanātanaO Sanātana.

Translation

“My dear Sanātana, just hear from Me as I tell you how the different viṣṇu-mūrtis hold Their weapons, beginning with the disc, and how They are named differently according to the placement of the weapons in Their hands.
দক্ষিণাধো হস্ত হৈতে বামাধঃ পর্যন্ত ।
চক্রাদি অস্ত্রধারণ-গণনার অন্ত ॥ ২২২ ॥
dakṣiṇādho hasta haite vāmādhaḥ paryanta
cakrādi astra-dhāraṇa-gaṇanāra anta

Synonyms

dakṣiṇa-adhaḥthe lower right; hastahand; haitefrom; vāma-adhaḥthe lower left hand; paryantaup to; cakra-ādibeginning with the disc; astra-dhāraṇaof holding the weapons; gaṇanāraof counting; antathe end.

Translation

“The procedure for counting begins with the lower right hand and goes to the upper right hand, the upper left hand, and the lower left hand. Lord Viṣṇu is named according to the order of the weapons He holds in His hands.
সিদ্ধার্থ-সংহিতা করে চব্বিশ মূর্তি গণন ।
তার মতে কহি আগে চক্রাদি-ধারণ ॥ ২২৩ ॥
siddhārtha-saṁhitā kare cabbiśa mūrti gaṇana
tāra mate kahi āge cakrādi-dhāraṇa

Synonyms

siddhārtha-saṁhitāthe revealed scripture named the Siddhārtha-saṁhitā; karedoes; cabbiśatwenty-four; mūrtiforms; gaṇanacounting; tāra mateaccording to the opinion of the Siddhārtha-saṁhitā; kahiI shall describe; āgefirst; cakra-ādi-dhāraṇaholding of the weapons, beginning with the disc.

Translation

“According to the Siddhārtha-saṁhitā there are twenty-four forms of Lord Viṣṇu. First I shall describe, according to the opinion of that book, the location of the weapons, beginning with the disc.

Purport

The twenty-four forms are (1) Vāsudeva, (2) Saṅkarṣaṇa, (3) Pradyumna, (4) Aniruddha, (5) Keśava, (6) Nārāyaṇa, (7) Mādhava, (8) Govinda, (9) Viṣṇu, (10) Madhusūdana, (11) Trivikrama, (12) Vāmana, (13) Śrīdhara, (14) Hṛṣīkeśa, (15) Padmanābha, (16) Dāmodara, (17) Puruṣottama, (18) Acyuta, (19) Nṛsiṁha, (20) Janārdana, (21) Hari, (22) Kṛṣṇa, (23) Adhokṣaja and (24) Upendra.
বাসুদেব — গদাশঙ্খচক্রপদ্মধর ।
সঙ্কর্ষণ — গদাশঙ্খপদ্মচক্রকর ॥ ২২৪ ॥
vāsudeva — gadā-śaṅkha-cakra-padma-dhara
saṅkarṣaṇa — gadā-śaṅkha-padma-cakra-kara

Synonyms

vāsudevaVāsudeva; gadāclub; śaṅkhaconchshell; cakradisc; padmalotus flower; dharaholding; saṅkarṣaṇaSaṅkarṣaṇa; gadāclub; śaṅkhaconchshell; padmalotus flower; cakra-karathe disc in the hand.

Translation

“In His lower right hand, Lord Vāsudeva holds a club, in the upper right hand a conchshell, in the upper left hand a disc and in the lower left hand a lotus flower. In His lower right hand, Saṅkarṣaṇa holds a club, in His upper right hand a conchshell, in His upper left hand a lotus flower and in His lower left hand a disc.
প্ৰদ্যুম্ন — চক্রশঙ্খগদাপদ্মধর ।
অনিরুদ্ধ — চক্রগদাশঙ্খপদ্মকর ॥ ২২৫ ॥
pradyumna — cakra-śaṅkha-gadā-padma-dhara
aniruddha — cakra-gadā-śaṅkha-padma-kara

Synonyms

pradyumnaLord Pradyumna; cakradisc; śaṅkhaconch; gadāclub; padmalotus; dharaholding; aniruddhaLord Aniruddha; cakradisc; gadāclub; śaṅkhaconch; padma-karalotus flower in hand.

Translation

“Pradyumna holds the disc, conch, club and lotus. Aniruddha holds the disc, club, conch and lotus.
পরব্যোমে বাসুদেবাদি — নিজ নিজ অস্ত্রধর ।
তাঁর মত কহি, যে-সব অস্ত্রকর ॥ ২২৬ ॥
paravyome vāsudevādi — nija nija astra-dhara
tāṅra mata kahi, ye-saba astra-kara

Synonyms

para-vyomein the spiritual sky; vāsudeva-ādibeginning with Lord Vāsudeva; nija nijaTheir own respective; astra-dharaholding of different weapons; tāṅra mata kahiI am speaking the opinion of the Siddhārtha-saṁhitā; ye-sabaall; astra-karaweapons in the different hands.

Translation

“Thus in the spiritual sky the expansions, headed by Vāsudeva, hold weapons in Their own respective order. I am repeating the opinion of the Siddhārtha-saṁhitā in describing Them.
শ্রীকেশব — পদ্মশঙ্খচক্রগদাধর ।
নারায়ণ — শঙ্খপদ্মগদাচক্রধর ॥ ২২৭ ॥
śrī-keśava — padma-śaṅkha-cakra-gadā-dhara
nārāyaṇa — śaṅkha-padma-gadā-cakra-dhara

Synonyms

śrī-keśavaLord Keśava; padmalotus; śaṅkhaconch; cakradisc; gadāclub; dharaholding; nārāyaṇaLord Nārāyaṇa; śaṅkhaconch; padmalotus; gadāclub; cakradisc; dharaholding.

Translation

“Lord Keśava holds the lotus, conch, disc and club. Lord Nārāyaṇa holds the conch, lotus, club and disc.
শ্ৰীমাধব — গদাচক্রশঙ্খপদ্মকর ।
শ্রীগোবিন্দ — চক্রগদাপদ্মশঙ্খধর ॥ ২২৮ ॥
śrī-mādhava — gadā-cakra-śaṅkha-padma-kara
śrī-govinda — cakra-gadā-padma-śaṅkha-dhara

Synonyms

śrī-mādhavaLord Mādhava; gadāclub; cakradisc; śaṅkhaconch; padmalotus; karain the hands; śrī-govindaLord Govinda; cakradisc; gadāclub; padmalotus; śaṅkhaconch; dharaholding.

Translation

“Lord Mādhava holds the club, disc, conch and lotus. Lord Govinda holds the disc, club, lotus and conch.
বিষ্ণুমূর্তি — গদাপদ্মশঙ্খচক্রকর ।
মধুসূদন — চক্রশঙ্খপদ্মগদাধর ॥ ২২৯ ॥
viṣṇu-mūrti — gadā-padma-śaṅkha-cakra-kara
madhusūdana — cakra-śaṅkha-padma-gadā-dhara

Synonyms

viṣṇu-mūrtiLord Viṣṇu; gadāclub; padmalotus; śaṅkhaconch; cakradisc; karain the hands; madhusūdanaLord Madhusūdana; cakradisc; śaṅkhaconch; padmalotus; gadāclub; dharaholding.

Translation

“Lord Viṣṇu holds the club, lotus, conch and disc. Lord Madhusūdana holds the disc, conch, lotus and club.
ত্রিবিক্রম — পদ্মগদাচক্রশঙ্খকর ।
শ্রীবামন — শঙ্খচক্রগদাপদ্মধর ॥ ২৩০ ॥
trivikrama — padma-gadā-cakra-śaṅkha-kara
śrī-vāmana — śaṅkha-cakra-gadā-padma-dhara

Synonyms

trivikramaLord Trivikrama; padmalotus; gadāclub; cakradisc; śaṅkhaconch; karain the hands; śrī-vāmanaLord Vāmana; śaṅkhaconch; cakradisc; gadāclub; padmalotus; dharaholding.

Translation

“Lord Trivikrama holds the lotus, club, disc and conch. Lord Vāmana holds the conch, disc, club and lotus.
শ্রীধর — পদ্মচক্রগদাশঙ্খকর ।
হৃষীকেশ — গদাচক্রপদ্মশঙ্খধর ॥ ২৩১ ॥
śrīdhara — padma-cakra-gadā-śaṅkha-kara
hṛṣīkeśa — gadā-cakra-padma-śaṅkha-dhara

Synonyms

śrīdharaLord Śrīdhara; padmalotus; cakradisc; gadāclub; śaṅkhaconch; karain the hands; hṛṣīkeśaLord Hṛṣīkeśa; gadāclub; cakradisc; padmalotus; śaṅkhaconch; dharaholding.

Translation

“Lord Śrīdhara holds the lotus, disc, club and conch. Lord Hṛṣīkeśa holds the club, disc, lotus and conch.
পদ্মনাভ — শঙ্খপদ্মচক্রগদাকর ।
দামোদর — পদ্মচক্রগদাশঙ্খধর ॥ ২৩২ ॥
padmanābha — śaṅkha-padma-cakra-gadā-kara
dāmodara — padma-cakra-gadā-śaṅkha-dhara

Synonyms

padmanābhaLord Padmanābha; śaṅkhaconch; padmalotus; cakradisc; gadāclub; karain the hands; dāmodaraLord Dāmodara; padmalotus; cakradisc; gadāclub; śaṅkhaconch; dharaholding.

Translation

“Lord Padmanābha holds the conch, lotus, disc and club. Lord Dāmodara holds the lotus, disc, club and conch.
পুরুষোত্তম — চক্রপদ্মশঙ্খগদাধর ।
শ্রীঅচ্যুত — গদাপদ্মচক্রশঙ্খধর ॥ ২৩৩ ॥
puruṣottama — cakra-padma-śaṅkha-gadā-dhara
śrī-acyuta — gadā-padma-cakra-śaṅkha-dhara

Synonyms

puruṣottamaLord Puruṣottama; cakradisc; padmalotus; śaṅkhaconch; gadāclub; dharaholding; śrī-acyutaLord Acyuta; gadāclub; padmalotus; cakradisc; śaṅkhaconch; dharaholding.

Translation

“Lord Puruṣottama holds the disc, lotus, conch and club. Lord Acyuta holds the club, lotus, disc and conch.
শ্ৰীনৃসিংহ — চক্রপদ্মগদাশঙ্খধর ।
জনার্দন — পদ্মচক্রশঙ্খগদাকর ॥ ২৩৪ ॥
śrī-nṛsiṁha — cakra-padma-gadā-śaṅkha-dhara
janārdana — padma-cakra-śaṅkha-gadā-kara

Synonyms

śrī-nṛsiṁhaLord Nṛsiṁha; cakradisc; padmalotus; gadāclub; śaṅkhaconch; dharaholding; janārdanaLord Janārdana; padmalotus; cakradisc; śaṅkhaconch; gadāclub; karain the hands.

Translation

“Lord Nṛsiṁha holds the disc, lotus, club and conch. Lord Janārdana holds the lotus, disc, conch and club.
শ্রীহরি — শঙ্খচক্রপদ্মগদাকর ।
শ্রীকৃষ্ণ — শঙ্খগদাপদ্মচক্রকর ॥ ২৩৫ ॥
śrī-hari — śaṅkha-cakra-padma-gadā-kara
śrī-kṛṣṇa — śaṅkha-gadā-padma-cakra-kara

Synonyms

śrī-hariLord Hari; śaṅkhaconch; cakradisc; padmalotus; gadāclub; karain the hand; śrī-kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; śaṅkhaconch; gadāclub; padmalotus; cakradisc; karain the hands.

Translation

“Śrī Hari holds the conch, disc, lotus and club. Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa holds the conch, club, lotus and disc.
অধোক্ষজ — পদ্মগদাশঙ্খচক্রকর ।
উপেন্দ্র — শঙ্খগদাচক্রপদ্মকর ॥ ২৩৬ ॥
adhokṣaja — padma-gadā-śaṅkha-cakra-kara
upendra — śaṅkha-gadā-cakra-padma-kara

Synonyms

adhokṣajaLord Adhokṣaja; padmalotus; gadāclub; śaṅkhaconch; cakradisc; karain the hands; upendraLord Upendra; śaṅkhaconch; gadāclub; cakradisc; padmalotus; karain the hands.

Translation

“Lord Adhokṣaja holds the lotus, club, conch and disc. Lord Upendra holds the conch, club, disc and lotus.
হয়শীর্ষ-পঞ্চরাত্রে কহে ষোলজন ।
তার মতে কহি এবে চক্রাদি-ধারণ ॥ ২৩৭ ॥
hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātre kahe ṣola-jana
tāra mate kahi ebe cakrādi-dhāraṇa

Synonyms

hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātrethe revealed scripture named the Hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātra; kahesays; ṣola-janasixteen personalities; tāra mateaccording to this opinion; kahiI shall describe; ebenow; cakra-ādi-dhāraṇathe holding of weapons, beginning with the disc.

Translation

“According to the Hayaśīrṣa-pañcarātra, there are sixteen personalities. I shall now describe that opinion of how They hold the weapons.

Purport

The sixteen personalities are as follows: (1) Vāsudeva, (2) Saṅkarṣaṇa, (3) Pradyumna, (4) Aniruddha, (5) Keśava, (6) Nārāyaṇa, (7) Mādhava, (8) Govinda, (9) Viṣṇu, (10) Madhusūdana, (11) Trivikrama, (12) Vāmana, (13) Śrīdhara, (14) Hṛṣīkeśa, (15) Padmanābha and (16) Dāmodara.
কেশব-ভেদে পদ্মশঙ্খগদাচক্রধর ।
মাধব-ভেদে চক্রগদাশঙ্খপদ্মকর ॥ ২৩৮ ॥
keśava-bhede padma-śaṅkha-gadā-cakra-dhara
mādhava-bhede cakra-gadā-śaṅkha-padma-kara

Synonyms

keśava-bhedeaccording to the different opinion about Lord Keśava; padmalotus; śaṅkhaconch; gadāclub; cakraand disc; dharaholding; mādhava-bhedeaccording to the different opinion about the bodily features of Lord Mādhava; cakradisc; gadāclub; śaṅkhaconch; padmalotus; karain the hands.

Translation

“Keśava is described differently as holding the lotus, conch, club and disc, and Mādhava is described as holding the disc, club, conch and lotus in His hands.
নারায়ণ-ভেদে নানা অস্ত্র-ভেদ-ধর ।
ইত্যাদিক ভেদ এই সব অস্ত্রকর ॥ ২৩৯ ॥
nārāyaṇa-bhede nānā astra-bheda-dhara
ityādika bheda ei saba astra-kara

Synonyms

nārāyaṇa-bhedeaccording to the different opinion about the bodily features of Lord Nārāyaṇa; nānāvarious; astraof weapons; bheda-dharadifferences in holding; iti-ādikain this way; bhedadifferentiated; ei sabaall these; astra-karaweapons in the hands.

Translation

“According to the Hayaśīrṣa Pañcarātra, Nārāyaṇa and others are also presented differently as holding the weapons in different hands.
‘স্বয়ং ভগবান্’, আর ‘লীলা-পুরুষোত্তম’ ।
এই দুই নাম ধরে ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ॥ ২৪০ ॥
‘svayaṁ bhagavān’, āra ‘līlā-puruṣottama’
ei dui nāma dhare vrajendra-nandana

Synonyms

svayam bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; āraand; līlā-puruṣottamathe Lord Puruṣottama of pastimes; ei duithese two; nāmanames; dharetakes; vrajendra-nandanaKṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja.

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, indicated as the son of Mahārāja Nanda, has two names. One is svayaṁ bhagavān, and the other is līlā-puruṣottama.
পুরীর আবরণরূপে পুরীর নবদেশে ।
নবব্যূহরূপে নবমূর্তি পরকাশে ॥ ২৪১ ॥
purīra āvaraṇa-rūpe purīra nava-deśe
nava-vyūha-rūpe nava-mūrti parakāśe

Synonyms

purīraof Dvārakā Purī; āvaraṇa-rūpeas a covering for the four sides; purīra nava-deśein nine different parts of the city; nava-vyūha-rūpein nine Deities; nava-mūrtinine forms; parakāśemanifests.

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa personally surrounds Dvārakā-purī as its protector. In different parts of the city, in nine places, He expands in nine different forms.
চত্বারো বাসুদেবাদ্যা নারায়ণনৃসিংহকৌ ।
হয়গ্রীবো মহাক্রোড়ো ব্রহ্মা চেতি নবোদিতাঃ ॥ ২৪২ ॥
catvāro vāsudevādyā
nārāyaṇa-nṛsiṁhakau
hayagrīvo mahākroḍo
brahmā ceti navoditāḥ

Synonyms

catvāraḥfour principal protectors; vāsudeva-ādyāḥVāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha; nārāyaṇaincluding Lord Nārāyaṇa; nṛsiṁhakauas well as Lord Nṛsiṁha; hayagrīvaḥLord Hayagrīva; mahākroḍaḥLord Varāha; brahmāLord Brahmā; caalso; itithus; nava-uditāḥnine personalities.

Translation

“ ‘The nine personalities mentioned are Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna, Aniruddha, Nārāyaṇa, Nṛsiṁha, Hayagrīva, Varāha and Brahmā.’

Purport

This verse is found in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (1.451). The Brahmā mentioned herein is not a living entity. Sometimes, when there is a scarcity of living entities to take charge of Brahmā’s post, Mahā-Viṣṇu expands Himself as Lord Brahmā. This Brahmā is not considered to be a living entity; He is an expansion of Viṣṇu.
প্রকাশ-বিলাসের এই কৈলুঁ বিবরণ ।
স্বাংশের ভেদ এবে শুন, সনাতন ॥ ২৪৩ ॥
prakāśa-vilāsera ei kailuṅ vivaraṇa
svāṁśera bheda ebe śuna, sanātana

Synonyms

prakāśa-vilāseraof pastime forms and manifestations; eithis; kailuṅI have made; vivaraṇadescription; svāṁśeraof personal expansions; bhedathe differences; ebenow; śunaplease hear; sanātanaO Sanātana Gosvāmī.

Translation

“I have already described the pastime and prakāśa forms. Now please hear about the different personal expansions.
সঙ্কর্ষণ, মৎস্যাদিক, — দুই ভেদ তাঁর ।
সঙ্কর্ষণ — পুরুষাবতার, লীলাবতার আর ॥ ২৪৪ ॥
saṅkarṣaṇa, matsyādika, — dui bheda tāṅra
saṅkarṣaṇa — puruṣāvatāra, līlāvatāra āra

Synonyms

saṅkarṣaṇaSaṅkarṣaṇa; matsya-ādikaand incarnations such as the fish; duitwo; bhedadifferentiations; tāṅraHis; saṅkarṣaṇaSaṅkarṣaṇa; puruṣa-avatāraincarnations of Viṣṇu; līlā-avatārapastime incarnations; āraand.

Translation

“The first personal expansion is Saṅkarṣaṇa, and the others are incarnations like the fish incarnation. Saṅkarṣaṇa is an expansion of the Puruṣa, or Viṣṇu. The incarnations such as Matsya, the fish incarnation, appear in different yugas for specific pastimes.

Purport

The puruṣa-avatāras are the Lords of the universal creation. These are Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. There are also līlā-avatāras, and these include (1) Catuḥsana, or the four Kumāras, (2) Nārada, (3) Varāha, (4) Matsya, (5) Yajña, (6) Nara-Nārāyaṇa, (7) Kārdami Kapila, (8) Dattātreya, (9) Hayaśīrṣā, (10) Haṁsa, (11) Dhruvapriya, or Pṛśnigarbha, (12) Ṛṣabha, (13) Pṛthu, (14) Nṛsiṁha, (15) Kūrma, (16) Dhanvantari, (17) Mohinī, (18) Vāmana, (19) Bhārgava Paraśurāma, (20) Rāghavendra, (21) Vyāsa, (22) Pralambāri Balarāma, (23) Kṛṣṇa, (24) Buddha and (25) Kalki.
These twenty-five Personalities of Godhead are known as līlā-avatāras. Because they appear in each day of Brahmā, or in each kalpa (millennium), they are sometimes known as kalpa-avatāras. Of these incarnations, Haṁsa and Mohinī are neither permanent nor very well known, but They are listed among the prābhava-avatāras. Kapila, Dattātreya, Ṛṣabha, Dhanvantari and Vyāsa are eternally situated and very widely known. They are also counted among the prābhava incarnations. Kūrma, Matsya, Nārāyaṇa, Varāha, Hayagrīva, Pṛśnigarbha and Baladeva, the killer of Pralambāsura, are counted among the vaibhava-avatāras.
অবতার হয় কৃষ্ণের ষড়্‌বিধ প্রকার ।
পুরুষাবতার এক, লীলাবতার আর ॥ ২৪৫ ॥
avatāra haya kṛṣṇera ṣaḍ-vidha prakāra
puruṣāvatāra eka, līlāvatāra āra

Synonyms

avatāraincarnations; hayathere are; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; ṣaṭ-vidha prakārasix kinds; puruṣa-avatāraincarnations of Viṣṇu; ekaone; līlā-avatāraincarnations for the execution of pastimes; āraalso.

Translation

“There are six types of incarnations [avatāras] of Kṛṣṇa. One comprises the incarnations of Viṣṇu [puruṣa-avatāras], and another comprises the incarnations meant for the performance of pastimes [līlā-avatāras].
গুণাবতার, আর মন্বন্তরাবতার ।
যুগাবতার, আর শক্ত্যাবেশাবতার ॥ ২৪৬ ॥
guṇāvatāra, āra manvantarāvatāra
yugāvatāra, āra śaktyāveśāvatāra

Synonyms

guṇa-avatārathe incarnations who control the material qualities; āraalso; manu-antara-avatārathe incarnations who appear during the reign of each Manu; yuga-avatārathe incarnations according to different yugas; āraand; śakti-āveśa-avatāraempowered incarnations.

Translation

“There are incarnations that control the material qualities [guṇa-avatāras], incarnations who appear during the reign of each Manu [manvantara-avatāras], incarnations in different millenniums [yuga-avatāras] and incarnations of empowered living entities [śaktyāveśa-avatāras].

Purport

The guṇa-avatāras are three — Lord Brahmā, Lord Śiva and Lord Viṣṇu (Bhāg. 10.88.3). The avatāras who appear during the reign of each Manu, known as manvantara-avatāras, are listed as follows in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (Eighth Canto, chapters 1, 5 and 13): (1) Yajña, (2) Vibhu, (3) Satyasena, (4) Hari, (5) Vaikuṇṭha, (6) Ajita, (7) Vāmana, (8) Sārvabhauma, (9) Ṛṣabha, (10) Viṣvaksena, (11) Dharmasetu, (12) Sudhāmā, (13) Yogeśvara and (14) Bṛhadbhānu. All together these are fourteen in number, and of these, Yajña and Vāmana are also counted among the līlā-avatāras. All these manvantara incarnations are sometimes called vaibhava-avatāras.
The four yuga-avatāras are (1) śukla (white) in Satya-yuga (Bhāg. 11.5.21), (2) rakta (red) in Tretā-yuga (Bhāg. 11.5.24), (3) śyāma (dark blue) in Dvāpara-yuga (Bhāg. 11.5.27) and (4) generally kṛṣṇa (black) but in special cases pīta (yellow) as Caitanya Mahāprabhu in Kali-yuga (Bhāg. 11.5.32 and 10.8.13).
The śaktyāveśa-avatāras are categorized into (1) forms of divine absorption (bhagavad-āveśa), such as Kapiladeva or Ṛṣabhadeva, and (2) divinely empowered forms (śaktyāveśa), of whom seven are foremost: (1) Śeṣa Nāga in the Vaikuṇṭha world, empowered for the personal service of the Supreme Lord (sva-sevana-śakti), (2) Anantadeva, empowered to bear all the planets within the universe (bhū-dhāraṇa-śakti), (3) Lord Brahmā, empowered with the energy to create the cosmic manifestation (sṛṣṭi-śakti), (4) Catuḥsana, or the Kumāras, specifically empowered to distribute transcendental knowledge (jñāna-śakti), (5) Nārada Muni, empowered to distribute devotional service (bhakti-śakti), (6) Mahārāja Pṛthu, specifically empowered to rule and maintain the living entities (pālana-śakti) and (7) Paraśurāma, specifically empowered to cut down rogues and demons (duṣṭa-damana-śakti).
বাল্য, পৌগণ্ড হয় বিগ্রহের ধর্ম ।
এতরূপে লীলা করেন ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ॥ ২৪৭ ॥
bālya, paugaṇḍa haya vigrahera dharma
eta-rūpe līlā karena vrajendra-nandana

Synonyms

bālyachildhood; paugaṇḍaboyhood; hayathere are; vigraheraof the Deity; dharmacharacteristics; eta-rūpein so many forms; līlāpastimes; karenaexecutes; vrajendra-nandanaKṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja.

Translation

“Childhood and boyhood are the typical ages of the Deity. Kṛṣṇa, the son of Mahārāja Nanda, performed His pastimes as a child and as a boy.
অনন্ত অবতার কৃষ্ণের, নাহিক গণন ।
শাখা-চন্দ্র-ন্যায় করি দিগ্‌দরশন ॥ ২৪৮ ॥
ananta avatāra kṛṣṇera, nāhika gaṇana
śākhā-candra-nyāya kari dig-daraśana

Synonyms

anantaunlimited; avatāraincarnations; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; nāhika gaṇanathere is no possibility of counting; śākhā-candra-nyāyaby the example of the moon and the branches of a tree; kariI make; dik-daraśanaa slight indication.

Translation

“There are innumerable incarnations of Kṛṣṇa, and there is no possibility of counting them. We can simply indicate them by giving the example of the moon and the branches of a tree.

Purport

Although the moon appears to be located in the branches of a tree, it is actually situated very far away. Similarly, none of the avatāras, or incarnations, of Lord Kṛṣṇa are within this material world, but they are visible by the causeless mercy of the Lord. We should not consider them to belong to this material world. As stated by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (Bg. 9.11):
avajānanti māṁ mūḍhāmānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam
paraṁ bhāvam ajānanto
mama bhūta-maheśvaram
“Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know My transcendental nature as the Supreme Lord of all that be.”
Avatāras descend of their own free will, and although they may act like ordinary human beings, they do not belong to this material world. Lord Kṛṣṇa and His avatāras can be understood only by the grace of the Lord.
nāyam ātmā pravacanena labhyo
na medhayā na bahunā śrutena
yam evaiṣa vṛṇute tena labhyas
tasyaiṣa ātmā vivṛṇute tanūṁ svām
(Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.23)
“The Supreme Lord is not obtained by means of expert explanations, vast intelligence or even much hearing. He is obtained only by one whom He Himself chooses. To such a person, He manifests His own form.”
athāpi te deva padāmbuja-dvaya-
prasāda-leśānugṛhīta eva hi
jānāti tattvaṁ bhagavan-mahimno
na cānya eko ’pi ciraṁ vicinvan
“My Lord, if one is favored by even a slight trace of the mercy of Your lotus feet, he can understand the greatness of Your personality. But those who speculate to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead are unable to know You, even though they continue studying the Vedas for many years.”
অবতারা হ্যসংখ্যেয়া হরেঃ সত্ত্বনিধের্দ্বিজাঃ ।
যথাঽবিদাসিনঃ কুল্যাঃ সরসঃ স্যুঃ সহস্রশঃ ॥ ২৪৯ ॥
avatārā hy asaṅkhyeyā
hareḥ sattva-nidher dvijāḥ
yathā ’vidāsinaḥ kulyāḥ
sarasaḥ syuḥ sahasraśaḥ

Synonyms

avatārāḥall the incarnations; hicertainly; asaṅkhyeyāḥbeyond counting; hareḥfrom the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sattva-nidheḥwho is the reservoir of spiritual energy; dvijāḥO brāhmaṇas; yathāas; avidāsinaḥcontaining a great reservoir of water; kulyāḥsmall rivulets; sarasaḥfrom a lake; syuḥmust be; sahasraśaḥby hundreds and thousands of times.

Translation

“ ‘O learned brāhmaṇas, just as hundreds and thousands of small rivulets issue from great reservoirs of water, innumerable incarnations flow from Śrī Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the reservoir of all power.’

Purport

This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.3.26).
প্রথমেই করে কৃষ্ণ ‘পুরুষাবতার’ ।
সেইত পুরুষ হয় ত্রিবিধ প্রকার ॥ ২৫০ ॥
prathamei kare kṛṣṇa ‘puruṣāvatāra’
seita puruṣa haya trividha prakāra

Synonyms

prathameiin the beginning; karedoes; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; puruṣa-avatārathe incarnation of the three Viṣṇus (Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu); seitathat; puruṣaViṣṇu; hayabecomes; tri-vidha prakārathree different manifestations.

Translation

“In the beginning, Kṛṣṇa incarnates Himself as the puruṣa-avatāras, or Viṣṇu incarnations. These are of three types.

Purport

Up to this verse, the many types of expansions have been described. Now the manifestations of the Lord’s different potencies will be described.
বিষ্ণোস্তু ত্রীণি রূপাণি পুরুষাখ্যান্যথো বিদুঃ ।
একন্তু মহতঃ স্রষ্টৃ দ্বিতীয়ং ত্বণ্ডসংস্থিতম্ ।
তৃতীয়ং সর্বভূতস্থং তানি জ্ঞাত্বা বিমুচ্যতে ॥ ২৫১ ॥
viṣṇos tu trīṇi rūpāṇi
puruṣākhyāny atho viduḥ
ekaṁ tu mahataḥ sraṣṭṛ
dvitīyaṁ tv aṇḍa-saṁsthitam
tṛtīyaṁ sarva-bhūta-sthaṁ
tāni jñātvā vimucyate

Synonyms

viṣṇoḥof Lord Viṣṇu; tucertainly; trīṇithree; rūpāṇiforms; puruṣa-ākhyānicelebrated as the puruṣas; athohow; viduḥthey know; ekamone of them; tubut; mahataḥ sraṣṭṛthe creator of the total material energy; dvitīyamthe second; tubut; aṇḍa-saṁsthitamsituated within the universe; tṛtīyamthe third; sarva-bhūta-sthamwithin the hearts of all living entities; tānithese three; jñātvāknowing; vimucyateone becomes liberated.

Translation

“ ‘Viṣṇu has three forms called puruṣas. The first, Mahā-Viṣṇu, is the creator of the total material energy [mahat], the second is Garbhodaśāyī, who is situated within each universe, and the third is Kṣīrodaśāyī, who lives in the heart of every living being. He who knows these three becomes liberated from the clutches of māyā.’

Purport

This verse appears in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (Pūrva-khaṇḍa 2.9), where it has been quoted from the Sātvata-tantra.
অনন্তশক্তি-মধ্যে কৃষ্ণের তিন শক্তি প্রধান ।
‘ইচ্ছাশক্তি’, ‘জ্ঞানশক্তি’, ‘ক্রিয়াশক্তি’ নাম ॥ ২৫২ ॥
ananta-śakti-madhye kṛṣṇera tina śakti pradhāna
‘icchā-śakti’, ‘jñāna-śakti’, ‘kriyā-śakti’ nāma

Synonyms

ananta-śaktiof unlimited potencies; madhyein the midst; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; tinathree; śaktipotencies; pradhānaare chief; icchā-śaktiwillpower; jñāna-śaktithe power of knowledge; kriyā-śaktithe creative energy; nāmanamed.

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa has unlimited potencies, out of which three are chief — willpower, the power of knowledge and the creative energy.
ইচ্ছাশক্তিপ্রধান কৃষ্ণ — ইচ্ছায় সর্বকর্তা ।
জ্ঞানশক্তিপ্রধান বাসুদেব অধিষ্ঠাতা ॥ ২৫৩ ॥
icchā-śakti-pradhāna kṛṣṇa — icchāya sarva-kartā
jñāna-śakti-pradhāna vāsudeva adhiṣṭhātā

Synonyms

icchā-śaktiof willpower; pradhānapredominator; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; icchāyasimply by willing; sarva-kartāthe creator of everything; jñāna-śakti-pradhānathe predominator of the power of knowledge; vāsudevaLord Vāsudeva; adhiṣṭhātāreservoir.

Translation

“The predominator of the willing potency is Lord Kṛṣṇa, for by His supreme will everything comes into existence. In willing, there is a need for knowledge, and that knowledge is expressed through Vāsudeva.
ইচ্ছা-জ্ঞান-ক্রিয়া বিনা না হয় সৃজন ।
তিনের তিনশক্তি মেলি’ প্রপঞ্চ-রচন ॥ ২৫৪ ॥
icchā-jñāna-kriyā vinā nā haya sṛjana
tinera tina-śakti meli’ prapañca-racana

Synonyms

icchā-jñāna-kriyāthinking, feeling, willing, knowledge and activity; vināwithout; not; hayathere is; sṛjanacreation; tineraof the three; tina-śaktithree potencies; meli’being amalgamated; prapañca-racanathere is the cosmic manifestation.

Translation

“There is no possibility of creation without thinking, feeling, willing, knowledge and activity. The combination of the supreme will, knowledge and action brings about the cosmic manifestation.
ক্রিয়াশক্তিপ্রধান সঙ্কর্ষণ বলরাম ।
প্রাকৃতাপ্রাকৃত-সৃষ্টি করেন নির্মাণ ॥ ২৫৫ ॥
kriyā-śakti-pradhāna saṅkarṣaṇa balarāma
prākṛtāprākṛta-sṛṣṭi karena nirmāṇa

Synonyms

kriyā-śakti-pradhānathe predominator of the creative energy; saṅkarṣaṇaLord Saṅkarṣaṇa; balarāmaLord Balarāma; prākṛtamaterial; aprākṛtaspiritual; sṛṣṭiworlds; karenadoes; nirmāṇacreation.

Translation

“Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa is Lord Balarāma. Being the predominator of the creative energy, He creates both the material and the spiritual world.
অহঙ্কারের অধিষ্ঠাতা কৃষ্ণের ইচ্ছায় ।
গোলোক, বৈকুণ্ঠ সৃজে চিচ্ছক্তিদ্বারায় ॥ ২৫৬ ॥
ahaṅkārera adhiṣṭhātā kṛṣṇera icchāya
goloka, vaikuṇṭha sṛje cic-chakti-dvārāya

Synonyms

ahaṅkāreraof egotism; adhiṣṭhātāthe source, or predominating Deity; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; icchāyaby the will; golokathe supreme spiritual planet, known as Goloka; vaikuṇṭhaother, lower planets, known as Vaikuṇṭhas; sṛjecreates; cit-śakti-dvārāyaby the spiritual energy.

Translation

“That original Saṅkarṣaṇa [Lord Balarāma] is the cause of both the material and the spiritual creation. He is the predominating Deity of egotism, and by the will of Kṛṣṇa and the power of the spiritual energy, He creates the spiritual world, which consists of the planet Goloka Vṛndāvana and the Vaikuṇṭha planets.
যদ্যপি অসৃজ্য নিত্য চিচ্ছক্তিবিলাস ।
তথাপি সঙ্কর্ষণ-ইচ্ছায় তাহার প্রকাশ ॥ ২৫৭ ॥
yadyapi asṛjya nitya cic-chakti-vilāsa
tathāpi saṅkarṣaṇa-icchāya tāhāra prakāśa

Synonyms

yadyapialthough; asṛjyathere is no question of creation; nityaeternal; cit-śakti-vilāsapastimes of the eternal spiritual energy; tathāpistill; saṅkarṣaṇa-icchāyaby the will of Saṅkarṣaṇa; tāhāraof the spiritual world; prakāśamanifestation.

Translation

“Although there is no question of creation as far as the spiritual world is concerned, the spiritual world is nonetheless manifested by the supreme will of Saṅkarṣaṇa. The spiritual world is the abode of the pastimes of the eternal spiritual energy.
সহস্রপত্রং কমলং গোকুলাখ্যং মহৎপদম্ ।
তৎকর্ণিকারং তদ্ধাম তদনন্তাংশসম্ভবম্ ॥ ২৫৮ ॥
sahasra-patraṁ kamalaṁ
gokulākhyaṁ mahat padam
tat-karṇikāraṁ tad-dhāma
tad anantāṁśa-sambhavam

Synonyms

sahasra-patramwith thousands of petals; kamalamresembling a lotus flower; gokula-ākhyamnamed Gokula; mahat padamthe supreme abode; tat-karṇikāramthe whorl of that lotus flower; tat-dhāmathe abode of the Lord; tatthat; ananta-aṁśafrom the expansion of the energy of Ananta; sambhavamcreation.

Translation

“ ‘Gokula, the supreme abode and planet, appears like a lotus flower that has a thousand petals. The whorl of that lotus is the abode of the Supreme Lord, Kṛṣṇa. This lotus-shaped supreme abode is created by the will of Lord Ananta.’

Purport

This verse is quoted from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.2).
মায়া-দ্বারে সৃজে তেঁহো ব্রহ্মাণ্ডের গণ ।
জড়রূপা প্রকৃতি নহে ব্রহ্মাণ্ড-কারণ ॥ ২৫৯ ॥
māyā-dvāre sṛje teṅho brahmāṇḍera gaṇa
jaḍa-rūpā prakṛti nahe brahmāṇḍa-kāraṇa

Synonyms

māyā-dvāreby the agency of the external energy; sṛjecreates; teṅhoLord Saṅkarṣaṇa; brahmāṇḍera gaṇaall the groups of universes; jaḍa-rūpāappearing dull; prakṛtithe material energy; naheis not; brahmāṇḍa-kāraṇathe cause of the cosmic manifestation.

Translation

“By the agency of the material energy, this same Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa creates all the universes. The dull material energy — known in modern language as nature — is not the cause of the material universe.
জড় হৈতে সৃষ্টি নহে ঈশ্বরশক্তি বিনে ।
তাহাতেই সঙ্কর্ষণ করে শক্তির আধানে ॥ ২৬০ ॥
jaḍa haite sṛṣṭi nahe īśvara-śakti vine
tāhātei saṅkarṣaṇa kare śaktira ādhāne

Synonyms

jaḍa haitefrom the dull material energy; sṛṣṭi nahethe cosmic manifestation is not possible; īśvara-śakti vinewithout the help of the energy of the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead; tāhāteiin the material energy; saṅkarṣaṇaLord Saṅkarṣaṇa; karedoes; śaktiraof the spiritual energy; ādhāneempowering.

Translation

“Without the Supreme Personality of Godhead’s energy, dull matter cannot create the cosmic manifestation. Its power does not arise from the material energy itself but is endowed by Saṅkarṣaṇa.
ঈশ্বরের শক্ত্যে সৃষ্টি করয়ে প্রকৃতি ।
লৌহ যেন অগ্নিশক্ত্যে পায় দাহ-শক্তি ॥ ২৬১ ॥
īśvarera śaktye sṛṣṭi karaye prakṛti
lauha yena agni-śaktye pāya dāha-śakti

Synonyms

īśvarera śaktyeby the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sṛṣṭicreation; karayedoes; prakṛtimaterial energy; lauhairon; yenaas; agni-śaktyeby the power of fire; pāyagets; dāha-śaktithe power to burn.

Translation

“Dull matter alone cannot create anything. The material energy produces the creation by the power of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Iron itself has no power to burn, but when iron is placed in fire, it is empowered to burn.
এতৌ হি বিশ্বস্য চ বীজযোনী
রামো মুকুন্দঃ পুরুষঃ প্রধানম্ ।
অন্বীয় ভূতেষু বিলক্ষণস্য
জ্ঞানস্য চেশাত ইমৌ পুরাণৌ ॥ ২৬২ ॥
etau hi viśvasya ca bīja-yonī
rāmo mukundaḥ puruṣaḥ pradhānam
anvīya bhūteṣu vilakṣaṇasya
jñānasya ceśāta imau purāṇau

Synonyms

etauthese two, namely Rāma and Kṛṣṇa; hicertainly; viśvasyaof the universe; caand; bīja-yonīboth the cause and ingredient; rāmaḥBalarāma; mukundaḥKṛṣṇa; puruṣaḥthe original Mahā-Viṣṇu; pradhānammaterial energy; anvīyaafter entering; bhūteṣuinto the material elements; vilakṣaṇasyaof varieties of manifestation; jñānasyaof knowledge; caalso; īśāteare the controlling power; imauboth of Them; purāṇauare the original cause.

Translation

“ ‘Balarāma and Kṛṣṇa are the original efficient and material causes of the material world. As Mahā-Viṣṇu and the material energy, They enter into the material elements and create the diversities by multi-energies. Thus They are the cause of all causes.’

Purport

This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.46.31).
সৃষ্টি-হেতু যেই মূর্তি প্রপঞ্চে অবতরে ।
সেই ঈশ্বরমূর্তি ‘অবতার’ নাম ধরে ॥ ২৬৩ ॥
sṛṣṭi-hetu yei mūrti prapañce avatare
sei īśvara-mūrti ‘avatāra’ nāma dhare

Synonyms

sṛṣṭi-hetufor the purpose of creation; yei mūrtiwhich form of the Lord; prapañcein the material world; avataredescends; seithat; īśvara-mūrtiform of the Lord; avatāraincarnation; nāma dharetakes the name.

Translation

“The form of the Lord that descends into the material world to create is called an avatāra, or incarnation.
মায়াতীত পরব্যোমে সবার অবস্থান ।
বিশ্বে অবতরি’ ধরে ‘অবতার’ নাম ॥ ২৬৪ ॥
māyātīta paravyome sabāra avasthāna
viśve avatari’ dhare ‘avatāra’ nāma

Synonyms

māyā-atītabeyond the material nature; para-vyomein the spiritual sky; sabāraall of them; avasthānaresidence; viśvewithin the material universe; avatari’coming down; dharetake; avatāra nāmathe name avatāra.

Translation

“All the expansions of Lord Kṛṣṇa are actually residents of the spiritual world. But when they descend into the material world, they are called incarnations [avatāras].
সেই মায়া অবলোকিতে শ্রীসঙ্কর্ষণ ।
পুরুষরূপে অবতীর্ণ হইলা প্রথম ॥ ২৬৫ ॥
sei māyā avalokite śrī-saṅkarṣaṇa
puruṣa-rūpe avatīrṇa ha-ilā prathama

Synonyms

sei māyāthat material energy; avalokitejust to glance over; śrī-saṅkarṣaṇaSaṅkarṣaṇa; puruṣa-rūpein the original form of Mahā-Viṣṇu; avatīrṇaincarnated; ha-ilābecame; prathamaat first.

Translation

“To glance over that material energy and empower her, Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa first incarnates as Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu.
জগৃহে পৌরুষং রূপং ভগবান্মহদাদিভিঃ ।
সম্ভূতং ষোড়শকলমাদৌ লোকসিসৃক্ষয়া ॥ ২৬৬ ॥
jagṛhe pauruṣaṁ rūpaṁ
bhagavān mahad-ādibhiḥ
sambhūtaṁ ṣoḍaśa-kalam
ādau loka-sisṛkṣayā

Synonyms

jagṛheaccepted; pauruṣam rūpamthe form of the puruṣa incarnation; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahat-ādibhiḥwith the material energy, etc.; sambhūtamcreated; ṣoḍaśasixteen; kalamelements; ādauin the beginning; lokaof the material worlds; sisṛkṣayāwith a desire for the creation.

Translation

“ ‘In the beginning of the creation, the Lord expanded Himself in the form of the puruṣa incarnation, accompanied by all the ingredients of material creation. First He created the sixteen principal energies suitable for creation. This was for the purpose of manifesting the material universes.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.3.1). For an explanation, refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter five, verse 84.
আদ্যোঽবতারঃ পুরুষঃ পরস্য কালঃ স্বভাবঃ সদসন্মনশ্চ ।
দ্রব্যং বিকারো গুণ ইন্দ্রিয়াণি বিরাট্ স্বরাট্ স্থাস্নু চরিষ্ণু ভূম্নঃ ॥ ২৬৭ ॥
ādyo ’vatāraḥ puruṣaḥ parasya
kālaḥ svabhāvaḥ sad-asan manaś ca
dravyaṁ vikāro guṇa indriyāṇi
virāṭ svarāṭ sthāsnu cariṣṇu bhūmnaḥ

Synonyms

ādyaḥ avatāraḥthe original incarnation; puruṣaḥKāraṇābdhiśāyī Viṣṇu; parasyaof the Supreme Lord; kālaḥtime; svabhāvaḥspace; sat-asatcause and effect; manaḥ caas well as the mind; dravyamthe five elements; vikāraḥtransformation or the false ego; guṇaḥmodes of nature; indriyāṇisenses; virāṭthe universal form; svarāṭGarbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu; sthāsnuimmovable; cariṣṇumovable; bhūmnaḥof the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“ ‘Kāraṇābdhiśāyī Viṣṇu [Mahā-Viṣṇu] is the first incarnation of the Supreme Lord, and He is the master of eternal time, space, cause and effects, the mind, the elements, the material ego, the modes of nature, the senses, the universal form of the Lord, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and the sum total of all living beings, both moving and nonmoving.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.6.42). For an explanation, refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter five, verse 83.
সেই পুরুষ বিরজাতে করেন শয়ন ।
‘কারণাব্ধিশায়ী’ নাম জগৎকারণ ॥ ২৬৮ ॥
sei puruṣa virajāte karena śayana
‘kāraṇābdhiśāyī’ nāma jagat-kāraṇa

Synonyms

sei puruṣathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; virajāteon the border known as Virajā; karena śayanalies down; kāraṇa-abdhi-śāyīKāraṇābdhiśāyī; nāmanamed; jagat-kāraṇais the original cause of material creation.

Translation

“That original Personality of Godhead, named Saṅkarṣaṇa, first lies down in the river Virajā, which serves as a border between the material and the spiritual world. As Kāraṇābdhiśāyī Viṣṇu, He is the original cause of the material creation.
কারণাব্ধি-পারে মায়ার নিত্য অবস্থিতি ।
বিরজার পারে পরব্যোমে নাহি গতি ॥ ২৬৯ ॥
kāraṇābdhi-pāre māyāra nitya avasthiti
virajāra pāre paravyome nāhi gati

Synonyms

kāraṇa-abdhi-pāreon one bank of the Causal Ocean; māyāraof the material energy; nityaeternal; avasthitiposition; virajāra pāreon the other bank of the Virajā, or the Causal Ocean; para-vyomein the spiritual world or sky; nāhithere is not; gatiadmission.

Translation

“The Virajā, or Causal Ocean, is the border between the spiritual and the material world. The material energy is situated on one shore of that ocean, and it cannot enter onto the other shore, which is the spiritual sky.
প্রবর্ততে যত্র রজস্তমস্তয়োঃ
সত্ত্বষ্ণ মিশ্রং ন চ কালবিক্রমঃ ।
ন যত্র মায়া কিমুতাপরে হরে-
রনুব্রতা যত্র সুরাসুরার্চিতাঃ ॥ ২৭০ ॥
pravartate yatra rajas tamas tayoḥ
sattvaṁ ca miśraṁ na ca kāla-vikramaḥ
na yatra māyā kim utāpare harer
anuvratā yatra surāsurārcitāḥ

Synonyms

pravartateexists; yatrawhere; rajaḥthe mode of passion; tamaḥthe mode of ignorance; tayoḥof both of them; sattvam caand the mode of goodness; miśrammixture; nanot; caalso; kāla-vikramaḥthe influence of time or annihilation; nanot; yatrawhere; māyāexternal energy; kimwhat; utato speak; apareothers; hareḥof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anuvratāḥstrict followers; yatrawhere; suraby demigods; asuraand by demons; arcitāḥbeing worshiped.

Translation

“ ‘In the spiritual world, there is neither the mode of passion, the mode of ignorance nor a mixture of both, nor is there adulterated goodness, the influence of time or māyā herself. Only the pure devotees of the Lord, who are worshiped both by demigods and by demons, reside in the spiritual world as the Lord’s associates.’

Purport

This verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.10) was spoken by Śrīla Śukadeva Gosvāmī. He was answering the questions of Parīkṣit Mahārāja, who asked how the living entity falls down into the material world. Śukadeva Gosvāmī explained the cream of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in four verses, which had been explained to Lord Brahmā at the end of the severe austerities he performed for one thousand celestial years. At that time, Brahmā was shown the spiritual world and its transcendental nature.
মায়ার যে দুই বৃত্তি — ‘মায়া’ আর ‘প্রধান’ ।
‘মায়া’ নিমিত্তহেতু, বিশ্বের উপাদান ‘প্রধান’ ॥ ২৭১ ॥
māyāra ye dui vṛtti — ‘māyā’ āra ‘pradhāna’
‘māyā’ nimitta-hetu, viśvera upādāna ‘pradhāna’

Synonyms

māyāraof the material nature; yewhich; duitwo; vṛttifunctions; māyācalled māyā; āraand; pradhānaingredients; māyāthe word māyā; nimitta-hetuthe efficient cause; viśveraof the material universe; upādānaingredients; pradhānais called pradhāna.

Translation

“Māyā has two functions. One is called māyā, and the other is called pradhāna. Māyā refers to the efficient cause, and pradhāna refers to the ingredients that create the cosmic manifestation.

Purport

For a further explanation, see Ādi-līlā, chapter five, verse 58.
সেই পুরুষ মায়া-পানে করে অবধান ।
প্রকৃতি ক্ষোভিত করি’ করে বীর্যের আধান ॥ ২৭২ ॥
sei puruṣa māyā-pāne kare avadhāna
prakṛti kṣobhita kari’ kare vīryera ādhāna

Synonyms

sei puruṣathat Supreme Personality of Godhead; māyā-pānetoward māyā; kare avadhānaglances; prakṛtithe material nature; kṣobhita kari’making agitated; kareimpregnates; vīryeraof the semen; ādhānainjection.

Translation

“When the Supreme Personality of Godhead glances over the material energy, she becomes agitated. At that time, the Lord injects the original semen of the living entities.

Purport

In the Bhagavad-gītā (7.10), Kṛṣṇa says, bījaṁ māṁ sarva-bhūtānām: “I am the original seed of all existences.” This is also confirmed in another verse in the Bhagavad-gītā (14.4):
sarva-yoniṣu kaunteyamūrtayaḥ sambhavanti yāḥ
tāsāṁ brahma mahad yonir
ahaṁ bīja-pradaḥ pitā
“It should be understood that all species of life, O son of Kuntī, are made possible by birth in this material nature, and that I am the seed-giving father.”
For a further explanation, one may refer to the Brahma-saṁhitā (chapter five, verses 10-13). The Brahma-saṁhitā also states (5.51):
agnir mahī gaganam ambu marud diśaś ca
kālas tathātma-manasīti jagat-trayāṇi
yasmād bhavanti vibhavanti viśanti yaṁ ca
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
All material elements, as well as the spiritual sparks (individual souls), are emanating from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed by the Vedānta-sūtra (1.1): janmādy asya yataḥ. “The Absolute Truth is He from whom everything emanates.” He is the Supreme Truth: satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi (Bhāg. 1.1.1). The absolute ultimate truth is Kṛṣṇa. Oṁ namo bhagavate vāsudevāya/ janmādy asya yato ’nvayād itarataś cārtheṣv abhijñaḥ sva-rāṭ: “The Absolute Truth is a person who is directly and indirectly cognizant of the entire cosmic manifestation.” (Bhāg. 1.1.1)
The Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, educated Lord Brahmā from the heart (Bhāg. 1.1.1): tene brahma hṛdā ya ādi-kavaye. Therefore the Absolute Truth cannot be dull matter; the Absolute Truth must be the Supreme Person Himself. Sei puruṣa māyā-pāne kare avadhāna. Simply by His glance, material nature is impregnated with all living entities. According to their karma and fruitive activity, they emerge in different bodies. That is the explanation given by the Bhagavad-gītā (2.13):
dehino ’smin yathā dehekaumāraṁ yauvanaṁ jarā
tathā dehāntara-prāptir
dhīras tatra na muhyati
“As the embodied soul continuously passes, in this body, from boyhood to youth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. A sober person is not bewildered by such a change.”
স্বাঙ্গ-বিশেষাভাসরূপে প্রকৃতি-স্পর্শন ।
জীব-রূপ ‘বীজ’ তাতে কৈলা সমর্পণ ॥ ২৭৩ ॥
svāṅga-viśeṣābhāsa-rūpe prakṛti-sparśana
jīva-rūpa ‘bīja’ tāte kailā samarpaṇa

Synonyms

sva-aṅga-viśeṣa-ābhāsa-rūpein the form of a specific shadow from His personal body; prakṛti-sparśanathe Lord glances over the material nature; jīva-rūpahaving the form of the sparklike living entities, who are parts and parcels; bījasemen; tātein that material nature; kailā samarpaṇaimpregnated.

Translation

“To impregnate with the seeds of the living entities, the Lord Himself does not directly touch the material energy, but by His specific functional expansion He touches the material energy, and thus the living entities, who are His parts and parcels, are impregnated into material nature.

Purport

According to Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.7):
mamaivāṁśo jīva-lokejīva-bhūtaḥ sanātanaḥ
manaḥ-ṣaṣṭhānīndriyāni
prakṛti-sthāni karṣati
“The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal fragmental parts. Due to conditioned life, they are struggling very hard with the six senses, which include the mind.”
In the present verse of the Caitanya-caritāmṛta, the word prakṛti-sparśana refers to the Lord’s glancing over material nature and placing the living entities in contact with dull matter. The glancing is performed by Mahā-Viṣṇu: sa aikṣata lokān nu sṛjā iti. (Aitareya Upaniṣad 1.1.1) In the conditioned stage we impregnate according to the bodily conception — that is, by sexual intercourse — but the Supreme Lord does not need sexual intercourse to impregnate. The impregnation is performed simply by His glance. This is also explained in the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.32):
aṅgāni yasya sakalendriya-vṛttimanti
paśyanti pānti kalayanti ciraṁ jaganti
ānanda-cinmaya-sad-ujjvala-vigrahasya
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
Govinda can impregnate simply by glancing. In other words, His eyes can work as His genitals. He does not need genitals to beget a child. Indeed, Kṛṣṇa can beget any one of the living entities with any part of His body.
The word svāṅga-viśeṣābhāsa-rūpe, indicating the form by which the Lord begets living entities in the material world, is explained herein. He is Lord Śiva. In the Brahma-saṁhitā it is stated that Lord Śiva, who is another form of Mahā-Viṣṇu, is like yogurt. Yogurt is nothing but milk, yet it is not milk. Similarly, Lord Śiva is considered the father of this universe, and material nature is considered the mother. The father and mother are known as Lord Śiva and goddess Durgā. Together, Lord Śiva’s genitals and the vagina of goddess Durgā are worshiped as the śiva-liṅga. This is the origin of the material creation. Thus Lord Śiva’s position is between that of the living entity and that of the Supreme Lord. In other words, Lord Śiva is neither the Supreme Personality of Godhead nor a living entity. He is the form through which the Supreme Lord works to beget living entities within this material world. As yogurt is prepared when milk is mixed with a culture, the form of Lord Śiva expands when the Supreme Personality of Godhead is in touch with material nature. The impregnation of material nature by the father, Lord Śiva, is wonderful because at one time innumerable living entities are conceived. Bhāgo jīvaḥ sa vijñeyaḥ sa cānantyāya kalpate (Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.9). These living entities are very, very small:
keśāgra-śata-bhāgasyaśatāṁśa-sadṛśātmakaḥ
jīvaḥ sūkṣma-svarūpo ’yaṁ
saṅkhyātīto hi cit-kaṇaḥ
“If we divide the tip of a hair into a hundred parts and then take one of these parts and divide it again into a hundred parts, that very fine division is the size of but one of the numberless living entities. They are all cit-kaṇa, particles of spirit, not matter.”
The innumerable brahmāṇḍas, or universes, come from the pores of the Lord’s body, and innumerable living entities also come from the pores of the transcendental body of the Lord. This is the process of material creation. Without the living entities, this material nature has no value. Both emanate from the pores of the transcendental body of Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu. They are different energies. The material nature is explained as follows by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.4):
bhūmir āpo ’nalo vāyuḥkhaṁ mano buddhir eva ca
ahaṅkāra itīyaṁ me
bhinnā prakṛtir aṣṭadhā
“Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego — all together these eight constitute My separated material energies.” Thus the material elements also come from the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but they are a different type of energy from the living entities. Although the living entities also come from the Lord’s body, they are categorized as a superior energy:
apareyam itas tv anyāṁprakṛtiṁ viddhi me parām
jīva-bhūtāṁ mahā-bāho
yayedaṁ dhāryate jagat
“Besides this inferior nature, O mighty-armed Arjuna, there is another, superior energy of Mine, which comprises the living entities who are exploiting the resources of this material, inferior nature.” (Bg. 7.5) The inferior energy, matter, cannot act without the superior energy. All these things are very clearly explained in the Vedas. The materialistic theory that life develops from matter is incorrect. Life and matter come from the supreme living entity; therefore, being the source of both, that supreme living entity, Kṛṣṇa, is described in the Vedānta-sūtra as janmādy asya yataḥ (1.1), or the original source of everything, sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam. This is further explained in the following verse.
দৈবাৎ ক্ষুভিতধর্মিণ্যাং স্বস্যাং যোনৌ পরঃ পুমান্‌ ।
আধত্ত বীর্যং সাহসূত মঽত্তত্ত্বং হিরণ্ময়ম্‌ ॥ ২৭৪ ॥
daivāt kṣubhita-dharmiṇyāṁ
svasyāṁ yonau paraḥ pumān
ādhatta vīryaṁ sāsūta
mahat-tattvaṁ hiraṇmayam

Synonyms

daivātat a time beyond memory; kṣubhita-dharmiṇyāmthe material nature, which is subjected to agitation; svasyāmwhich belongs to the Supreme as one of His energies; yonauin the womb from which the living entity takes his birth; paraḥ pumānthe Supreme Brahman, the Personality of Godhead; ādhattaimpregnated; vīryamsemen; that material nature; asūtaproduced; mahat-tattvamthe total material energy; hiraṇmayamthe original source for the emanation of varieties of material things.

Translation

“ ‘At a time beyond memory, after agitating the material nature into three qualities, the Supreme Personality of Godhead placed the semen of innumerable living entities within the womb of that material nature. Thus material nature gave birth to the total material energy, known as the hiraṇmaya-mahat-tattva, the original symbolic representation of the cosmic manifestation.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.26.19). Lord Kapila is explaining to His mother the relationship between the Supreme Personality of Godhead and material nature. He is informing her how the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the original cause of the living entities who are conditioned by material nature. Over and above the twenty-eight elements of the material creation is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the cause of all causes. Life comes not from matter but from life itself. As explained in the Vedas: nityo nityānāṁ cetanaś cetanānām (Kaṭha Upaniṣad 2.2.13). The Supreme Lord is the original source of life.
কালবৃত্ত্যা তু মায়ায়াং গুণময্যামধোক্ষজঃ ।
পুরুষেণাত্মভূতেন বীর্যমাধত্ত বীর্যবান্‌ ॥ ২৭৫ ॥
kāla-vṛttyā tu māyāyāṁ
guṇa-mayyām adhokṣajaḥ
puruṣeṇātma-bhūtena
vīryam ādhatta vīryavān

Synonyms

kāla-vṛttyāin due course of time, as the immediate cause of creation; tubut; māyāyāmwithin the material nature; guṇa-mayyāmfull of the three material modes of nature (sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa); adhokṣajaḥthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is beyond material conceptions; puruṣeṇaby the enjoyer of material nature; ātma-bhūtenawho is an expansion of His personal self; vīryamsemen; ādhattaplaced; vīryavānthe omnipotent.

Translation

“ ‘In due course of time, the Supreme Personality of Godhead [Mahā-Vaikuṇṭhanātha], by the agency of an expansion of His personal self [Mahā-Viṣṇu], placed the seed of the living entities entities within the womb of material nature.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.5.26). This verse tells how the living entities come in contact with material nature. Just as a woman cannot beget children without uniting with a man, material nature cannot beget living entities without being in union with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There is a history of how the Absolute Lord becomes the father of all living entities. In every system of religion, it is accepted that God is the supreme father of all living entities. According to Christianity, the supreme father, God, provides the living entities with all of life’s necessities. Therefore they pray, “Give us this day our daily bread.” Any religion that does not accept the Supreme Lord as the absolute father is called kaitava-dharma, or a cheating religion. Such religious systems are rejected in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.2): dharmaḥ projjhita-kaitavo ’tra. Only an atheist does not accept the omnipotent supreme father. If one accepts the omnipotent supreme father, he abides by His orders and becomes a religious person.
তবে মহত্তত্ত্ব হৈতে ত্রিবিধ অহঙ্কার ।
যাহা হৈতে দেবতেন্দ্রিয়ভূতের প্রচার ॥ ২৭৬ ॥
tabe mahat-tattva haite trividha ahaṅkāra
yāhā haite devatendriya-bhūtera pracāra

Synonyms

tabethereafter; mahat-tattva haitefrom the total material energy; tri-vidhathree kinds of; ahaṅkāraegotism; yāhā haitefrom which; devatāof predominating deities; indriyaof the senses; bhūteraand of material elements; pracāraexpansion.

Translation

“First the total material energy is manifested, and from this arise the three types of egotism, which are the original sources from which all demigods [controlling deities], senses and material elements expand.

Purport

The three types of egotism (ahaṅkāra) are technically known as vaikārika, taijasa and tāmasa. The mahat-tattva is situated within the heart, or citta, and the predominating Deity of the mahat-tattva is Lord Vāsudeva (Bhāg. 3.26.21). The mahat-tattva is transformed into three divisions: (1) vaikārika, egotism in goodness (sāttvika-ahaṅkāra), from which is manifested the eleventh sense organ, the mind, whose predominating Deity is Aniruddha (Bhāg. 3.26.27-28); (2) taijasa, or egotism in passion (rājasa-ahaṅkāra), from which are manifested the active and knowledge-acquiring senses, along with the intelligence, whose predominating Deity is Lord Pradyumna (Bhāg. 3.26.29-31); and (3) tāmasa, or egotism in ignorance, from which sound vibration (śabda-tanmātra) expands. From sound vibration, the sky (ākāśa) is manifested, and then the senses, beginning with the sense of hearing, are also manifested (Bhāg. 3.26.32). Of these three types of egotism, Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa is the predominating Deity. In the philosophical discourse known as the Sāṅkhya-kārikā, it is stated, sāttvika ekādaśakaḥ pravartate vaikṛtād ahaṅkārātbhūtādes tan-mātraṁ tāmasa-taijasādy-ubhayam.
সর্ব তত্ত্ব মিলি’ সৃজিল ব্রহ্মাণ্ডের গণ ।
অনন্ত ব্রহ্মাণ্ড, তার নাহিক গণন ॥ ২৭৭ ॥
sarva tattva mili’ sṛjila brahmāṇḍera gaṇa
ananta brahmāṇḍa, tāra nāhika gaṇana

Synonyms

sarva tattvaall different elements; mili’combining; sṛjilacreated; brahmāṇḍera gaṇaall the universes; ananta brahmāṇḍathose universes are unlimited in number; tāra nāhika gaṇanathere is no possibility of counting them.

Translation

“Combining all the different elements, the Supreme Lord created all the universes. Those universes are unlimited in number; there is no possibility of counting them.
ইঁহো মহৎস্রষ্টা পুরুষ — ‘মহাবিষ্ণু’ নাম ।
অনন্ত ব্রহ্মাণ্ড তাঁর লোমকূপে ধাম ॥ ২৭৮ ॥
iṅho mahat-sraṣṭā puruṣa — ‘mahā-viṣṇu’ nāma
ananta brahmāṇḍa tāṅra loma-kūpe dhāma

Synonyms

iṅhoHe; mahat-sraṣṭāthe creator of the mahat-tattva, or total material energy; puruṣathe person; mahā-viṣṇu nāmacalled Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu; anantaunlimited; brahmāṇḍauniverses; tāṅraof His body; loma-kūpewithin the hair holes; dhāmaare situated.

Translation

“The first form of Lord Viṣṇu is called Mahā-Viṣṇu. He is the original creator of the total material energy. The innumerable universes emanate from the pores of His body.
গবাক্ষে উড়িয়া যৈছে রেণু আসে যায় ।
পুরুষ-নিশ্বাস-সহ ব্রহ্মাণ্ড বাহিরায় ॥ ২৭৯ ॥
পুনরপি নিশ্বাস-সহ যায় অভ্যন্তর ।
অনন্ত ঐশ্বর্য তাঁর, সব — মায়া-পার ॥ ২৮০ ॥
gavākṣe uḍiyā yaiche reṇu āse yāya
puruṣa-niśvāsa-saha brahmāṇḍa bāhirāya
punarapi niśvāsa-saha yāya abhyantara
ananta aiśvarya tāṅra, saba — māyā-pāra

Synonyms

gavākṣefrom a hole at the top of a wall; uḍiyāfloating; yaicheas; reṇuatomic particles; āse yāyacome and go; puruṣaniśvāsa-sahawith the exhaling of Mahā-Viṣṇu; brahmāṇḍathe universes; bāhirāyacome outside; punarapiagain; niśvāsa-sahaby His inhalation; yāyago; abhyantarawithin; anantaunlimited; aiśvaryaopulences; tāṅraof Him; sabaeverything; māyā-pārabeyond the material conception.

Translation

“These universes are understood to be floating in the air that Mahā-Viṣṇu exhales. They are like atomic particles that float in sunshine and pass through the holes of a screen. All these universes are thus created by the exhalation of Mahā-Viṣṇu, and when Mahā-Viṣṇu inhales, they re-enter His body. The unlimited opulences of Mahā-Viṣṇu are completely beyond material conception.
যস্যৈক-নিশ্বসিতকালমথাবলম্ব্য
জীবন্তি লোমবিলজা জগদণ্ডনাথাঃ ।
বিষ্ণুর্মহান্ স ইহ যস্য কলাবিশেষো
গোবিন্দমাদিপুরুষং তমহং ভজামি ॥ ২৮১ ॥
yasyaika-niśvasita-kālam athāvalambya
jīvanti loma-vila-jā jagad-aṇḍa-nāthāḥ
viṣṇur mahān sa iha yasya kalā-viśeṣo
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

yasyawhose; ekaone; niśvasitaof breath; kālamtime; athathus; avalambyataking shelter of; jīvantilive; loma-vila-jāḥgrown from the hair holes; jagat-aṇḍa-nāthāḥthe masters of the universes (the Brahmās); viṣṇuḥ mahānthe Supreme Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu; saḥthat; ihahere; yasyawhose; kalā-viśeṣaḥparticular plenary portion or expansion; govindamLord Govinda; ādi-puruṣamthe original person; tamHim; ahamI; bhajāmiworship.

Translation

“ ‘The Brahmās and other lords of the mundane worlds appear from the pores of Mahā-Viṣṇu and remain alive for the duration of His one exhalation. I adore the primeval Lord, Govinda, of whom Mahā-Viṣṇu is a portion of a plenary portion.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.48). For an explanation, refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter five, verse 71.
সমস্ত ব্রহ্মাণ্ডগণের ইঁহো অন্তর্যামী ।
কারণাব্ধিশায়ী — সব জগতের স্বামী ॥ ২৮২ ॥
samasta brahmāṇḍa-gaṇera iṅho antaryāmī
kāraṇābdhiśāyī — saba jagatera svāmī

Synonyms

samasta brahmāṇḍa-gaṇeraof the aggregate of the brahmāṇḍas, or universes; iṅhothat Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu; antaryāmīthe Supersoul; kāraṇa-abdhi-śāyīLord Mahā-Viṣṇu, lying on the Causal Ocean; saba jagateraof all the universes; svāmīthe Supreme Lord.

Translation

“Mahā-Viṣṇu is the Supersoul of all the universes. Lying on the Causal Ocean, He is the master of all material worlds.
এইত কহিলুঁ প্রথম পুরুষের তত্ত্ব ।
দ্বিতীয় পুরুষের এবে শুনহ মহত্ত্ব ॥ ২৮৩ ॥
eita kahiluṅ prathama puruṣera tattva
dvitīya puruṣera ebe śunaha mahattva

Synonyms

eitathus; kahiluṅI have explained; prathama puruṣeraof the first incarnation of the Personality of Godhead; tattvathe truth; dvitīya puruṣeraof the second incarnation of the Personality of Godhead; ebenow; śunahaplease hear; mahattvaglories.

Translation

“I have thus explained the truth of the first Personality of Godhead, Mahā-Viṣṇu. I shall now explain the glories of the second Personality of Godhead.
সেই পুরুষ অনন্ত-কোটি ব্রহ্মাণ্ড সৃজিয়া ।
একৈক-মূর্ত্যে প্রবেশিলা বহু মূর্তি হঞা ॥ ২৮৪ ॥
sei puruṣa ananta-koṭi brahmāṇḍa sṛjiyā
ekaika-mūrtye praveśilā bahu mūrti hañā

Synonyms

sei puruṣathat Personality of Godhead, Mahā-Viṣṇu; ananta-koṭi brahmāṇḍamillions and trillions of brahmāṇḍas, or universes; sṛjiyāafter creating; eka-ekain each one of them; mūrtyein a form; praveśilāentered; bahu mūrti hañābecoming many forms.

Translation

“After creating the total number of universes, which are unlimited, Mahā-Viṣṇu expanded Himself into unlimited forms and entered into each of them.
প্রবেশ করিয়া দেখে, সব — অন্ধকার ।
রহিতে নাহিক স্থান, করিলা বিচার ॥ ২৮৫ ॥
praveśa kariyā dekhe, saba — andhakāra
rahite nāhika sthāna, karilā vicāra

Synonyms

praveśa kariyāafter entering; dekheHe sees; sabaeverywhere; andhakāracomplete darkness; rahiteto remain there; nāhika sthānathere was no place; karilā vicārathen He considered.

Translation

“When Mahā-Viṣṇu entered each of the limitless universes, He saw that there was darkness all around and that there was no place to stay. He therefore began to consider the situation.
নিজাঙ্গ-স্বেদজলে ব্রহ্মাণ্ডার্ধ ভরিল ।
সেই জলে শেষ-শয্যায় শয়ন করিল ॥ ২৮৬ ॥
nijāṅga-sveda-jale brahmāṇḍārdha bharila
sei jale śeṣa-śayyāya śayana karila

Synonyms

nija-aṅgafrom His own personal body; sveda-jaleby emitting the water of perspiration; brahmāṇḍa-ardhahalf of the universe; bharilafilled; sei jaleon that water; śeṣa-śayyāyaon the bed of Lord Śeṣa; śayana karilalay down.

Translation

“With the perspiration produced from His own body, the Lord filled half the universe with water. He then lay down on that water, on the bed of Lord Śeṣa.
তাঁর নাভিপদ্ম হৈতে উঠিল এক পদ্ম ।
সেই পদ্মে হইল ব্রহ্মার জন্ম-সদ্ম ॥ ২৮৭ ॥
tāṅra nābhi-padma haite uṭhila eka padma
sei padme ha-ila brahmāra janma-sadma

Synonyms

tāṅra nābhi-padma haitefrom His lotus navel; uṭhilagrew; ekaone; padmalotus flower; sei padmeon that lotus flower; ha-ilathere was; brahmāraof Lord Brahmā; janma-sadmathe place of generation.

Translation

“A lotus flower then sprouted from the lotus navel of that Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. That lotus flower became Lord Brahmā’s birthplace.
সেই পদ্মনালে হইল চৌদ্দ ভুবন ।
তেঁহো ‘ব্রহ্মা’ হঞা সৃষ্টি করিল সৃজন ॥ ২৮৮ ॥
sei padma-nāle ha-ila caudda bhuvana
teṅho ‘brahmā’ hañā sṛṣṭi karila sṛjana

Synonyms

sei padma-nālewithin the stem of that lotus; ha-ilawas manifested; cauddafourteen; bhuvanaplanetary systems; teṅhoHe; brahmāLord Brahmā; hañāhaving become; sṛṣṭithe material creation; karila sṛjanacreated.

Translation

“In the stem of that lotus flower, the fourteen worlds were generated. Then He became Lord Brahmā and manifested the entire universe.
‘বিষ্ণু’-রূপ হঞা করে জগৎ পালনে ।
গুণাতীত বিষ্ণু — স্পর্শ নাহি মায়া-সনে ॥ ২৮৯ ॥
‘viṣṇu’-rūpa hañā kare jagat pālane
guṇātīta viṣṇu — sparśa nāhi māyā-sane

Synonyms

viṣṇu-rūpaLord Kṛṣṇa in His form as Viṣṇu; hañābecoming; karedoes; jagat pālanemaintenance of the material world; guṇa-atītabeyond the material qualities, transcendental; viṣṇuLord Viṣṇu; sparśatouching; nāhithere is not; māyā-sanewith māyā, the material energy.

Translation

“In this way, the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His form of Viṣṇu maintains the entire material world. Since He is always beyond the material qualities, the material nature cannot touch Him.

Purport

The influence of the material energy cannot touch Lord Viṣṇu as she touches Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva. Therefore it is said that Lord Viṣṇu is transcendental to the material qualities. The incarnations of the material qualities — Lord Śiva and Lord Brahmā — are under the jurisdiction of the external energy. Lord Viṣṇu, however, is different. In the mantras of the Ṛg Veda it is said, oṁ tad viṣṇoḥ paramaṁ padam (Ṛg Veda-saṁhitā 1.22.20). The words paramaṁ padam indicate that He is transcendental to the material qualities. Because Lord Viṣṇu is not within the jurisdiction of the material qualities, He is always superior to the living entities who are controlled by the material energy. This is one of the differences between the Supreme Lord and the living entities. Lord Brahmā is a very powerful living entity, and Lord Śiva is even more powerful. Therefore Lord Śiva is not accepted as a living entity, but at the same time he is not considered to be on the level of Lord Viṣṇu.
‘রুদ্র’রূপ ধরি করে জগৎ সংহার ।
সৃষ্টি, স্থিতি, প্রলয় হয় ইচ্ছায় যাঁহার ॥ ২৯০ ॥
‘rudra’-rūpa dhari kare jagat saṁhāra
sṛṣṭi, sthiti, pralaya haya icchāya yāṅhāra

Synonyms

rudra-rūpa dhariaccepting the form of Lord Śiva; kareperforms; jagat saṁhāradissolution of the universal creation; sṛṣṭicreation; sthitimaintenance; pralayaand dissolution; hayatake place; icchāyaby the will; yāṅhāraof whom.

Translation

“The Supreme Lord in His form of Rudra [Lord Śiva] brings about the dissolution of this material creation. In other words, only by His will are there creation, maintenance and dissolution of the whole cosmic manifestation.
ব্রহ্মা, বিষ্ণু, শিব — তাঁর গুণ-অবতার ।
সৃষ্টি-স্থিতি-প্রলয়ের তিনের অধিকার ॥ ২৯১ ॥
brahmā, viṣṇu, śiva — tāṅra guṇa-avatāra
sṛṣṭi-sthiti-pralayera tinera adhikāra

Synonyms

brahmāLord Brahmā; viṣṇuLord Viṣṇu; śivaLord Śiva; tāṅraof Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu; guṇa-avatāraincarnations of the material qualities; sṛṣṭi-sthiti-pralayeraof the three functions, namely creation, maintenance and dissolution; tinera adhikārathere is control by the three deities (Lord Brahmā, Lord Viṣṇu and Lord Śiva).

Translation

“Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Śiva are His three incarnations of the material qualities. Creation, maintenance and destruction respectively are under the charge of these three personalities.
হিরণ্যগর্ভ-অন্তর্যামী — গর্ভোদকশায়ী ।
‘সহস্রশীর্ষাদি’ করি’ বেদে যাঁরে গাই ॥ ২৯২ ॥
hiraṇyagarbha-antaryāmī — garbhodakaśāyī
‘sahasra-śīrṣādi’ kari’ vede yāṅre gāi

Synonyms

hiraṇyagarbhanamed Hiraṇyagarbha; antaryāmīthe Supersoul; garbha-udaka-śāyīLord Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu; sahasra-śīrṣā-ādi kari’by the Vedic hymns beginning with sahasra-śīrṣā (Ṛg Veda-saṁhitā 10.90.1); vede yāṅre gāiunto whom the Vedas pray.

Translation

“Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, known within the universe as Hiraṇyagarbha and the antaryāmī, or Supersoul, is glorified in the Vedic hymns, beginning with the hymn that starts with the word ‘sahasra-śīrṣā.’
এই ত’ দ্বিতীয়-পুরুষ — ব্রহ্মাণ্ডের ঈশ্বর ।
মায়ার ‘আশ্রয়’ হয়, তবু মায়া-পার ॥ ২৯৩ ॥
ei ta’ dvitīya-puruṣa — brahmāṇḍera īśvara
māyāra ‘āśraya’ haya, tabu māyā-pāra

Synonyms

ei ta’in this way; dvitīya-puruṣathe second Personality of Godhead; brahmāṇḍera īśvarathe master of the universe; māyāraof the external, material energy; āśraya hayabecomes the shelter; tabustill; māyā-pārais beyond the touch of the material energy.

Translation

“This second Personality of Godhead, known as Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, is the master of each and every universe and the shelter of the external energy. Nonetheless, He remains beyond the touch of the external energy.
তৃতীয়-পুরুষ বিষ্ণু — ‘গুণ-অবতার’ ।
দুই অবতার-ভিতর গণনা তাঁহার ॥ ২৯৪ ॥
tṛṭīya-puruṣa viṣṇu — ‘guṇa-avatāra’
dui avatāra-bhitara gaṇanā tāṅhāra

Synonyms

tṛtīya-puruṣathe third Personality; viṣṇuLord Viṣṇu; guṇa-avatārathe incarnation of the material quality of goodness; dui avatāra-bhitarawithin the two incarnations; gaṇanā tāṅhāraHe is designated.

Translation

“The third expansion of Viṣṇu is Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who is the incarnation of the quality of goodness. He is to be counted within both types of incarnations [puruṣa-avatāras and guṇa-avatāras].
বিরাট্ ব্যষ্টি-জীবের তেঁহো অন্তর্যামী ।
ক্ষীরোদকশায়ী তেঁহো — পালনকর্তা, স্বামী ॥ ২৯৫ ॥
virāṭ vyaṣṭi-jīvera teṅho antaryāmī
kṣīrodakaśāyī teṅho — pālana-kartā, svāmī

Synonyms

virāṭthe universal form; vyaṣṭi-jīveraof all other living entities; teṅhoHe; antaryāmīthe Supersoul; kṣīra-udaka-śāyīLord Viṣṇu who lies down on the ocean of milk; teṅhoHe; pālana-kartāthe maintainer; svāmīthe master.

Translation

“Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu is the universal form of the Lord and is the Supersoul within every living entity. He is known as Kṣīrodakaśāyī because He is the Lord who lies on the ocean of milk. He is the maintainer and master of the universe.
পুরুষাবতারের এই কৈলুঁ নিরূপণ ।
লীলাবতার এবে শুন, সনাতন ॥ ২৯৬ ॥
puruṣāvatārera ei kailuṅ nirūpaṇa
līlāvatāra ebe śuna, sanātana

Synonyms

puruṣa-avatāreraof all the puruṣa-avatāras; eithis; kailuṅ nirūpaṇaI have described; līlā-avatāraincarnations for pastimes; ebenow; śunaplease hear; sanātanaO Sanātana.

Translation

“O Sanātana, I have definitively described the three puruṣa-avatāras of Viṣṇu. Now please hear from Me about the pastime incarnations.
লীলাবতার কৃষ্ণের না যায় গণন ।
প্রধান করিয়া কহি দিগ্‌দরশন ॥ ২৯৭ ॥
līlāvatāra kṛṣṇera nā yāya gaṇana
pradhāna kariyā kahi dig-daraśana

Synonyms

līlā-avatāraincarnations for pastimes; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; yāya gaṇanaare not countable; pradhāna kariyāchiefly; kahilet Me describe; dik-daraśanaby a sample indication.

Translation

“No one can count the innumerable pastime incarnations of Lord Kṛṣṇa, but I shall describe the principal ones.
মৎস্য, কূর্ম, রঘুনাথ, নৃসিংহ, বামন ।
বরাহাদি — লেখা যাঁর না যায় গণন ॥ ২৯৮ ॥
matsya, kūrma, raghunātha, nṛsiṁha, vāmana
varāhādi — lekhā yāṅra nā yāya gaṇana

Synonyms

matsyathe fish incarnation; kūrmathe tortoise incarnation; raghunāthaLord Rāmacandra; nṛsiṁhathe man-lion incarnation; vāmanathe dwarf incarnation; varāha-ādithe hog incarnation and others; lekhādescribing; yāṅraof which incarnations; yāya gaṇanacannot be counted.

Translation

“Some of the pastime incarnations are the fish incarnation, the tortoise incarnation, Lord Rāmacandra, Lord Nṛsiṁha, Lord Vāmana and Lord Varāha. There is no end to them.
মৎস্যাশ্বকচ্ছপনৃসিংহ-বরাহ-হংস-
রাজন্যবিপ্রবিবুধেষু কৃতাবতারঃ ।
ত্বং পাসি নস্ত্রিভুবনঞ্চ তথাধুনেশ
ভারং ভুবো হর যদূত্তম বন্দনং তে ॥ ২৯৯ ॥
matsyāśva-kacchapa-nṛsiṁha-varāha-haṁsa-
rājanya-vipra-vibudheṣu kṛtāvatāraḥ
tvaṁ pāsi nas tri-bhuvanaṁ ca tathādhuneśa
bhāraṁ bhuvo hara yadūttama vandanaṁ te

Synonyms

matsyain the form of a fish; aśvain the form of a horse; kacchapain the form of a tortoise; nṛsiṁhain the form of Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva; varāhain the form of a boar; haṁsain the form of a swan; rājanyain the form of Lord Rāmacandra; viprain the form of Lord Paraśurāma; vibudheṣuand in the form of Vāmanadeva; kṛta-avatāraḥwho have accepted incarnation; tvamYou; pāsiplease protect; naḥus demigods; tri-bhuvanam caand the three worlds; tathāas well; adhunānow; īśaO Lord; bhāramthe burden; bhuvaḥof the universe; harakindly take away; yadu-uttamaO best of the Yadu dynasty; vandanam teto You we offer our prayers.

Translation

“ ‘O Lord of the universe, best of the Yadu dynasty, we are offering our prayers unto You mainly to diminish the heavy burden of the universe. Indeed, You diminished this burden formerly by incarnating in the form of a fish, a horse [Hayagrīva], a tortoise, a lion [Lord Nṛsiṁha], a boar [Lord Varāha] and a swan. You also incarnated as Lord Rāmacandra, Paraśurāma and Vāmana, the dwarf. You have always protected us demigods and the universe in this way. Now please continue.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.2.40).
লীলাবতারের কৈলুঁ দিগ্‌দরশন ।
গুণাবতারের এবে শুন বিবরণ ॥ ৩০০ ॥
līlāvatārera kailuṅ dig-daraśana
guṇāvatārera ebe śuna vivaraṇa

Synonyms

līlā-avatāreraof the incarnations of pastimes; kailuṅI have done; dik-daraśanaindicating the direction only; guṇa-avatāreraof incarnations of the material qualities; ebenow; śuna vivaraṇahear the description.

Translation

“I have given a few examples of pastime incarnations. Now I will describe the guṇa-avatāras, the incarnations of the material qualities. Please listen.
ব্রহ্মা, বিষ্ণু, শিব, — তিন গুণ অবতার ।
ত্রিগুণ অঙ্গীকরি’ করে সৃষ্ট্যাদি-ব্যবহার ॥ ৩০১ ॥
brahmā, viṣṇu, śiva, — tina guṇa avatāra
tri-guṇa aṅgīkari’ kare sṛṣṭy-ādi-vyavahāra

Synonyms

brahmā, viṣṇu, śivaLord Brahmā, Lord Viṣṇu and Lord Śiva; tinathree; guṇa avatārathe incarnations of the material qualities; tri-guṇathe three qualities of material nature; aṅgīkari’accepting; karedoes; sṛṣṭi-ādi-vyavahāratransactions in reference to the creation, maintenance and dissolution.

Translation

“There are three functions within this material world. Everything here is created, everything is maintained for some time, and everything is finally dissolved. The Lord therefore incarnates Himself as the controllers of the three qualities — sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa [goodness, passion and ignorance]. Thus the transactions of the material world take place.
ভক্তিমিশ্রকৃতপুণ্যে কোন জীবোত্তম ।
রজোগুণে বিভাবিত করি’ তাঁর মন ॥ ৩০২ ॥
bhakti-miśra-kṛta-puṇye kona jīvottama
rajo-guṇe vibhāvita kari’ tāṅra mana

Synonyms

bhakti-miśra-kṛta-puṇyebecause of pious activities mixed with devotional service; konasomeone; jīva-uttamathe best of the living entities; rajaḥ-guṇeby the mode of passion; vibhāvitainfluenced; kari’making; tāṅrahis; manamind.

Translation

“Because of his past pious activities mixed with devotional service, the first-class living entity is influenced by the mode of passion within his mind.
গর্ভোদকশায়িদ্বারা শক্তি সঞ্চারি’ ।
ব্যষ্টি সৃষ্টি করে কৃষ্ণ ব্রহ্মা-রূপ ধরি’ ॥ ৩০৩ ॥
garbhodakaśāyi-dvārā śakti sañcāri’
vyaṣṭi sṛṣṭi kare kṛṣṇa brahmā-rūpa dhari’

Synonyms

garbha-udaka-śāyi-dvārāby Lord Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu; śakti sañcāri’giving him special powers; vyaṣṭitotal; sṛṣṭicreation; karedoes; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; brahmā-rūpa dhari’accepting the form of Lord Brahmā.

Translation

“Such a devotee is empowered by Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. In this way, an incarnation of Kṛṣṇa in the form of Brahmā engineers the total creation of the universe.

Purport

The Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu puruṣa-avatāra expansion of Lord Viṣṇu accepts the material modes — sattva-guṇa, rajo-guṇa and tamo-guṇa — and thus incarnates as Lord Viṣṇu, Brahmā and Śiva. These are incarnations of the material qualities. Among the many superior living entities qualified with pious activities and devotional service, one, called Lord Brahmā, is infused with the quality of passion by the supreme will of Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu. Thus Lord Brahmā becomes the incarnation of the creative energy of the Lord.
ভাস্বান্ যথাশ্মসকলেষু নিজেষু তেজঃ
স্বীয়ং কিয়ৎ প্রকটয়ত্যপি তদ্বদত্র ।
ব্রহ্মা য এষ জগদণ্ডবিধানকর্তা
গোবিন্দমাদিপুরুষং তমহং ভজামি ॥ ৩০৪ ॥
bhāsvān yathāśma-sakaleṣu nijeṣu tejaḥ
svīyaṁ kiyat prakaṭayaty api tadvad atra
brahmā ya eṣa jagad-aṇḍa-vidhāna-kartā
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

bhāsvānthe illuminating sun; yathāas; aśma-sakaleṣuin various types of precious stones; nijeṣuhis own; tejaḥbrilliance; svīyamhis own; kiyatto some extent; prakaṭayatimanifests; apialso; tadvatsimilarly; atrahere; brahmāLord Brahmā; yaḥwho is; eṣaḥthe Lord; jagat-aṇḍa-vidhāna-kartābecomes the chief of the universe; govindam ādi-puruṣamLord Govinda, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; tamHim; ahamI; bhajāmiworship.

Translation

“ ‘The sun manifests his brilliance in a gem, although it is stone. Similarly, the original Personality of Godhead, Govinda, manifests His special power in a pious living entity. Thus the living entity becomes Brahmā and manages the affairs of the universe. Let me worship Govinda, the original Personality of Godhead.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.49).
কোন কল্পে যদি যোগ্য জীব নাহি পায় ।
আপনে ঈশ্বর তবে অংশে ‘ব্ৰহ্মা’ হয় ॥ ৩০৫ ॥
kona kalpe yadi yogya jīva nāhi pāya
āpane īśvara tabe aṁśe ‘brahmā’ haya

Synonyms

kona kalpein some lifetime of Brahmā; yadiif; yogyasuitable; jīvaliving entity; nāhinot; pāyais available; āpanepersonally; īśvarathe Supreme Lord; tabethen; aṁśeby His plenary expansion; brahmā hayabecomes Lord Brahmā.

Translation

“If in a kalpa a suitable living entity is not available to take charge of Brahmā’s post, the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself personally expands and becomes Lord Brahmā.

Purport

One day of Brahmā consists of the four yugas multiplied a thousand times — or, according to solar calculations, 4,320,000,000 years — and such also is the duration of his night. One year of Brahmā’s life consists of 360 such days and nights, and Brahmā lives for one hundred such years. Such is the life of a Brahmā.
যস্যাঙ্ঘ্রিপঙ্কজরজোঽখিললোকপালৈ-
র্মৌল্যুত্তমৈর্ধৃতমুপাসিত-তীর্থতীর্থম্ ।
ব্রহ্মা ভবোঽহমপি যস্য কলাঃ কলায়াঃ
শ্রীশ্চোদ্বহেম চিরমস্য নৃপাসনং ক্ব ॥ ৩০৬ ॥
yasyāṅghri-paṅkaja-rajo ’khila-loka-pālair
mauly-uttamair dhṛtam upāsita-tīrtha-tīrtham
brahmā bhavo ’ham api yasya kalāḥ kalāyāḥ
śrīś codvahema ciram asya nṛpāsanaṁ kva

Synonyms

yasyawhose; aṅghri-paṅkajalotuslike feet; rajaḥthe dust; akhila-lokaof the universal planetary systems; pālaiḥby the masters; mauli-uttamaiḥwith valuable turbans on their heads; dhṛtamaccepted; upāsitaworshiped; tīrtha-tīrthamthe sanctifier of the holy places; brahmāLord Brahmā; bhavaḥLord Śiva; aham apieven I; yasyaof whom; kalāḥportions; kalāyāḥof a plenary portion; śrīḥthe goddess of fortune; caand; udvahemawe carry; cirameternally; asyaof Him; nṛpa-āsanamthe throne of a king; kvawhere.

Translation

“ ‘What is the value of a throne to Lord Kṛṣṇa? The masters of the various planetary systems accept the dust of His lotus feet on their crowned heads. That dust makes the holy places sacred, and even Lord Brahmā, Lord Śiva, Lakṣmī and I Myself, who are all portions of His plenary portion, eternally carry that dust on our heads.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.68.37). When the Kauravas flattered Baladeva so that He would become their ally and spoke ill of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, Lord Baladeva became angry and spoke this verse.
নিজাংশ-কলায় কৃষ্ণ তমো-গুণ অঙ্গীকরি’ ।
সংহারার্থে মায়া-সঙ্গে রুদ্র-রূপ ধরে ॥ ৩০৭ ॥
nijāṁśa-kalāya kṛṣṇa tamo-guṇa aṅgīkari’
saṁhārārthe māyā-saṅge rudra-rūpa dhari

Synonyms

nija-aṁśaof His personal plenary expansion; kalāyaby an expansion known as kalā; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; tamaḥ-guṇathe material mode of darkness; aṅgīkari’accepting; saṁhāra-arthefor the purpose of dissolution; māyā-saṅgein association with the external energy; rudra-rūpathe form of Rudra; dhariassumes.

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, expands a portion of His plenary portion and, accepting the association of the material mode of ignorance, assumes the form of Rudra to dissolve the cosmic manifestation.

Purport

This is a description of the Rudra form, which is another expansion of Kṛṣṇa. Only viṣṇu-mūrtis are expansions of Kṛṣṇa’s personal and plenary portions. Mahā-Viṣṇu, who lies on the Causal Ocean, is an expansion of Saṅkarṣaṇa. When Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu accepts the material modes of nature for the purpose of dissolving the cosmic manifestation, His form is called Rudra. As already explained, Lord Viṣṇu is the controller of māyā. How, then, can He associate with māyā? The conclusion is that the incarnation of Lord Śiva or Lord Brahmā indicates the absence of the supreme power of Viṣṇu. When the supreme power is not there, it is possible to associate with māyā, the external energy. Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva are to be considered creations of māyā.
মায়াসঙ্গ-বিকারী রুদ্র — ভিন্নাভিন্ন রূপ ।
জীবতত্ত্ব নহে, নহে কৃষ্ণের ‘স্বরূপ’ ॥ ৩০৮ ॥
māyā-saṅga-vikārī rudra — bhinnābhinna rūpa
jīva-tattva nahe, nahe kṛṣṇera ‘svarūpa’

Synonyms

māyā-saṅgaby association with māyā; vikārītransformed; rudrathe form of Rudra; bhinna-abhinna rūpahaving different types of forms; jīva-tattva nahestill he is not called jīva-tattva; nahenor; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; svarūpapersonal form.

Translation

“Rudra, Lord Śiva, has various forms, which are transformations brought about by association with māyā. Although Rudra is not on a level with the jīva-tattvas, he still cannot be considered a personal expansion of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Purport

Rudra is simultaneously one with and different from the viṣṇu-tattva. Due to his association with māyā, he is different from the viṣṇu-tattva, but at the same time he is an expansion of Kṛṣṇa’s personal form. This situation is called bhedābheda-tattva or acintya-bhedābheda-tattva, simultaneously one and different.
দুগ্ধ যেন অম্লযোগে দধিরূপ ধরে ।
দুগ্ধান্তর বস্তু নহে, দুগ্ধ হৈতে নারে ॥ ৩০৯ ॥
dugdha yena amla-yoge dadhi-rūpa dhare
dugdhāntara vastu nahe, dugdha haite nāre

Synonyms

dugdhamilk; yenaas; amla-yogein association with a sour substance; dadhi-rūpathe form of yogurt; dharetakes; dugdha-antarasomething other than milk; vastusubstance; naheis not; dugdhamilk; haiteto be; nāreis not able.

Translation

“Milk is transformed into yogurt when it associates with a yogurt culture. Thus yogurt is nothing but milk, but still it is not milk.

Purport

Of the three deities supervising the creation, maintenance and dissolution of the universe, Lord Viṣṇu is never separate from the original Viṣṇu. However, Lord Śiva and Brahmā, due to their association with māyā, are different from Viṣṇu. Viṣṇu cannot be transformed into any form of material energy. Whenever there is association with māyā, the personality involved must be different from Lord Viṣṇu. Therefore Lord Śiva and Lord Brahmā are called guṇa-avatāras, for they associate with the material qualities. The conclusion is that Rudra is not exactly Lord Viṣṇu but rather a transformation of Viṣṇu. Therefore, he does not come within the category of the viṣṇu-tattvas. Thus he is inconceivably one with Viṣṇu and different from Him. The example given in this verse is very clear. Milk is compared to Viṣṇu. As soon as milk touches a sour substance, it becomes yogurt, or Lord Śiva. Although yogurt is constitutionally milk, it cannot be used in place of milk.
ক্ষীরং যথা দধি বিকারবিশেষযোগাৎ
সংজায়তে ন তু ততঃ পৃথগস্তি হেতোঃ ।
যঃ শম্ভুতামপি তথা সমুপৈতি কার্যাদ্
গোবিন্দমাদিপুরুষং তমহং ভজামি ॥ ৩১০ ॥
kṣīraṁ yathā dadhi vikāra-viśeṣa-yogāt
sañjāyate na tu tataḥ pṛthag asti hetoḥ
yaḥ śambhutām api tathā samupaiti kāryād
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

kṣīrammilk; yathāas; dadhiyogurt; vikāra-viśeṣawith a special transforming agent; yogātby mixing; sañjāyateis transformed into; nanot; tubut; tataḥfrom the milk; pṛthakseparated; astiis; hetoḥwhich is the cause; yaḥwho; śambhutāmthe nature of Lord Śiva; apieven though; tathāas; samupaitiaccepts; kāryātfor the matter of some particular business; govindamunto Govinda, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ādi-puruṣamthe original person; tamunto Him; ahamI; bhajāmioffer my respectful obeisances.

Translation

“ ‘Milk changes into yogurt when mixed with a yogurt culture, but actually it is constitutionally nothing but milk. Similarly, Govinda, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, assumes the form of Lord Śiva [Śambhu] for the special purpose of material transactions. I offer my obeisances at His lotus feet.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.45).
‘শিব’ — মায়াশক্তিসঙ্গী, তমোগুণাবেশ ।
মায়াতীত, গুণাতীত ‘বিষ্ণু’ — পরমেশ ॥ ৩১১ ॥
‘śiva’ — māyā-śakti-saṅgī, tamo-guṇāveśa
māyātīta, guṇātīta ‘viṣṇu’ — parameśa

Synonyms

śivaLord Śiva; māyā-śakti-saṅgīan associate of the external energy; tamaḥ-guṇa-āveśaabsorbed by the quality of ignorance; māyā-atītatranscendental to the external energy; guṇa-atītatranscendental to the qualities of matter; viṣṇuViṣṇu; parama-īśathe Supreme Lord.

Translation

“Lord Śiva is an associate of the external energy; therefore he is absorbed in the material quality of darkness. Lord Viṣṇu is transcendental to māyā and the qualities of māyā. Therefore He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Purport

Viṣṇu is beyond the range of the material manifestation, and He is not within the control of the material energy. He is the supreme independent Personality of Godhead. This is admitted even by Śaṅkarācārya: nārāyaṇaḥ paro ’vyaktāt (Gītā-bhāṣya). In his constitutional form, Śiva is a mahā-bhāgavata, a supreme devotee of the Lord, but because he accepts māyā’s association — especially the quality of ignorance — he is not free from māyā’s influence. Such an intimate association is completely absent in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu. Lord Śiva accepts māyā, but in the presence of Lord Viṣṇu, māyā does not exist. Consequently Lord Śiva has to be considered a product of māyā. When Lord Śiva is free from māyā’s influence, he is in the position of a mahā-bhāgavata, a supreme devotee of Lord Viṣṇu. Vaiṣṇavānāṁ yathā śambhuḥ.
শিবঃ শক্তিযুক্তঃ শশ্বৎ ত্রিলিঙ্গো গুণসংবৃতঃ ।
বৈকারিকস্তৈজসশ্চ তামসশ্চেত্যহং ত্রিধা ॥ ৩১২ ॥
śivaḥ śakti-yuktaḥ śaśvat
tri-liṅgo guṇa-saṁvṛtaḥ
vaikārikas taijasaś ca
tāmasaś cety ahaṁ tridhā

Synonyms

śivaḥLord Śiva; śakti-yuktaḥassociated with material nature; śaśvateternally; tri-liṅgaḥin three features; guṇa-saṁvṛtaḥcovered by the modes of nature; vaikārikaḥone is called vaikārika; taijasaḥ caanother is called taijasa; tāmasaḥ caas well as tāmasa; itithus; ahamegotism; tri-dhāthree kinds.

Translation

“ ‘The truth about Lord Śiva is that he is always covered with three material coverings — vaikārika, taijasa and tāmasa. Because of these three modes of material nature, he always associates with the external energy and egotism itself.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.88.3).
হরির্হি নির্গুণঃ সাক্ষাৎ পুরুষঃ প্ৰকৃতেঃ পরঃ ।
স সর্বদৃগুপদ্রষ্টা তং ভজন্নির্গুণো ভবেৎ ॥ ৩১৩ ॥
harir hi nirguṇaḥ sākṣāt
puruṣaḥ prakṛteḥ paraḥ
sa sarva-dṛg upadraṣṭā
taṁ bhajan nirguṇo bhavet

Synonyms

hariḥthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu; hicertainly; nirguṇaḥtranscendental to all material qualities; sākṣātdirectly; puruṣaḥthe supreme enjoyer; prakṛteḥmaterial nature; paraḥbeyond; saḥHe; sarva-dṛkthe seer of everything; upadraṣṭāthe overseer of everything; tamHim; bhajanby worshiping; nirguṇaḥtranscendental to material qualities; bhavetone becomes.

Translation

“ ‘Śrī Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is situated beyond the range of material nature; therefore He is the supreme transcendental person. He can see everything inside and outside; therefore He is the supreme overseer of all living entities. If someone takes shelter at His lotus feet and worships Him, he also attains a transcendental position.’

Purport

This is also a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.88.5).
পালনার্থ স্বাংশ বিষ্ণুরূপে অবতার ।
সত্ত্বগুণ দ্ৰষ্টা, তাতে গুণমায়া-পার ॥ ৩১৪ ॥
pālanārtha svāṁśa viṣṇu-rūpe avatāra
sattva-guṇa draṣṭā, tāte guṇa-māyā-pāra

Synonyms

pālana-arthafor maintenance; svāṁśapersonal plenary expansion; viṣṇu-rūpein the form of Lord Viṣṇu; avatāraincarnation; sattva-guṇaof the mode of goodness; draṣṭādirector; tātetherefore; guṇa-māyā-pāratranscendental to the material modes of nature.

Translation

“For the maintenance of the universe, Lord Kṛṣṇa descends as His personal plenary expansion in the form of Viṣṇu. He is the director of the mode of goodness; therefore He is transcendental to the material energy.
স্বরূপ — ঐশ্বর্যপূর্ণ, কৃষ্ণসম প্রায় ।
কৃষ্ণ অংশী, তেঁহো অংশ, বেদে হেন গায় ॥ ৩১৫ ॥
svarūpa — aiśvarya-pūrṇa, kṛṣṇa-sama prāya
kṛṣṇa aṁśī, teṅho aṁśa, vede hena gāya

Synonyms

svarūpapersonal expansion; aiśvarya-pūrṇafull of all opulences; kṛṣṇa-samaequal to Kṛṣṇa; prāyaalmost; kṛṣṇa aṁśīKṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead; teṅhoLord Viṣṇu; aṁśapersonal expansion; vedethe Vedas; henathus; gāyasing.

Translation

“Lord Viṣṇu is in the category of svāṁśa because He has opulences almost equal to Kṛṣṇa’s. Kṛṣṇa is the original person, and Lord Viṣṇu is His personal expansion. This is the verdict of all Vedic literatures.

Purport

Although an incarnation of the material energy, Lord Brahmā is nonetheless the director of the material mode of passion. Similarly, Lord Śiva, although simultaneously one with and different from Lord Kṛṣṇa, is still the incarnation of the mode of darkness. However, Lord Viṣṇu is Kṛṣṇa’s personal expansion; therefore He is the director of the mode of goodness and is always transcendentally situated, beyond the jurisdiction of the modes of material nature. Lord Viṣṇu is the original personal expansion of Kṛṣṇa, and Kṛṣṇa is the original source of all incarnations. As far as power is concerned, Lord Viṣṇu is as powerful as Lord Kṛṣṇa because He possesses all the opulences.
দীপার্চিরেব হি দশান্তরমভ্যুপেত্য
দীপায়তে বিবৃতহেতুসমানধর্মা ।
যস্তাদৃগেব হি চ বিষ্ণুতয়া বিভাতি
গোবিন্দমাদিপুরুষং তমহং ভজামি ॥ ৩১৬ ॥
dīpārcir eva hi daśāntaram abhyupetya
dīpāyate vivṛta-hetu-samāna-dharmā
yas tādṛg eva hi ca viṣṇutayā vibhāti
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

dīpa-arciḥthe flame of a lamp; evaas; hicertainly; daśā-antaramanother lamp; abhyupetyaexpanding; dīpāyateilluminates; vivṛta-hetuwith its expanded cause; samāna-dharmāequally powerful; yaḥwho; tādṛksimilarly; evacertainly; hicertainly; caalso; viṣṇutayāby His expansion as Lord Viṣṇu; vibhātiilluminates; govindamto Lord Kṛṣṇa; ādi-puruṣamthe supreme original person; tamto Him; ahamI; bhajāmioffer my worshipful respect.

Translation

“ ‘When the flame of one candle is expanded to another candle and placed in a different position, it burns separately, and its illumination is as powerful as the original candle’s. Similarly, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, expands Himself in different forms as Viṣṇu, who is equally luminous, powerful and opulent. Let me worship that Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.46).
ব্রহ্মা, শিব — আজ্ঞাকারী ভক্ত-অবতার ।
পালনার্থে বিষ্ণু — কৃষ্ণের স্বরূপ-আকার ॥ ৩১৭ ॥
brahmā, śiva — ājñā-kārī bhakta-avatāra
pālanārthe viṣṇu — kṛṣṇera svarūpa-ākāra

Synonyms

brahmāLord Brahmā; śivaLord Śiva; ājñā-kārīorder-carriers; bhakta-avatāraincarnations of devotees; pālana-arthefor maintenance; viṣṇuLord Viṣṇu; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; svarūpa-ākārain the form of a personal feature.

Translation

“The conclusion is that Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva are simply devotee incarnations who carry out orders. However, Lord Viṣṇu, the maintainer, is the personal feature of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
সৃজামি তন্নিযুক্তোঽহং হরো হরতি তদ্বশঃ ।
বিশ্বং পুরুষরূপেণ পরিপাতি ত্রিশক্তিধৃক্ ॥ ৩১৮ ॥
sṛjāmi tan-niyukto ’haṁ
haro harati tad-vaśaḥ
viśvaṁ puruṣa-rūpeṇa
paripāti tri-śakti-dhṛk

Synonyms

sṛjāmicreate; tat-niyuktaḥengaged by Him; ahamI; haraḥLord Śiva; haratiannihilates; tat-vaśaḥunder His control; viśvamthe whole universe; puruṣa-rūpeṇain the form of Lord Viṣṇu; paripātimaintains; tri-śakti-dhṛkthe controller of the three modes of material nature.

Translation

“[Lord Brahmā said:] ‘I am engaged by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to create. Following His orders, Lord Śiva dissolves everything. The Supreme Personality of Godhead in His form of Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu maintains all the affairs of material nature. Thus the supreme controller of the three modes of material nature is Lord Viṣṇu.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.6.32). Lord Brahmā gave this information to Devarṣi Nārada when he was receiving instructions from Lord Brahmā to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Paramātmā. After describing the universal form of the Lord, Lord Brahmā explained that his position and Lord Śiva’s position are controlled by Lord Viṣṇu.
মন্বন্তরাবতার এবে শুন, সনাতন ।
অসংখ্য গণন তাঁর, শুনহ কারণ ॥ ৩১৯ ॥
manvantarāvatāra ebe śuna, sanātana
asaṅkhya gaṇana tāṅra, śunaha kāraṇa

Synonyms

manu-antara-avatārathe incarnations who appear during the reign of each Manu; ebenow; śunahear; sanātanaO Sanātana Gosvāmī; asaṅkhyaunlimited; gaṇanacounting; tāṅraof them; śunahajust hear; kāraṇathe cause.

Translation

“O Sanātana, now just hear about the incarnations who appear during the reign of each Manu [manvantara-avatāras]. They are unlimited, and no one can count them. Just hear of their source.
ব্রহ্মার এক দিনে হয় চৌদ্দ মন্বন্তর ।
চৌদ্দ অবতার তাহাঁ করেন ঈশ্বর ॥ ৩২০ ॥
brahmāra eka-dine haya caudda manvantara
caudda avatāra tāhāṅ karena īśvara

Synonyms

brahmāra eka-dinein one day of Brahmā; hayathere are; cauddafourteen; manu-antarachanges of Manu; cauddafourteen; avatāraincarnations; tāhāṅin that time; karenamanifests; īśvarathe Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“In one day of Brahmā, there are fourteen changes of the Manus, and during the reign of each of those fourteen Manus, an incarnation is manifested by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Purport

From this verse it can be calculated that in one month (30 days) of Brahmā’s life there are 420 manvantara-avatāras and that in one year (360 days) of his life there are 5,040 manvantara incarnations. Thus for the one hundred years of Brahmā’s life, there is a total of 504,000 manvantara-avatāras. In addition, the Manus themselves are considered partial incarnations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
চৌদ্দ এক দিনে, মাসে চারিশত বিশ ।
ব্রহ্মার বৎসরে পঞ্চসহস্র চল্লিশ ॥ ৩২১ ॥
caudda eka dine, māse cāri-śata biśa
brahmāra vatsare pañca-sahasra calliśa

Synonyms

caudda14; eka dinein one day; māsein one month; cāri-śata biśa420; brahmāra vatsarein one year of Brahmā; pañca-sahasra calliśa5,040 avatāras.

Translation

“There are 14 manvantara-avatāras in one day of Brahmā, 420 in one month, and 5,040 in one year.
শতেক বৎসর হয় ‘জীবন’ ব্রহ্মার ।
পঞ্চলক্ষ চারিসহস্র মন্বন্তরাবতার ॥ ৩২২ ॥
śateka vatsara haya ‘jīvana’ brahmāra
pañca-lakṣa cāri-sahasra manvantarāvatāra

Synonyms

śateka vatsara hayathere are one hundred years; jīvanathe duration of life; brahmāraof Brahmā; pañca-lakṣa500,000; cāri-sahasra4,000; manu-antara-avatāraincarnations who appear during the reign of each Manu.

Translation

“During the hundred years of Brahmā’s life, there are 504,000 manvantara-avatāras.
অনন্ত ব্রহ্মাণ্ডে ঐছে করহ গণন ।
মহাবিষ্ণু একশ্বাসে ব্রহ্মার জীবন ॥ ৩২৩ ॥
ananta brahmāṇḍe aiche karaha gaṇana
mahā-viṣṇu eka-śvāse brahmāra jīvana

Synonyms

ananta brahmāṇḍein innumerable universes; aichein that way; karaha gaṇanajust try to count; mahā-viṣṇuLord Mahā-Viṣṇu; eka-śvāseby one exhalation; brahmāra jīvanathe duration of life of one Brahmā.

Translation

“The number of manvantara-avatāras for only one universe has been given. One can only imagine how many manvantara-avatāras exist in the innumerable universes. And all these universes and Brahmās exist only during one exhalation of Mahā-Viṣṇu.
মহাবিষ্ণুর নিশ্বাসের নাহিক পর্যন্ত ।
এক মন্বন্তরাবতারের দেখ লেখার অন্ত ॥ ৩২৪ ॥
mahā-viṣṇura niśvāsera nāhika paryanta
eka manvantarāvatārera dekha lekhāra anta

Synonyms

mahā-viṣṇuraof Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu; niśvāseraof the exhalations; nāhika paryantathere is no limit; eka manvantara-avatāreraof only one feature of the Lord, namely the manvantara-avatāras; dekhajust see; lekhāra antait is beyond the power of writing.

Translation

“There is no limit to the exhalations of Mahā-Viṣṇu. Just see how impossible it is to speak or write of only the manvantara-avatāras!
স্বায়ংভুবে ‘যজ্ঞ’, স্বারোচিষে ‘বিভু’ নাম ।
ঔত্তমে ‘সত্যসেন’, তামসে ‘হরি’ অভিধান ॥ ৩২৫ ॥
svāyaṁbhuve ‘yajña’, svārociṣe ‘vibhu’ nāma
auttame ‘satyasena’, tāmase ‘hari’ abhidhāna

Synonyms

svāyaṁbhuvein the Svāyambhuva-manvantara; yajñathe avatāra named Yajña; svārociṣein the Svārociṣa-manvantara; vibhuthe avatāra Vibhu; nāmanamed; auttamein the Auttama-manvantara; satyasenathe avatāra named Satyasena; tāmasein the Tāmasa-manvantara; hariHari; abhidhānanamed.

Translation

“In the Svāyambhuva-manvantara, the avatāra is named Yajña. In the Svārociṣa-manvantara, he is named Vibhu. In the Auttama-manvantara, He is named Satyasena, and in the Tāmasa-manvantara, He is named Hari.
রৈবতে ‘বৈকুণ্ঠ’, চাক্ষুষে ‘অজিত’, বৈবস্বতে ‘বামন’ ।
সাবর্ণ্যে ‘সার্বভৌম’, দক্ষসাবর্ণ্যে ‘ঋষভ’ গণন ॥ ৩২৬ ॥
raivate ‘vaikuṇṭha’, cākṣuṣe ‘ajita’, vaivasvate ‘vāmana’
sāvarṇye ‘sārvabhauma’, dakṣa-sāvarṇye ‘ṛṣabha’ gaṇana

Synonyms

raivatein the Raivata-manvantara; vaikuṇṭhathe avatāra named Vaikuṇṭha; cākṣuṣein the Cākṣuṣa-manvantara; ajitathe avatāra named Ajita; vaivasvatein the Vaivasvata-manvantara; vāmanathe avatāra named Vāmana; sāvarṇyein the Sāvarṇya-manvantara; sārvabhaumathe avatāra named Sārvabhauma; dakṣa-sāvarṇyein the Dakṣa-sāvarṇya-manvantara; ṛṣabhathe avatāra named Ṛṣabha; gaṇananamed.

Translation

“In the Raivata-manvantara, the avatāra is named Vaikuṇṭha, and in the Cākṣuṣa-manvantara, He is named Ajita. In the Vaivasvata-manvantara, He is named Vāmana, and in the Sāvarṇya-manvantara, He is named Sārvabhauma. In the Dakṣa-sāvarṇya-manvantara, he is named Ṛṣabha.
ব্রহ্মসাবর্ণ্যে ‘বিষ্বক্‌সেন’, ‘ধর্মসেতু’ ধর্মসাবর্ণ্যে ।
রুদ্রসাবর্ণ্যে ‘সুধামা’, ‘যোগেশ্বর’ দেবসাবর্ণ্যে ॥ ৩২৭ ॥
brahma-sāvarṇye ‘viṣvaksena’, ‘dharmasetu’ dharma-sāvarṇye
rudra-sāvarṇye ‘sudhāmā’, ‘yogeśvara’ deva-sāvarṇye

Synonyms

brahma-sāvarṇyein the Brahma-sāvarṇya-manvantara; viṣvaksenathe avatāra named Viṣvaksena; dharmasetuthe avatāra named Dharmasetu; dharma-sāvarṇyein the Dharma-sāvarṇya-manvantara; rudra-sāvarṇyein the Rudra-sāvarṇya-manvantara; sudhāmāthe avatāra named Sudhāmā; yogeśvarathe avatāra named Yogeśvara; deva-sāvarṇyein the Deva-sāvarṇya-manvantara.

Translation

“In the Brahma-sāvarṇya-manvantara, the avatāra is named Viṣvaksena, and in the Dharma-sāvarṇya, he is named Dharmasetu. In the Rudra-sāvarṇya he is named Sudhāmā, and in the Deva-sāvarṇya, he is named Yogeśvara.
ইন্দ্রসাবর্ণ্যে ‘বৃহদ্ভানু’ অভিধান ।
এই চৌদ্দ মন্বন্তরে চৌদ্দ ‘অবতার’ নাম ॥ ৩২৮ ॥
indra-sāvarṇye ‘bṛhadbhānu’ abhidhāna
ei caudda manvantare caudda ‘avatāra’ nāma

Synonyms

indra-sāvarṇyein the Indra-sāvarṇya-manvantara; bṛhadbhānuthe avatāra named Bṛhadbhānu; abhidhānanamed; ei caudda manvantarein the fourteen manvantaras; cauddafourteen; avatāraof the incarnations; nāmadifferent names.

Translation

“In the Indra-sāvarṇya-manvantara, the avatāra is named Bṛhadbhānu. These are the names of the fourteen avatāras in the fourteen manvantaras.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura, in his Anubhāṣya, gives a list of Manus and their fathers’ names: (1) Svāyambhuva Manu, the son of Lord Brahmā; (2) Svārociṣa, the son of Svarocis, or Agni, the predominating deity of fire; (3) Uttama, the son of King Priyavrata; (4) Tāmasa, the brother of Uttama; (5) Raivata, the twin brother of Tāmasa; (6) Cākṣuṣa, the son of the demigod Cakṣus; (7) Vaivasvata, the son of Vivasvān, the sun-god (whose name is mentioned in the Bhagavad-gītā [4.1]); (8) Sāvarṇi, a son born to the sun-god and his wife Chāyā; (9) Dakṣa-sāvarṇi, the son of the demigod Varuṇa; (10) Brahma-sāvarṇi, the son of Upaśloka; (11-14) Rudra-sāvarṇi, Dharma-sāvarṇi, Deva-sāvarṇi and Indra-sāvarṇi, the sons of Rudra, Ruci, Satyasahā and Bhūti respectively.
যুগাবতার এবে শুন, সনাতন ।
সত্য-ত্রেতা-দ্বাপর-কলি-যুগের গণন ॥ ৩২৯ ॥
yugāvatāra ebe śuna, sanātana
satya-tretā-dvāpara-kali-yugera gaṇana

Synonyms

yuga-avatāraincarnation of millenniums; ebenow; śunahear; sanātanaO Sanātana Gosvāmī; satya-tretā-dvāpara-kali-yugeraof Satya-yuga, Tretā-yuga, Dvāpara-yuga and Kali-yuga; gaṇanathe chronological order.

Translation

“O Sanātana, now hear from Me about the yuga-avatāras, the incarnations for the millenniums. First of all, there are four yugas — Satya-yuga, Tretā-yuga, Dvāpara-yuga and Kali-yuga.
শুক্ল-রক্ত-কৃষ্ণ-পীত — ক্রমে চারি বর্ণ ।
চারি বর্ণ ধরি’ কৃষ্ণ করেন যুগধর্ম ॥ ৩৩০ ॥
śukla-rakta-kṛṣṇa-pīta — krame cāri varṇa
cāri varṇa dhari’ kṛṣṇa karena yuga-dharma

Synonyms

śuklawhite; raktared; kṛṣṇablack; pītayellow; krameone after another; cāri varṇafour colors; cāri varṇa dhari’accepting these four colors; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; karena yuga-dharmamanifests His pastimes in different millenniums.

Translation

“In the four yugas — Satya, Tretā, Dvāpara and Kali — the Lord incarnates in four colors: white, red, black and yellow respectively. These are the colors of the incarnations in different millenniums.
আসন্‌ বর্ণাস্ত্রয়ো হ্যস্য গৃহ্ণতোঽনুযুগং তনূঃ ।
শুক্লো রক্তস্তথা পীত ইদানীং কৃষ্ণতাং গতঃ ॥ ৩৩১ ॥
āsan varṇās trayo hy asya
gṛhṇato ’nu-yugaṁ tanūḥ
śuklo raktas tathā pīta
idānīṁ kṛṣṇatāṁ gataḥ

Synonyms

āsanthere were; varṇāḥcolors; trayaḥthree; hicertainly; asyaof your son; gṛhṇataḥaccepting; anu-yugamaccording to the millennium; tanūḥbody; śuklaḥwhite; raktaḥred; tathāas well as; pītaḥyellow; idānīmjust now; kṛṣṇatām gataḥHe has assumed a blackish hue.

Translation

“ ‘This child formerly had three colors according to the prescribed color for different millenniums. Formerly He was white, red and yellow, and now He has assumed a blackish color.’

Purport

This verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.8.13) was spoken by Garga Muni when performing the name-giving ceremony for Kṛṣṇa at the house of Nanda Mahārāja. The following two verses are also from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.21, 24).
কৃতে শুক্লশ্চতুর্বাহুর্জটিলো বল্কলাম্বরঃ ।
কৃষ্ণাজিনোপবীতাক্ষান্‌ বিভ্রদ্‌দণ্ডকমণ্ডলূ ॥ ৩৩২ ॥
kṛte śuklaś catur-bāhur
jaṭilo valkalāmbaraḥ
kṛṣṇājinopavītākṣān
bibhrad daṇḍa-kamaṇḍalū

Synonyms

kṛtein Satya-yuga; śuklaḥhaving a white color and bearing the name Śukla; catuḥ-bāhuḥhaving four arms; jaṭilaḥwith a bunch of hair; valkala-ambaraḥwearing a garment made of tree bark; kṛṣṇa-ajinablack-colored antelope skin; upavītasacred thread; akṣāna garland of beads for chanting; bibhratcarried; daṇḍa-kamaṇḍalūa rod and waterpot.

Translation

“ ‘In Satya-yuga the Lord appeared in a body colored white, with four arms and matted hair. He wore tree bark and bore a black antelope skin. He wore a sacred thread and a garland of rudrākṣa beads. He carried a rod and a waterpot, and He was a brahmacārī.’
ত্রেতায়াং রক্তবর্ণোঽসৌ চতুর্বাহুস্ত্রিমেখলঃ ।
হিরণ্যকেশস্ত্রয্যাত্মা স্রুক্‌স্রুবাদ্যুপলক্ষণঃ ॥ ৩৩৩ ॥
tretāyāṁ rakta-varṇo ’sau
catur-bāhus tri-mekhalaḥ
hiraṇya-keśas trayy-ātmā
sruk-sruvādy-upalakṣaṇaḥ

Synonyms

tretāyāmin Tretā-yuga; rakta-varṇaḥof a reddish color; asauHe; catuḥ-bāhuḥwith four arms; tri-mekhalaḥhaving three circles on the abdomen; hiraṇya-keśaḥhair colored like gold; trayī-ātmāwhose form manifests the Vedas; sruk-sruva-ādi-upalakṣaṇaḥdecorated with the sacrificial spoon, ladle and so on.

Translation

“ ‘In Tretā-yuga, the Lord appeared in a body that had a reddish hue and four arms. There were three distinctive lines on His abdomen, and His hair was golden. His form manifested the Vedic knowledge, and He bore the symbols of a sacrificial spoon, ladle and so on.’
সত্যযুগে ধর্ম-ধ্যান করায় ‘শুক্ল’-মূর্তি ধরি’ ।
কর্দমকে বর দিলা যেঁহো কৃপা করি’ ॥ ৩৩৪ ॥
satya-yuge dharma-dhyāna karāya ‘śukla’-mūrti dhari’
kardamake vara dilā yeṅho kṛpā kari’

Synonyms

satya-yugein the millennium of Satya-yuga; dharma-dhyānareligious principles and meditation; karāyainduces; śuklawhitish; mūrtiform; dhari’accepting; kardamaketo Kardama Muni; vara dilāgave benedictions; yeṅhowho; kṛpā kari’out of causeless mercy.

Translation

“As the white incarnation, the Lord taught religion and meditation. He offered benedictions to Kardama Muni, and in this way He showed His causeless mercy.

Purport

Kardama Muni was one of the prajāpatis. He married Devahūti, the daughter of Manu, and their son was Kapiladeva. The Supreme Lord was very pleased with Kardama Muni’s austerities, and He appeared before Kardama Muni in a whitish body. This happened in the Satya-yuga millennium, when people were accustomed to practicing meditation.
কৃষ্ণ-‘ধ্যান’ করে লোক জ্ঞান-অধিকারী ।
ত্রেতার ধর্ম ‘যজ্ঞ’ করায় ‘রক্ত’-বর্ণ ধরি’ ॥ ৩৩৫ ॥
kṛṣṇa-‘dhyāna’ kare loka jñāna-adhikārī
tretāra dharma ‘yajña’ karāya ‘rakta’-varṇa dhari’

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-dhyānameditation upon Kṛṣṇa; kareperform; lokathe people; jñāna-adhikārīwho are advanced in spiritual knowledge; tretāraof Tretā-yuga; dharmathe occupational duty; yajñaperformance of sacrifices; karāyainduces; rakta-varṇa dhari’assuming a reddish color.

Translation

“In Satya-yuga the people were generally advanced in spiritual knowledge and could meditate upon Kṛṣṇa very easily. The people’s occupational duty in Tretā-yuga was to perform great sacrifices. This was induced by the Personality of Godhead in His reddish incarnation.
‘কৃষ্ণপদার্চন’ হয় দ্বাপরের ধর্ম ।
‘কৃষ্ণ’-বর্ণে করায় লোকে কৃষ্ণার্চন-কর্ম ॥ ৩৩৬ ॥
‘kṛṣṇa-padārcana’ haya dvāparera dharma
‘kṛṣṇa’-varṇe karāya loke kṛṣṇārcana-karma

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-pada-arcanaworshiping the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa; hayais; dvāpareraof Dvāpara millennium; dharmathe occupational duty; kṛṣṇa-varṇein a blackish color; karāyainduces; loketo the people; kṛṣṇa-arcana-karmathe activities of worshiping Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

“In Dvāpara-yuga the people’s occupational duty was to worship the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore Lord Kṛṣṇa, appearing in a blackish body, personally induced people to worship Him.
দ্বাপরে ভগবান্‌ শ্যামঃ পীতবাসা নিজায়ুধঃ ।
শ্রীবৎসাদিভিরঙ্কৈশ্চ লক্ষণৈরুপলক্ষিতঃ ॥ ৩৩৭ ॥
dvāpare bhagavān śyāmaḥ
pīta-vāsā nijāyudhaḥ
śrī-vatsādibhir aṅkaiś ca
lakṣaṇair upalakṣitaḥ

Synonyms

dvāparein Dvāpara-yuga; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; śyāmaḥblackish; pīta-vāsāḥhaving yellow clothes; nijaown; āyudhaḥhaving weapons; śrī-vatsa-ādibhiḥsuch as Śrīvatsa; aṅkaiḥby bodily markings; caand; lakṣaṇaiḥby external characteristics such as the Kaustubha jewel; upalakṣitaḥcharacterized.

Translation

“ ‘In Dvāpara-yuga the Personality of Godhead appears in a blackish hue. He is dressed in yellow, He holds His own weapons, and He is decorated with the Kaustubha jewel and the mark of Śrīvatsa. That is how His symptoms are described.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.27). The śyāma color is not exactly blackish. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura compares it to the color of the atasī flower. It is not that Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself appears in a blackish color in all the Dvāpara-yugas. In other Dvāpara-yugas, previous to Lord Kṛṣṇa’s appearance, the Supreme Lord appeared in a greenish body by His own personal expansion. This is mentioned in the Viṣṇu Purāṇa, Hari-vaṁśa and Mahābhārata.
নমস্তে বাসুদেবায় নমঃ সঙ্কর্ষণায় চ ।
প্রদ্যুম্নায়ানিরুদ্ধায় তুভ্যং ভগবতে নমঃ ॥ ৩৩৮ ॥
namas te vāsudevāya
namaḥ saṅkarṣaṇāya ca
pradyumnāyāniruddhāya
tubhyaṁ bhagavate namaḥ

Synonyms

namaḥlet me offer my respectful obeisances; teunto You; vāsudevāyaLord Vāsudeva; namaḥrespectful obeisances; saṅkarṣaṇāya caalso to Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa; pradyumnāyato Lord Pradyumna; aniruddhāyaunto Aniruddha; tubhyamunto You; bhagavateunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; namaḥmy respectful obeisances.

Translation

“ ‘I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, expanded as Vāsudeva, Saṅkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha.’

Purport

This is a prayer from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.29) spoken by Karabhājana Muni when he was questioned by Mahārāja Nimi, the King of Videha, about the incarnations in specific yugas and their method of worship. Karabhājana Muni was one of the nine Yogendras, and he met the King to inform him about future incarnations.
এই মন্ত্রে দ্বাপরে করে কৃষ্ণার্চন ।
‘কৃষ্ণনাম-সংকীর্তন’ — কলিযুগের ধর্ম ॥ ৩৩৯ ॥
ei mantre dvāpare kare kṛṣṇārcana
‘kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana’ — kali-yugera dharma

Synonyms

ei mantreby this mantra; dvāparein the Age of Dvāpara; kareperform; kṛṣṇa-arcanathe worship of Lord Kṛṣṇa; kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtanachanting of the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; kali-yugera dharmathe occupational duty in the Age of Kali.

Translation

“By this mantra, the people worship Lord Kṛṣṇa in Dvāpara-yuga. In Kali-yuga the occupational duty of the people is to chant congregationally the holy name of Kṛṣṇa.

Purport

kaler doṣa-nidhe rājannasti hy eko mahān guṇaḥ
kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya
mukta-bandhaḥ paraṁ vrajet
“My dear King, although Kali-yuga is full of faults, there is still one good quality about this age. It is that simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, one can become free from material bondage and be promoted to the transcendental kingdom.” Thus in Kali-yuga one worships Lord Kṛṣṇa by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. To propagate this movement, Lord Kṛṣṇa personally appeared as Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. That is described in the following verse.
‘পীত’-বর্ণ ধরি’ তবে কৈলা প্রবর্তন ।
প্রেমভক্তি দিলা লোকে লঞা ভক্তগণ ॥ ৩৪০ ॥
‘pīta’-varṇa dhari’ tabe kailā pravartana
prema-bhakti dilā loke lañā bhakta-gaṇa

Synonyms

pīta-varṇa dhari’assuming the color yellow; tabethereafter; kailā pravartanaintroduced the saṅkīrtana movement; prema-bhakti dilāHe distributed love of Kṛṣṇa; loketo the people in general; lañā bhakta-gaṇaaccompanied by His devotees.

Translation

“In the Age of Kali, Lord Kṛṣṇa assumes a golden color and, accompanied by His personal devotees, introduces hari-nāma-saṅkīrtana, the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. By this process He delivers love for Kṛṣṇa to the general populace.
ধর্ম প্রবর্তন করে ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ।
প্রেমে গায় নাচে লোক করে সঙ্কীর্তন ॥ ৩৪১ ॥
dharma pravartana kare vrajendra-nandana
preme gāya nāce loka kare saṅkīrtana

Synonyms

dharma pravartana kareintroduces a particular type of religious activity; vrajendra-nandanaKṛṣṇa Himself; premein love; gāyachants; nācedances; lokaall people; kareperform; saṅkīrtanacongregational chanting.

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja, personally introduces the occupational duty of the Age of Kali. He personally chants and dances in ecstatic love, and thus the entire world chants congregationally.
কৃষ্ণবর্ণং ত্বিষাঽকৃষ্ণং সাঙ্গোপাঙ্গাস্ত্রপার্ষদম্‌ ।
যজ্ঞৈঃ সঙ্কীর্তন-প্রায়ৈর্যজন্তি হি সুমেধসঃ ॥ ৩৪২ ॥
kṛṣṇa-varṇaṁ tviṣākṛṣṇaṁ
sāṅgopāṅgāstra-pārṣadam
yajñaiḥ saṅkīrtana-prāyair
yajanti hi su-medhasaḥ

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-varṇamrepeating the syllables kṛṣ-ṇa; tviṣāwith a luster; akṛṣṇamnot black (golden); sa-aṅgawith associates; upa-aṅgaservitors; astraweapons; pārṣadamconfidential companions; yajñaiḥby sacrifice; saṅkīrtana-prāyaiḥconsisting chiefly of congregational chanting; yajantithey worship; hicertainly; su-medhasaḥintelligent persons.

Translation

“ ‘In the Age of Kali, intelligent persons perform congregational chanting to worship the incarnation of Godhead who constantly sings the name of Kṛṣṇa. Although His complexion is not blackish, He is Kṛṣṇa Himself. He is accompanied by His associates, servants, weapons and confidential companions.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.32). See also Ādi-līlā, chapter three, text 52.
আর তিনযুগে ধ্যানাদিতে যেই ফল হয় ।
কলিযুগে কৃষ্ণনামে সেই ফল পায় ॥ ৩৪৩ ॥
āra tina-yuge dhyānādite yei phala haya
kali-yuge kṛṣṇa-nāme sei phala pāya

Synonyms

āra tina-yugein the three other yugas; dhyāna-āditeby processes beginning with meditation; yeiwhatever; phalaresult; hayathere is; kali-yugein this Age of Kali; kṛṣṇa-nāmeby chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; sei phala pāyaone gets the same achievement.

Translation

“In the other three yugas — Satya, Tretā and Dvāpara — people perform different types of spiritual activities. Whatever results they achieve in that way, they can achieve in Kali-yuga simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.
কলের্দোষনিধে রাজন্নস্তি হ্যেকো মহান্ গুণঃ ।
কীর্তনাদেব কৃষ্ণস্য মুক্তবন্ধঃ পরং ব্ৰজেৎ ॥ ৩৪৪ ॥
kaler doṣa-nidhe rājann
asti hy eko mahān guṇaḥ
kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya
mukta-bandhaḥ paraṁ vrajet

Synonyms

kaleḥof the Age of Kali; doṣa-nidhein the ocean of faults; rājanO King; astithere is; hicertainly; ekaḥone; mahānvery great; guṇaḥgood quality; kīrtanātby chanting; evacertainly; kṛṣṇasyaof the holy name of Kṛṣṇa; mukta-bandhaḥliberated from material bondage; paramto the transcendental, spiritual kingdom; vrajetone can go.

Translation

“ ‘My dear King, although Kali-yuga is full of faults, there is still one good quality about this age. It is that simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, one can become free from material bondage and be promoted to the transcendental kingdom.’

Purport

As mentioned above, this verse is Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 12.3.51.
কৃতে যদ্ধ্যায়তো বিষ্ণুং ত্রেতায়াং যজতো মখৈঃ ।
দ্বাপরে পরিচর্যায়াং কলৌ তদ্ধরিকীর্তনাৎ ॥ ৩৪৫ ॥
kṛte yad dhyāyato viṣṇuṁ
tretāyāṁ yajato makhaiḥ
dvāpare paricaryāyāṁ
kalau tad dhari-kīrtanāt

Synonyms

kṛtein Satya-yuga; yatwhich; dhyāyataḥfrom meditation; viṣṇumon Lord Viṣṇu; tretāyāmin Tretā-yuga; yajataḥfrom worshiping; makhaiḥby performing sacrifices; dvāparein the Age of Dvāpara; paricaryāyāmby worshiping the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa; kalauin the Age of Kali; tatthat same result (can be achieved); hari-kīrtanātsimply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.

Translation

“ ‘Whatever result was obtained in Satya-yuga by meditating on Viṣṇu, in Tretā-yuga by performing sacrifices and in Dvāpara-yuga by serving the Lord’s lotus feet can also be obtained in Kali-yuga simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.’

Purport

This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (12.3.52). At the present moment in Kali-yuga there are many false meditators who concoct some imaginary form and try to meditate upon it. It has become fashionable to meditate, but people know nothing about the object of meditation. That is explained here. Yad dhyāyato viṣṇum. One has to meditate upon Lord Viṣṇu or Lord Kṛṣṇa. Without referring to the śāstras, so-called meditators aim at impersonal objects. Lord Kṛṣṇa has condemned them in the Bhagavad-gītā (12.5):
kleśo ’dhikataras teṣāmavyaktāsakta-cetasām
avyaktā hi gatir duḥkhaṁ
dehavadbhir avāpyate
“For those whose minds are attached to the unmanifested, impersonal feature of the Supreme, advancement is very troublesome. To make progress in that discipline is always difficult for those who are embodied.” Not knowing how to meditate, foolish people simply suffer, and there is no benefit derived from their spiritual activities.
The same idea expressed in this verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam can be found in the following verse from the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (6.2.17), Padma Purāṇa (Uttara-khaṇḍa 72.25) and Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa (38.97).
ধ্যায়ন্ কৃতে যজন্ যজ্ঞৈস্ত্রেতায়াং দ্বাপরেঽর্চয়ন্ ।
যদাপ্নোতি তদাপ্নোতি কলৌ সঙ্কীর্ত্য কেশবম্ ॥ ৩৪৬ ॥
dhyāyan kṛte yajan yajñais
tretāyāṁ dvāpare ’rcayan
yad āpnoti tad āpnoti
kalau saṅkīrtya keśavam

Synonyms

dhyāyanmeditating; kṛtein Satya-yuga; yajanworshiping; yajñaiḥby the performance of great sacrifices; tretāyāmin Tretā-yuga; dvāparein Dvāpara-yuga; arcayanworshiping the lotus feet; yatwhatever; āpnotiis achieved; tatthat; āpnotiis obtained; kalauin the Age of Kali; saṅkīrtyasimply by chanting; keśavamthe pastimes and qualities of Lord Keśava.

Translation

“ ‘Whatever is achieved by meditation in Satya-yuga, by the performance of yajña in Tretā-yuga or by the worship of Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet in Dvāpara-yuga is also obtained in the Age of Kali simply by chanting the glories of Lord Keśava.’
কলিং সভাজয়ন্ত্যার্যা গুণজ্ঞাঃ সারভাগিনঃ ।
যত্র সঙ্কীর্তনেনৈব সর্বস্বার্থোঽভিলভ্যতে ॥ ৩৪৭ ॥
kaliṁ sabhājayanty āryā
guṇa-jñāḥ sāra-bhāginaḥ
yatra saṅkīrtanenaiva
sarva-svārtho ’bhilabhyate

Synonyms

kalimKali-yuga; sabhājayantiworship; āryāḥadvanced people; guṇa-jñāḥappreciating this good quality of Kali-yuga; sāra-bhāginaḥpersons who accept the essence of life; yatrain which age; saṅkīrtanenasimply by performing the saṅkīrtana-yajña, the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; evacertainly; sarva-sva-arthaḥall interests of life; abhilabhyateare achieved.

Translation

“ ‘Those who are advanced and highly qualified and are interested in the essence of life know the good qualities of Kali-yuga. Such people worship the Age of Kali because in this age one can advance in spiritual knowledge and attain life’s goal simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.36) spoken by the great sage Karabhājana Ṛṣi, one of the nine Yogendras. The sage was informing Mahārāja Nimi about the people’s duty to worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead according to different processes in different yugas.
পূর্ববৎ লিখি যবে গুণাবতারগণ ।
অসংখ্য সংখ্যা তাঁর, না হয় গণন ॥ ৩৪৮ ॥
pūrvavat likhi yabe guṇāvatāra-gaṇa
asaṅkhya saṅkhyā tāṅra, nā haya gaṇana

Synonyms

pūrva-vatas previously; likhiI write; yabewhen; guṇa-avatāra-gaṇaincarnations of the material modes of nature; asaṅkhyainnumerable; saṅkhyācounting; tāṅraof them; haya gaṇananot actually countable.

Translation

“As stated before when I described the incarnations of the material modes [guṇa-avatāras], one should consider that these incarnations also are unlimited and that no one can count them.
চারিযুগাবতারে এই ত’ গণন ।
শুনি’ ভঙ্গি করি’ তাঁরে পুছে সনাতন ॥ ৩৪৯ ॥
cāri-yugāvatāre ei ta’ gaṇana
śuni’ bhaṅgi kari’ tāṅre puche sanātana

Synonyms

cāri-yuga-avatāreof the incarnations in the four different yugas; ei ta’ gaṇanasuch enumeration; śuni’hearing; bhaṅgi kari’giving a hint; tāṅreunto Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pucheinquired; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī.

Translation

“Thus I have given a description of the incarnations of the four different yugas.” After hearing all this, Sanātana Gosvāmī gave an indirect hint to the Lord.
রাজমন্ত্রী সনাতন — বুদ্ধ্যে বৃহস্পতি ।
প্রভুর কৃপাতে পুছে অসঙ্কোচ-মতি ॥ ৩৫০ ॥
rāja-mantrī sanātana — buddhye bṛhaspati
prabhura kṛpāte puche asaṅkoca-mati

Synonyms

rāja-mantrī sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī was formerly an intelligent minister for Nawab Hussain Shah; buddhyein intelligence; bṛhaspatiexactly like Bṛhaspati, the priest in the heavenly kingdom; prabhura kṛpātebecause of the unlimited mercy of the Lord; pucheinquires; asaṅkoca-matiwithout hesitation.

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī had been a minister under Nawab Hussain Shah, and he was undoubtedly as intelligent as Bṛhaspati, the chief priest of the heavenly kingdom. Due to the Lord’s unlimited mercy, Sanātana Gosvāmī questioned Him without hesitation.
‘অতি ক্ষুদ্র জীব মুঞি নীচ, নীচাচার ।
কেমনে জানিব কলিতে কোন্‌ অবতার ?’ ৩৫১ ॥
‘ati kṣudra jīva muñi nīca, nīcācāra
kemane jāniba kalite kon avatāra?’

Synonyms

ativery; kṣudraunimportant, insignificant; jīvaliving entity; muñiI; nīcalow; nīca-ācārahaving very abominable behavior; kemanehow; jānibashall I know; kalitein this age; kon avatārawho is the incarnation.

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī said, “I am a very insignificant living entity. I am low and poorly behaved. How can I understand who is the incarnation for this Age of Kali?”

Purport

This verse is very important in reference to the incarnations of God. At present there are especially many rascals prevalent in India who proclaim themselves incarnations of God or goddesses. Thus they are fooling and bluffing foolish people. On behalf of the general populace, Sanātana Gosvāmī presented himself as a foolish, lowborn, poorly behaved person, although he was a most exalted personality. Inferior people cannot accept the real God, yet they are very eager to accept an imitation God who can simply bluff foolish people. All this is going on in this Age of Kali. To guide these foolish people, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu answers the question as follows.
প্রভু কহে, — “অন্যাবতার শাস্ত্র-দ্বারে জানি ।
কলিতে অবতার তৈছে শাস্ত্রবাক্যে মানি ॥ ৩৫২ ॥
prabhu kahe, — “anyāvatāra śāstra-dvāre jāni
kalite avatāra taiche śāstra-vākye māni

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; anya-avatārathe incarnations in other yugas; śāstra-dvāre jānione has to accept by reference to the śāstras; kalitein this Age of Kali; avatāraincarnation; taichesimilarly; śāstra-vākye mānione has to accept according to the description of revealed scriptures.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “As in other ages an incarnation is accepted according to the directions of the śāstras, in this Age of Kali an incarnation of God should be accepted in that way.

Purport

According to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, this is the way an incarnation should be accepted. Śrīla Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura says, sādhu-śāstra-guru-vākya, cittete kariyā aikya. One should accept a thing as genuine by studying the words of saintly people, the spiritual master and the śāstra. The actual center is the śāstra, the revealed scripture. If a spiritual master does not speak according to the revealed scripture, he is not to be accepted. Similarly, if a saintly person does not speak according to the śāstra, he is not a saintly person. The śāstra is the center for all. Unfortunately, at the present moment, people do not refer to the śāstras; therefore they accept rascals as incarnations, and consequently they have made incarnations into a very cheap thing. Intelligent people who follow Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s instructions and the instructions of the ācārya, the bona fide spiritual master, will not accept a pretender as an incarnation of God. In Kali-yuga, the only incarnation is Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Imitation incarnations take advantage of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. The Lord appeared within the past five hundred years, played as the son of a brāhmaṇa from Nadia and introduced the saṅkīrtana movement. Imitating Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and ignoring the śāstra, rascals present themselves as incarnations and introduce their rascaldom as a religious process. As we have repeatedly said, religion can be given only by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. From the discussions in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta, we can understand that in different ages the Supreme Lord introduces different systems and different religious duties. In this Age of Kali, the only incarnation of Kṛṣṇa is Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and He introduced the religious duty of Kali-yuga, the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra: Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare.
সর্বজ্ঞ মুনির বাক্য — শাস্ত্র-‘পরমাণ’ ।
আমা-সবা জীবের হয় শাস্ত্রদ্বারা ‘জ্ঞান’ ॥ ৩৫৩ ॥
sarvajña munira vākya — śāstra-‘paramāṇa’
āmā-sabā jīvera haya śāstra-dvārā ‘jñāna’

Synonyms

sarva-jña munira vākyathe words of the omniscient muni (Vyāsadeva); śāstra-paramāṇaevidence of revealed scriptures; āmā-sabāall of us; jīveraof the conditioned souls; hayathere is; śāstra-dvārāthrough the medium of revealed scriptures; jñānaknowledge.

Translation

“The Vedic literatures composed by the omniscient Mahāmuni Vyāsadeva are evidence of all spiritual existence. Only through these revealed scriptures can all conditioned souls attain knowledge.

Purport

Foolish people try to concoct knowledge by manufacturing something in their brains. That is not the real way of knowledge. Knowledge is śabda-pramāṇa, evidence from the Vedic literature. Śrīla Vyāsadeva is called Mahāmuni. He is also known as Vedavyāsa because he has compiled so many śāstras. He has divided the Vedas into four divisions — Sāma, Ṛg, Yajur and Atharva. He has expanded the Vedas into eighteen Purāṇas and has summarized Vedic knowledge in the Vedānta-sūtra. He also compiled the Mahābhārata, which is accepted as the fifth Veda. The Bhagavad-gītā is contained within the Mahābhārata. Therefore the Bhagavad-gītā is also Vedic literature (smṛti). Some of the Vedic literatures are called śrutis, and some are called smṛtis. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī recommends in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.101):
śruti-smṛti-purāṇādi-pañcarātra-vidhiṁ vinā
aikāntikī harer bhaktir
utpātāyaiva kalpate
Unless one refers to śāstra (śruti, smṛti and purāṇādi), one’s spiritual activity simply disturbs society. There is no king or government to check people, and therefore society has fallen into a chaotic condition as far as spiritual understanding is concerned. Taking advantage of this chaotic condition, many rascals have appeared and proclaimed themselves incarnations of God. As a result, the entire population is indulging in sinful activities such as illicit sex, intoxication, gambling and meat-eating. Out of many sinful people, many so-called incarnations of God are emerging. This is a very regrettable situation, especially in India.
অবতার নাহি কহে — ‘আমি অবতার’ ।
মুনি সব জানি’ করে লক্ষণ-বিচার ॥ ৩৫৪ ॥
avatāra nāhi kahe — ‘āmi avatāra’
muni saba jāni’ kare lakṣaṇa-vicāra

Synonyms

avatārathe actual incarnation of Godhead; nāhinever; kahesays; āmi avatāraI am an incarnation; munithe great sage Mahāmuni Vyāsadeva; saba jāni’knowing all (past, present and future); kare lakṣaṇa-vicāradescribes the symptoms of the avatāras.

Translation

“An actual incarnation of God never says ‘I am God’ or ‘I am an incarnation of God.’ The great sage Vyāsadeva, knowing all, has already recorded the characteristics of the avatāras in the śāstras.

Purport

In this verse it is clearly stated that a real incarnation of God never claims to be a real incarnation. According to the symptoms described in the śāstra, one can understand who is an avatāra and who is not.
যস্যাবতারা জ্ঞায়ন্তে শরীরেষ্বশরীরিণঃ ।
তৈস্তৈরতুল্যাতিশয়ৈর্বীর্যৈর্দেহিষ্বসঙ্গতৈঃ ॥ ৩৫৫ ॥
yasyāvatārā jñāyante
śarīreṣv aśarīriṇaḥ
tais tair atulyātiśayair
vīryair dehiṣv asaṅgataiḥ

Synonyms

yasyawhose; avatārāḥincarnations; jñāyantecan be known; śarīriṣuamong the living entities; aśarīriṇaḥof the Lord, who has no material body; taiḥ taiḥall those; atulyaincomparable; atiśayaiḥextraordinary; vīryaiḥby prowess; dehiṣuamong the living entities; asaṅgataiḥimpossible.

Translation

“ ‘The Lord does not have a material body, yet He descends among human beings in His transcendental body as an incarnation. Therefore it is very difficult for us to understand who is an incarnation. Only by His extraordinary prowess and uncommon activities, which are impossible for embodied living entities, can one partially understand the incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.10.34).
‘স্বরূপ’-লক্ষণ, আর ‘তটস্থ-লক্ষণ’ ।
এই দুই লক্ষণে ‘বস্তু’ জানে মুনিগণ ॥ ৩৫৬ ॥
‘svarūpa’-lakṣaṇa, āra ‘taṭastha-lakṣaṇa’
ei dui lakṣaṇe ‘vastu’ jāne muni-gaṇa

Synonyms

svarūpa-lakṣaṇathe personal characteristics; āraand; taṭastha-lakṣaṇathe marginal characteristics; ei dui lakṣaṇeby these two symptoms; vastuan object; jāneknow; muni-gaṇathe great sages.

Translation

“By two symptoms — personal characteristics and marginal characteristics — the great sages can understand an object.
আকৃতি, প্রকৃতি, স্বরূপ, — স্বরূপ-লক্ষণ ।
কার্যদ্বারা জ্ঞান, — এই তটস্থ-লক্ষণ ॥ ৩৫৭ ॥
ākṛti, prakṛti, svarūpa, — svarūpa-lakṣaṇa
kārya-dvārā jñāna, — ei taṭastha-lakṣaṇa

Synonyms

ākṛtibodily features; prakṛtinature; svarūpaform; svarūpa-lakṣaṇapersonal symptoms; kārya-dvārāby activities; jñānaknowledge; eithis; taṭastha-lakṣaṇathe marginal symptoms.

Translation

“Bodily features, nature and form are the personal characteristics. Knowledge of His activities provides the marginal characteristics.
ভাগবতারম্ভে ব্যাস মঙ্গলাচরণে ।
‘পরমেশ্বর’ নিরূপিল এই দুই লক্ষণে ॥ ৩৫৮ ॥
bhāgavatārambhe vyāsa maṅgalācaraṇe
‘parameśvara’ nirūpila ei dui lakṣaṇe

Synonyms

bhāgavata-ārambhein the beginning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; vyāsathe great author Vyāsadeva; maṅgala-ācaraṇein the auspicious invocation; parama-īśvarathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; nirūpilahas described; ei dui lakṣaṇeby these two characteristics, namely svarūpa (personal) and taṭastha (marginal) symptoms.

Translation

“In the auspicious invocation at the beginning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Śrīla Vyāsadeva has described the Supreme Personality of Godhead by these symptoms.
জন্মাদ্যস্য যতোঽন্বয়াদিতরতশ্চার্থেষ্বভিজ্ঞঃ স্বরাট্
তেনে ব্রহ্ম হৃদা য আদিকবয়ে মুহ্যন্তি যৎ সূরয়ঃ ।
তেজোবারিমৃদাং যথা বিনিময়ো যত্র ত্রিসর্গোঽমৃষা
ধাম্না স্বেন সদা নিরস্তকুহকং সত্যং পরং ধীমহি ॥ ৩৫৯ ॥
janmādy asya yato ’nvayād itarataś cārtheṣv abhijñaḥ svarāṭ
tene brahma hṛdā ya ādi-kavaye muhyanti yat sūrayaḥ
tejo-vāri-mṛdāṁ yathā vinimayo yatra tri-sargo ’mṛṣā
dhāmnā svena sadā nirasta-kuhakaṁ satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi

Synonyms

janma-ādicreation, maintenance and dissolution; asyaof this (the universe); yataḥfrom whom; anvayātdirectly from the spiritual connection; itarataḥindirectly from the lack of material contact; caalso; artheṣuin all affairs; abhijñaḥperfectly cognizant; sva-rāṭindependent; teneimparted; brahmathe Absolute Truth; hṛdāthrough the heart; yaḥwho; ādi-kavayeunto Lord Brahmā; muhyantiare bewildered; yatin whom; sūrayaḥgreat personalities like Lord Brahmā and other demigods or great brāhmaṇas; tejaḥ-vāri-mṛdāmof fire, water and earth; yathāas; vinimayaḥthe exchange; yatrain whom; tri-sargaḥthe material creation of three modes; amṛṣāfactual; dhāmnāwith the abode; svenaHis own personal; sadāalways; nirasta-kuhakamdevoid of all illusion; satyamthe truth; paramabsolute; dhīmahilet us meditate upon.

Translation

“ ‘O my Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, son of Vasudeva, O all-pervading Personality of Godhead, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You. I meditate upon Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa because He is the Absolute Truth and the primeval cause of all causes of the creation, sustenance and destruction of the manifested universes. He is directly and indirectly conscious of all manifestations, and He is independent because there is no other cause beyond Him. It is He only who first imparted the Vedic knowledge unto the heart of Brahmājī, the original living being. By Him even the great sages and demigods are placed into illusion, as one is bewildered by the illusory representations of water seen in fire, or land seen on water. Only because of Him do the material universes, temporarily manifested by the reactions of the three modes of nature, appear factual, although they are unreal. I therefore meditate upon Him, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is eternally existent in the transcendental abode, which is forever free from the illusory representations of the material world. I meditate upon Him, for He is the Absolute Truth.’

Purport

This verse, quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.1), links the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam with the Vedānta-sūtra with the words janmādy asya yataḥ. It is stated that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vāsudeva, is the Absolute Truth beyond the material creation. This has been accepted by all ācāryas. Even Śaṅkarācārya, the most elevated impersonalist, says in the beginning of his commentary on the Bhagavad-gītā: nārāyaṇaḥ paro ’vyaktāt. When this material creation is not yet manifested from the mahat-tattva, it is called avyakta, and when it is demonstrated from that total energy, it is called vyakta. Nārāyaṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is beyond this vyakta-avyakta, manifested and unmanifested material nature. This is the chief qualification of the Supreme Personality of Godhead when He assumes a particular incarnation. Kṛṣṇa tells Arjuna that although they both took birth many, many times before, Kṛṣṇa remembers everything about His previous appearances but Arjuna does not remember. Since Kṛṣṇa is beyond the cosmic creation, He is in the exalted position of being able to remember everything in the past. Everything within the cosmic creation has a material body, but Kṛṣṇa, being beyond the material cosmic creation, always has a spiritual body. He imparted Vedic knowledge into the heart of Brahmā. Although Brahmā is the most important and exalted personality within this universe, he could not remember what he did in his past life. Kṛṣṇa had to remind him through the heart. When Lord Brahmā was thus inspired, he was able to create the entire universe. Remembering everything about the past and inspiring Lord Brahmā to create are vivid examples of the characteristics called svarūpa-lakṣaṇa and taṭastha-lakṣaṇa.
এই শ্লোকে ‘পরং’-শব্দে ‘কৃষ্ণ’-নিরূপণ ।
‘সত্যং’ শব্দে কহে তাঁর স্বরূপ-লক্ষণ ॥ ৩৬০ ॥
ei śloke ‘paraṁ’-śabde ‘kṛṣṇa’-nirūpaṇa
‘satyaṁ’ śabde kahe tāṅra svarūpa-lakṣaṇa

Synonyms

ei ślokein this verse; param-śabdeby the word param, or supreme; kṛṣṇaof Lord Kṛṣṇa; nirūpaṇathere is an indication; satyam śabdeby the word satyam, or Absolute Truth; kaheindicates; tāṅraHis; svarūpa-lakṣaṇapersonal characteristics.

Translation

“In this invocation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the word ‘param’ indicates Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the word ‘satyam’ indicates His personal characteristics.
বিশ্বসৃষ্ট্যাদি কৈল, বেদ ব্রহ্মাকে পড়াইল ।
অর্থাভিজ্ঞতা, স্বরূপশক্ত্যে মায়া দূর কৈল ॥ ৩৬১ ॥
viśva-sṛṣṭy-ādi kaila, veda brahmāke paḍāila
arthābhijñatā, svarūpa-śaktye māyā dūra kaila

Synonyms

viśva-sṛṣṭi-ādicreation, maintenance and dissolution of the cosmic manifestation; kailaperformed; vedathe Vedic knowledge; brahmākeunto Lord Brahmā; paḍāilainstructed; artha-abhijñatāhaving full knowledge of past, present and future; svarūpa-śaktyeby His personal energy; māyāthe illusory energy; dūra kailaseparated.

Translation

“In that same verse it is stated that the Lord is the creator, maintainer and annihilator of the cosmic manifestation and that He enabled Lord Brahmā to create the universe by infusing him with the knowledge of the Vedas. It is also stated that the Lord has full knowledge, directly and indirectly, that He knows past, present and future, and that His personal energy is separate from māyā, the illusory energy.
এই সব কার্য — তাঁর তটস্থ-লক্ষণ ।
অন্য অবতার ঐছে জানে মুনিগণ ॥ ৩৬২ ॥
ei saba kārya — tāṅra taṭastha-lakṣaṇa
anya avatāra aiche jāne muni-gaṇa

Synonyms

ei saba kāryaall these activities; tāṅraHis; taṭastha-lakṣaṇamarginal characteristics; anya avatāraanother incarnation; aichein that same way; jāneknow; muni-gaṇathe great saintly persons like Vyāsadeva.

Translation

“All these activities are His marginal characteristics. Great saintly persons understand the incarnations of the Supreme Personality of Godhead by the indications of the two characteristics known as svarūpa and taṭastha. All the incarnations of Kṛṣṇa should be understood in this way.
অবতার-কালে হয় জগতে গোচর ।
এই দুই লক্ষণে কেহ জানয়ে ঈশ্বর ॥” ৩৬৩ ॥
avatāra-kāle haya jagate gocara
ei dui lakṣaṇe keha jānaye īśvara”

Synonyms

avatāra-kāleat the time of incarnation; hayathere is; jagatein the world; gocarainformation; ei dui lakṣaṇeby these two characteristics, namely svarūpa and taṭastha; kehasome persons; jānayeknow; īśvarathe incarnation of the Supreme Lord.

Translation

“At the time of Their appearance, the incarnations of the Lord are known in the world because people can consult the śāstras to understand an incarnation’s chief characteristics, known as svarūpa and taṭastha. In this way the incarnations become known to great saintly persons.”
সনাতন কহে, — “যাতে ঈশ্বর-লক্ষণ ।
পীতবর্ণ, কার্য — প্রেমদান-সঙ্কীর্তন ॥ ৩৬৪ ॥
sanātana kahe, — “yāte īśvara-lakṣaṇa
pīta-varṇa, kārya — prema-dāna-saṅkīrtana

Synonyms

sanātana kaheSanātana said; yātein whom; īśvara-lakṣaṇathe characteristics of the Lord are found; pīta-varṇayellowish color; kāryaactivities; prema-dānadistributing love of Godhead; saṅkīrtanaand chanting the holy name of the Lord congregationally.

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī said, “The color of the personality in whom the characteristics of the Lord are found is yellowish. His activities include the distribution of love of Godhead and the chanting of the holy names of the Lord.
কলিকালে সেই ‘কৃষ্ণাবতার’ নিশ্চয় ।
সুদৃঢ় করিয়া কহ, যাউক সংশয় ॥” ৩৬৫ ॥
kali-kāle sei ‘kṛṣṇāvatāra’ niścaya
sudṛḍha kariyā kaha, yāuka saṁśaya”

Synonyms

kali-kālein the Age of Kali; seithat personality; kṛṣṇa-avatārathe incarnation of Kṛṣṇa; niścayacertainly; su-dṛḍha kariyāfirmly; kahakindly inform me; yāuka saṁśayaso that all doubts may go away.

Translation

“The incarnation of Kṛṣṇa for this age is indicated by these symptoms. Please confirm this definitely so that all my doubts will go away.”

Purport

Sanātana Gosvāmī wanted to confirm the fact that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the incarnation of Kṛṣṇa for this age. According to the śāstra, in Kali-yuga the Lord would assume a golden or yellow color and would distribute love of Kṛṣṇa and the saṅkīrtana movement. In accordance with the śāstra and saintly persons, these characteristics were vividly displayed by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and it was therefore clear that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was an incarnation of Kṛṣṇa. He was confirmed by the śāstras, and His characteristics were accepted by saintly people. Since Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu could not escape Sanātana Gosvāmī’s argument, He remained silent on this point and thereby indirectly accepted Sanātana’s statement. By this we can clearly understand that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was the direct incarnation of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
প্রভু কহে, — চতুরালি ছাড়, সনাতন ।
শক্ত্যাবেশাবতারের শুন বিবরণ ॥ ৩৬৬ ॥
prabhu kahe, — caturāli chāda, sanātana
śaktyāveśāvatārera śuna vivaraṇa

Synonyms

prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied; caturālivery intelligent argument; chāḍagive up; sanātanaO Sanātana; śakti-āveśa-avatāreraof the especially empowered incarnations; śunahear; vivaraṇathe description.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “O Sanātana, you must give up your intelligent tricks. Now just try to understand the description of the śaktyāveśa-avatāras.
শক্ত্যাবেশাবতার কৃষ্ণের অসংখ্য গণন ।
দিগ্‌দরশন করি মুখ্য মুখ্য জন ॥ ৩৬৭ ॥
śaktyāveśāvatāra kṛṣṇera asaṅkhya gaṇana
dig-daraśana kari mukhya mukhya jana

Synonyms

śakti-āveśa-avatāraincarnations especially empowered by the Lord; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; asaṅkhya gaṇanaunlimited and innumerable; dik-daraśana karilet Me describe some of them; mukhya mukhya janawho are counted as the chief.

Translation

“There are unlimited śaktyāveśa-avatāras of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Let Me describe the chief among them.
শক্ত্যাবেশ দুইরূপ — ‘মুখ্য’, ‘গৌণ’ দেখি ।
সাক্ষাৎশক্ত্যে ‘অবতার’, আভাসে ‘বিভূতি’ লিখি ॥ ৩৬৮ ॥
śaktyāveśa dui-rūpa — ‘mukhya’, ‘gauṇa’ dekhi
sākṣāt-śaktye ‘avatāra’, ābhāse ‘vibhūti’ likhi

Synonyms

śakti-āveśaempowered incarnations; dui-rūpatwo categories; mukhyaprimary; gauṇasecondary; dekhiI see; sākṣāt-śaktyewhen there is direct power; avatārathey are called incarnations; ābhāsewhen there is indication; vibhūti likhithey are called vibhūti, or possessing special favor.

Translation

“Empowered incarnations are of two types — primary and secondary. The primary ones are directly empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead and are called incarnations. The secondary ones are indirectly empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead and are called vibhūti.
‘সনকাদি’, ‘নারদ’, ‘পৃথু’, ‘পরশুরাম’ ।
জীবরূপ ‘ব্রহ্মার’ আবেশাবতার-নাম ॥ ৩৬৯ ॥
‘sanakādi’, ‘nārada’, ‘pṛthu’ ‘paraśurāma’
jīva-rūpa ‘brahmāra’ āveśāvatāra-nāma

Synonyms

sanaka-ādithe four Kumāras; nāradaNārada; pṛthuMahārāja Pṛthu; paraśurāmaParaśurāma; jīva-rūpaas the living entity; brahmāraof Lord Brahmā; āveśa-avatāra-nāmaall of them are called empowered incarnations.

Translation

“Some śaktyāveśa-avatāras are the four Kumāras, Nārada, Mahārāja Pṛthu and Paraśurāma. When a living being is empowered to act as Lord Brahmā, he is also considered a śaktyāveśa-avatāra.
বৈকুণ্ঠে ‘শেষ’ — ধরা ধরয়ে ‘অনন্ত’ ।
এই মুখ্যাবেশাবতার — বিস্তারে নাহি অন্ত ॥ ৩৭০ ॥
vaikuṇṭhe ‘śeṣa’ — dharā dharaye ‘ananta’
ei mukhyāveśāvatāra — vistāre nāhi anta

Synonyms

vaikuṇṭhein the spiritual world; śeṣaLord Śeṣa; dharā dharayecarries innumerable planets; anantaAnanta; eithese; mukhya-āveśa-avatāraprimary directly empowered incarnations; vistārein expanding them; nāhithere is not; antalimit.

Translation

“Lord Śeṣa in the spiritual world of Vaikuṇṭha and, in the material world, Lord Ananta, who carries innumerable planets on His hoods, are two primary empowered incarnations. There is no need to count the others, for they are unlimited.
সনকাদ্যে ‘জ্ঞান’-শক্তি, নারদে শক্তি ‘ভক্তি’ ।
ব্রহ্মায় ‘সৃষ্টি’-শক্তি, অনন্তে ‘ভূ-ধারণ’-শক্তি ॥ ৩৭১ ॥
sanakādye ‘jñāna’-śakti, nārade śakti ‘bhakti’
brahmāya ‘sṛṣṭi’-śakti, anante ‘bhū-dhāraṇa’-śakti

Synonyms

sanaka-ādyein the four Kumāras; jñāna-śaktithe power of knowledge; nāradein Nārada Muni; śaktithe power; bhaktiof devotional service; brahmāyain Lord Brahmā; sṛṣṭi-śaktithe power of creation; anantein Lord Ananta; bhū-dhāraṇa-śaktithe power to carry the planets.

Translation

“The power of knowledge was invested in the four Kumāras, and the power of devotional service was invested in Nārada. The power of creation was invested in Lord Brahmā, and the power to carry innumerable planets was invested in Lord Ananta.
শেষে ‘স্ব-সেবন’-শক্তি, পৃথুতে ‘পালন’ ।
পরশুরামে ‘দুষ্টনাশক-বীর্যসঞ্চারণ’ ॥ ৩৭২ ॥
śeṣe ‘sva-sevana’-śakti, pṛthute ‘pālana’
paraśurāme ‘duṣṭa-nāśaka-vīrya-sañcāraṇa’

Synonyms

śeṣein Lord Śeṣa; sva-sevana śaktithe power to serve the Lord personally; pṛthutein King Pṛthu; pālanathe power to rule; paraśurāmein Paraśurāma; duṣṭa-nāśaka-vīryathe extraordinary power to kill rogues and miscreants; sañcāraṇainvesting.

Translation

“The Supreme Personality of Godhead invested the power of personal service in Lord Śeṣa, and He invested the power to rule the earth in King Pṛthu. Lord Paraśurāma received the power to kill rogues and miscreants.

Purport

Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.8), paritrāṇāya sādhūnāṁ vināśāya ca duṣkṛtām. Sometimes the Lord invests His power to rule in a king like Pṛthu and enables such a king to kill rogues and miscreants. He also invests His power in incarnations like Paraśurāma.
জ্ঞানশক্ত্যাদিকলয়া যত্রাবিষ্টো জনার্দনঃ ।
ত আবেশা নিগদ্যন্তে জীবা এব মহত্তমাঃ ॥ ৩৭৩ ॥
jñāna-śakty-ādi-kalayā
yatrāviṣṭo janārdanaḥ
ta āveśā nigadyante
jīvā eva mahattamāḥ

Synonyms

jñāna-śakti-ādi-kalayāby portions of the potencies of knowledge, devotional service, creation, personal service, ruling over the material world, carrying the different planets, and killing the rogues and miscreants; yatrawherever; āviṣṭaḥis entered; janārdanaḥthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu; tethey; āveśāḥempowered; nigadyanteare called; jīvāḥliving entities; evaalthough; mahat-tamāḥmost exalted devotees.

Translation

“ ‘Whenever the Lord is present in someone by portions of His various potencies, the living entity representing the Lord is called a śaktyāveśa-avatāra — that is, an incarnation invested with special power.’

Purport

This verse is found in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (1.18).
‘বিভূতি’ কহিয়ে যৈছে গীতা-একাদশে ।
জগৎ ব্যাপিল কৃষ্ণশক্ত্যাভাসাবেশে ॥ ৩৭৪ ॥
‘vibhūti’ kahiye yaiche gītā-ekādaśe
jagat vyāpila kṛṣṇa-śakty-ābhāsāveśe

Synonyms

vibhūtispecific power; kahiyewe say; yaichejust like; gītāof the Bhagavad-gītā; ekādaśein the eleventh chapter; jagatthroughout the whole universe; vyāpilaHe expanded; kṛṣṇa-śakti-ābhāsa-āveśeby the reflection of His power.

Translation

“As explained in the eleventh chapter of the Bhagavad-gītā, Kṛṣṇa has spread Himself all over the universe in many personalities through specific powers, known as vibhūti.

Purport

The expansion of specific māyā powers is explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.7.39).
যদ্‌যদ্‌বিভূতিমৎ সত্ত্বং শ্রীমদূর্জিতমেব বা ।
তত্তদেবাবগচ্ছ ত্বং মম তেজোহংশসম্ভবম্ ॥ ৩৭৫ ॥
yad yad vibhūtimat sattvaṁ
śrīmad ūrjitam eva vā
tat tad evāvagaccha tvaṁ
mama tejo-’ṁśa-sambhavam

Synonyms

yat yatwhatever and wherever; vibhūti-matextraordinarily opulent; sattvamliving entity; śrī-matfull of wealth; ūrjitamfull of power; evacertainly; or; tat tatthere; evacertainly; avagacchashould know; tvamyou; mamaof Me; tejaḥof power; aṁśaof a part; sambhavamexhibition.

Translation

“ ‘Know that all opulent, beautiful and glorious creations spring from but a spark of My splendor.’

Purport

This is a statement made by Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (10.41).
অথবা বহুনৈতেন কিং জ্ঞাতেন তবার্জুন ।
বিষ্টভ্যাহমিদং কৃৎস্নমেকাংশেন স্থিতো জগৎ ॥ ৩৭৬ ॥
atha vā bahunaitena
kiṁ jñātena tavārjuna
viṣṭabhyāham idaṁ kṛtsnam
ekāṁśena sthito jagat

Synonyms

atha or; bahunāmuch; etenawith this; kimwhat use; jñātenabeing known; tavaby you; arjunaO Arjuna; viṣṭabhyapervading; ahamI; idamthis; kṛtsnamentire; eka-aṁśenawith one portion; sthitaḥsituated; jagatuniverse.

Translation

“ ‘But what need is there, Arjuna, for all this detailed knowledge? With a single fragment of Myself I pervade and support this entire universe.’

Purport

This is also a statement made by Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (10.42).
এইত কহিলুঁ শক্ত্যাবেশ-অবতার ।
বাল্য-পৌগণ্ড-ধর্মের শুনহ বিচার ॥ ৩৭৭ ॥
eita kahiluṅ śakty-āveśa-avatāra
bālya-paugaṇḍa-dharmera śunaha vicāra

Synonyms

eitathus; kahiluṅI have explained; śakti-āveśa-avatārathe incarnations specifically empowered; bālyain childhood; paugaṇḍain boyhood; dharmeraof the characteristics; śunahanow hear; vicārathe consideration.

Translation

“Thus I have explained specifically empowered incarnations. Now please hear about the characteristics of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s childhood, boyhood and youth.
কিশোরশেখর-ধর্মী ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ।
প্রকটলীলা করিবারে যবে করে মন ॥ ৩৭৮ ॥
kiśora-śekhara-dharmī vrajendra-nandana
prakaṭa-līlā karibāre yabe kare mana

Synonyms

kiśora-śekharatopmost of youth; dharmīwhose natural position; vrajendra-nandanathe son of Mahārāja Nanda; prakaṭa-līlāmanifested pastimes; karibāreto perform; yabewhen; karemakes; manamind.

Translation

“As the son of Mahārāja Nanda, Lord Kṛṣṇa is by nature the paragon of kiśora [youth]. He chooses to exhibit His pastimes at that age.
আদৌ প্রকট করায় মাতা-পিতা-ভক্তগণে ।
পাছে প্রকট হয় জন্মাদিক-লীলাক্রমে ॥ ৩৭৯ ॥
ādau prakaṭa karāya mātā-pitā — bhakta-gaṇe
pāche prakaṭa haya janmādika-līlā-krame

Synonyms

ādaufirst; prakaṭamanifest; karāyaHe makes; mātā-pitāHis mother and father; bhakta-gaṇesimilar devotees; pācheafter that; prakaṭa hayaare manifested; janma-ādika-līlā-kramesuch pastimes as birth, in order.

Translation

“Before His personal appearance, the Lord causes some of His devotees to appear as His mother, father and intimate associates. He then appears later as if He were taking birth and growing from a baby to a child and gradually into a youth.
বয়সো বিবিধত্বেঽপি সর্বভক্তিরসাশ্রয়ঃ ।
ধর্মী কিশোর এবাত্র নিত্যলীলা-বিলাসবান্‌ ॥ ৩৮০ ॥
vayaso vividhatve ’pi
sarva-bhakti-rasāśrayaḥ
dharmī kiśora evātra
nitya-līlā-vilāsavān

Synonyms

vayasaḥof age; vividhatvein varieties; apialthough; sarvaof all kinds; bhakti-rasa-āśrayaḥthe shelter of devotional service; dharmīwhose constitutional nature; kiśoraḥin the age before youth; evacertainly; atrain this; nitya-līlāof eternal pastimes; vilāsa-vānthe supreme enjoyer.

Translation

“ ‘The Supreme Personality of Godhead is eternally enjoying Himself, and He is the shelter of all kinds of devotional service. Although His ages are various, His age known as kiśora [pre-youth] is best of all.’

Purport

This verse is found in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (2.1.63).
পূতনা-বধাদি যত লীলা ক্ষণে ক্ষণে ।
সব লীলা নিত্য প্রকট করে অনুক্রমে ॥ ৩৮১ ॥
pūtanā-vadhādi yata līlā kṣaṇe kṣaṇe
saba līlā nitya prakaṭa kare anukrame

Synonyms

pūtanā-vadha-ādikilling of the demons like Pūtanā; yataall; līlāpastimes; kṣaṇe kṣaṇeone moment after another; saba līlāall these pastimes; nityaeternally; prakaṭamanifesting; karedoes; anukrameone after another.

Translation

“When Lord Kṛṣṇa appears, from moment to moment He exhibits His different pastimes, beginning with the killing of Pūtanā. All these pastimes are eternally being demonstrated one after another.
অনন্ত ব্ৰহ্মাণ্ড, তার নাহিক গণন ।
কোন লীলা কোন ব্ৰহ্মাণ্ডে হয় প্রকটন ॥ ৩৮২ ॥
ananta brahmāṇḍa, tāra nāhika gaṇana
kona līlā kona brahmāṇḍe haya prakaṭana

Synonyms

ananta brahmāṇḍainnumerable universes; tāraof which; nāhika gaṇanathere is no counting; kona līlāsome pastimes; kona brahmāṇḍein some universe; hayathere is; prakaṭanamanifestation.

Translation

“The consecutive pastimes of Kṛṣṇa are being manifested in one of the innumerable universes moment after moment. There is no possibility of counting the universes, but in any case some pastime of the Lord is being manifested at every moment in one universe or another.
এইমত সব লীলা — যেন গঙ্গাধার ।
সে-সে লীলা প্রকট করে ব্রজেন্দ্রকুমার ॥ ৩৮৩ ॥
ei-mata saba līlā — yena gaṅgā-dhāra
se-se līlā prakaṭa kare vrajendra-kumāra

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; saba līlāall pastimes; yenalike; gaṅgā-dhārathe flowing of the water of the Ganges; se-sethose; līlāpastimes; prakaṭa karedemonstrates; vrajendra-kumārathe son of Mahārāja Nanda.

Translation

“Thus the Lord’s pastimes are like the flowing Ganges water. In this way all the pastimes are manifested by the son of Nanda Mahārāja.
ক্রমে বাল্য-পৌগণ্ড-কৈশোরতা-প্রাপ্তি ।
রাস-আদি লীলা করে, কৈশোরে নিত্যস্থিতি ॥ ৩৮৪ ॥
krame bālya-paugaṇḍa-kaiśoratā-prāpti
rāsa-ādi līlā kare, kaiśore nitya-sthiti

Synonyms

kramegradually; bālyachildhood; paugaṇḍaboyhood; kaiśoratāyouth; prāptidevelopment; rāsadancing with the gopīs; ādiand others; līlāpastimes; kareperforms; kaiśorein His age of pre-youth; nitya-sthitieternally existing.

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa exhibits His pastimes of childhood, boyhood and pre-youth. When He reaches pre-youth, He continues to exist eternally to perform His rāsa dance and other pastimes.

Purport

The comparison made here is very interesting. Kṛṣṇa does not grow like an ordinary human being, even though He exhibits His pastimes of childhood, boyhood and pre-youth. When He reaches the age of pre-youth, kaiśora, He does not grow any older. He simply remains in His kaiśora age. He is therefore described in the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.33) as nava-yauvana:
advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam
ādyaṁ purāṇa-puruṣaṁ nava-yauvanaṁ ca
vedeṣu durlabham adurlabham ātma-bhaktau
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
This nava-yauvana, or pre-youth, is the eternal transcendental form of Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa never grows older than nava-yauvana.
‘নিত্যলীলা’ কৃষ্ণের সর্বশাস্ত্রে কয় ।
বুঝিতে না পারে লীলা কেমনে ‘নিত্য’ হয় ॥ ৩৮৫ ॥
‘nitya-līlā’ kṛṣṇera sarva-śāstre kaya
bujhite nā pāre līlā kemane ‘nitya’ haya

Synonyms

nitya-līlāeternal pastimes; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; sarva-śāstre kayadescribed in every śāstra; bujhite pārenot able to understand; līlāpastimes; kemanehow; nitya hayaare eternal.

Translation

“Descriptions of Kṛṣṇa’s eternal pastimes are in all the revealed scriptures. But one cannot understand how they are continuing eternally.
দৃষ্টান্ত দিয়া কহি তবে লোক যদি জানে ।
কৃষ্ণলীলা — নিত্য, জ্যোতিশ্চক্র-প্রমাণে ॥ ৩৮৬ ॥
dṛṣṭānta diyā kahi tabe loka yadi jāne
kṛṣṇa-līlā — nitya, jyotiścakra-pramāṇe

Synonyms

dṛṣṭānta diyāgiving an example; kahilet Me say; tabethen; lokapeople; yadiif; jānecan understand; kṛṣṇa-līlāpastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa; nityaeternal; jyotiḥ-cakraof the zodiac; pramāṇeby evidence.

Translation

“Let me give an example by which people may understand Lord Kṛṣṇa’s eternal pastimes. An example can be found in the zodiac.
জ্যোতিশ্চক্রে সূর্য যেন ফিরে রাত্রি-দিনে ।
সপ্তদ্বীপাম্বুধি লঙ্ঘি’ ফিরে ক্রমে ক্রমে ॥ ৩৮৭ ॥
jyotiścakre sūrya yena phire rātri-dine
sapta-dvīpāmbudhi laṅghi’ phire krame krame

Synonyms

jyotiḥ-cakrein the zodiac; sūryaof the sun; yenaas; phiremoves; rātri-dinethe day and night; sapta-dvīpa-ambudhithe oceans of the islands; laṅghi’crossing; phirerotates; krame krameone after another.

Translation

“The sun moves across the zodiac day and night and crosses the oceans between the seven islands one after the other.
রাত্রি-দিনে হয় ষষ্টিদণ্ড-পরিমাণ ।
তিনসহস্র ছয়শত ‘পল’ তার মান ॥ ৩৮৮ ॥
rātri-dine haya ṣaṣṭi-daṇḍa-parimāṇa
tina-sahasra chaya-śata ‘pala’ tāra māna

Synonyms

rātri-dineduring the whole day and night; hayathere is; ṣaṣṭi-daṇḍaof sixty daṇḍas (a measure of time); parimāṇaduration; tina-sahasrathree thousand; chaya-śatasix hundred; palapalas; tāraof that; mānameasurement.

Translation

“According to Vedic astronomical calculations, the rotation of the sun consists of sixty daṇḍas, and it is divided into thirty-six hundred palas.
সূর্যোদয় হৈতে ষষ্টিপল-ক্রমোদয় ।
সেই এক দণ্ড, অষ্ট দণ্ডে ‘প্রহর’ হয় ॥ ৩৮৯ ॥
sūryodaya haite ṣaṣṭi-pala-kramodaya
sei eka daṇḍa, aṣṭa daṇḍe ‘prahara’ haya

Synonyms

sūrya-udaya haitebeginning from the sunrise; ṣaṣṭi-palasixty palas; krama-udayagradually rising higher and higher; seithat; eka daṇḍaone daṇḍa; aṣṭa daṇḍein eight daṇḍas; prahara hayathere is a prahara.

Translation

“The sun rises in steps consisting of sixty palas. Sixty palas equal one daṇḍa, and eight daṇḍas comprise one prahara.
এক-দুই-তিন-চারি প্রহরে অস্ত হয় ।
চারিপ্রহর রাত্রি গেলে পুনঃ সূর্যোদয় ॥ ৩৯০ ॥
eka-dui-tina-cāri prahare asta haya
cāri-prahara rātri gele punaḥ sūryodaya

Synonyms

eka-dui-tina-cārione, two, three, four; praharein praharas; asta hayathe sun sets in the evening; cāri-praharagenerally after four praharas; rātrithe night; gelewhen it passes; punaḥagain; sūrya-udayathe sun rises.

Translation

“The day and the night are divided into eight praharas — four belonging to the day and four belonging to the night. After eight praharas, the sun rises again.
ঐছে কৃষ্ণের লীলা-মণ্ডল চৌদ্দমন্বন্তরে ।
ব্রহ্মাণ্ডমণ্ডল ব্যাপি’ ক্রমে ক্রমে ফিরে ॥ ৩৯১ ॥
aiche kṛṣṇera līlā-maṇḍala caudda-manvantare
brahmāṇḍa-maṇḍala vyāpi’ krame krame phire

Synonyms

aichein the same way; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; līlā-maṇḍalagroups of different pastimes; caudda-manvantarein the duration of fourteen Manus; brahmāṇḍa-maṇḍalaall of the universes; vyāpi’spreading through; krame kramegradually; phirereturn.

Translation

“Just as there is an orbit of the sun, there is an orbit of Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes, which are manifested one after the other. During the lifetime of fourteen Manus, this orbit expands through all the universes, and gradually it returns. Thus Kṛṣṇa moves with His pastimes through all the universes, one after another.
সওয়াশত বৎসর কৃষ্ণের প্রকট-প্রকাশ ।
তাহা যৈছে ব্রজ-পুরে করিলা বিলাস ॥ ৩৯২ ॥
saoyāśata vatsara kṛṣṇera prakaṭa-prakāśa
tāhā yaiche vraja-pure karilā vilāsa

Synonyms

saoyāśata125; vatsarayears; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; prakaṭa-prakāśamanifestation of the appearance; tāhāthat; yaichelike; vraja-purein Vṛndāvana and Dvārakā; karilā vilāsaenjoys the pastimes.

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa remains within a universe for 125 years, and He enjoys His pastimes both in Vṛndāvana and Dvārakā.
অলাতচক্রপ্রায় সেই লীলাচক্র ফিরে ।
সব লীলা সব ব্রহ্মাণ্ডে ক্রমে উদয় করে ॥ ৩৯৩ ॥
alāta-cakra-prāya sei līlā-cakra phire
saba līlā saba brahmāṇḍe krame udaya kare

Synonyms

alāta-cakra-prāyaexactly like a wheel of fire; seithat; līlā-cakrathe cycle of Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes; phireturns; saba līlāall these pastimes; saba brahmāṇḍein all the universes; krameone after another; udaya kareare manifested.

Translation

“The cycle of His pastimes turns like a wheel of fire. Thus Kṛṣṇa exhibits His pastimes one after the other in every universe.
জন্ম, বাল্য, পৌগণ্ড, কৈশোর প্রকাশ ।
পূতনা-বধাদি করি’ মৌষলান্ত বিলাস ॥ ৩৯৪ ॥
janma, bālya, paugaṇḍa, kaiśora prakāśa
pūtanā-vadhādi kari’ mauṣalānta vilāsa

Synonyms

janmabirth; bālyachildhood; paugaṇḍaboyhood; kaiśorapre-youth; prakāśamanifestation; pūtanā-vadha-ādikilling the demons, beginning from Pūtanā; kari’manifesting; mauṣala-antauntil the end of the mauṣala pastimes; vilāsapastimes.

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes — appearance, childhood, boyhood and youth — are all manifested, beginning with the killing of Pūtanā and extending to the end of the mauṣala-līlā, the annihilation of the Yadu dynasty. All of these pastimes are rotating in every universe.
কোন ব্ৰহ্মাণ্ডে কোন লীলার হয় অবস্থান ।
তাতে লীলা ‘নিত্য’ কহে আগম-পুরাণ ॥ ৩৯৫ ॥
kona brahmāṇḍe kona līlāra haya avasthāna
tāte līlā ‘nitya’ kahe āgama-purāṇa

Synonyms

kona brahmāṇḍein some universe; kona līlārasome pastimes; hayathere is; avasthānathe presence; tātetherefore; līlāpastimes; nityaeternal; kaheexplains; āgama-purāṇathe Vedas and Purāṇas.

Translation

“Since all Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are taking place continuously, at every moment some pastime is existing in one universe or another. Consequently these pastimes are called eternal by the Vedas and Purāṇas.
গোলোক, গোকুল-ধাম — ‘বিভু’ কৃষ্ণসম ।
কৃষ্ণেচ্ছায় ব্রহ্মাণ্ডগণে তাহার সংক্রম ॥ ৩৯৬ ॥
goloka, gokula-dhāma — ‘vibhu’ kṛṣṇa-sama
kṛṣṇecchāya brahmāṇḍa-gaṇe tāhāra saṅkrama

Synonyms

golokathe planet known as Goloka; gokula-dhāmathe spiritual land, the pasturing fields for the surabhi cows; vibhuopulent and powerful; kṛṣṇa-samaas much as Kṛṣṇa; kṛṣṇa-icchāyaby the supreme will of Kṛṣṇa; brahmāṇḍa-gaṇein each of the universes; tāhāraof the Goloka and Gokula dhāmas; saṅkramaappearance.

Translation

“The spiritual abode known as Goloka, which is a pasturing land for surabhi cows, is as powerful and opulent as Kṛṣṇa. By the will of Kṛṣṇa, the original Goloka and Gokula dhāmas are manifested with Him in all the universes.
অতএব গোলোকস্থানে নিত্য বিহার ।
ব্রহ্মাণ্ডগণে ক্রমে প্রাকট্য তাহার ॥ ৩৯৭ ॥
ataeva goloka-sthāne nitya vihāra
brahmāṇḍa-gaṇe krame prākaṭya tāhāra

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; goloka-sthānein the original Goloka Vṛndāvana planet; nitya vihāraeternal pastimes; brahmāṇḍa-gaṇewithin the material universes; kramegradually; prākaṭyamanifestation; tāhāraof them.

Translation

“The eternal pastimes of Kṛṣṇa are continuously taking place in the original Goloka Vṛndāvana planet. These same pastimes are gradually manifested within the material world, in each and every brahmāṇḍa.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura elucidates this complicated explanation of Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes. Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are always present in the material world in one of the many universes. These pastimes appear in the universes one after the other, just as the sun moves across the sky and measures the time. Kṛṣṇa’s appearance may be manifested in this universe at one moment, and immediately after His birth, this pastime is manifested in the next universe. After His killing of Pūtanā is manifested in this universe, it is next manifested in another universe. Thus all the pastimes of Kṛṣṇa are eternally existing both in the original Goloka Vṛndāvana planet and in the material universes. The 125 years calculated in our solar system to be Kṛṣṇa’s lifetime equal one moment for Kṛṣṇa. One moment these pastimes are manifested in one universe, and the next moment they are manifested in the next universe. There are unlimited universes, and Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are manifested one moment after the other in all of them. This rotation is explained through the example of the sun’s moving across the sky. Kṛṣṇa appears and disappears in innumerable universes, just as the sun appears and disappears during the day. Although the sun appears to rise and set, it is continuously shining somewhere on the earth. Similarly, although Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes seem to appear and disappear, they are continuously existing in one brahmāṇḍa (universe) or another. Thus all of Kṛṣṇa’s līlās are present simultaneously throughout the innumerable universes. By our limited senses we cannot appreciate this; therefore Kṛṣṇa’s eternal pastimes are very difficult for us to understand. One should try to understand how they are taking place by understanding the example of the sun. Although the Lord is appearing constantly in the material universes, His pastimes are eternally present in the original Goloka Vṛndāvana. Therefore these pastimes are called nitya-līlā (eternally present pastimes). Because we cannot see what is going on in other universes, it is a little difficult for us to understand how Kṛṣṇa is eternally manifesting His pastimes. There are fourteen Manus in one day of Brahmā, and this time calculation is also taking place in other universes. Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are manifested before fourteen Manus expire. Although it is a little difficult to understand the eternal pastimes of Kṛṣṇa in this way, we must accept the verdict of the Vedic literatures.
There are two types of devotees — the sādhaka, who is preparing for perfection, and the siddha, who is already perfect. As far as those who are already perfect are concerned, Lord Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.9), tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma naiti mām eti so ’rjuna: “After giving up this material body, such a devotee comes to Me.” After leaving the material body, the perfect devotee takes birth from the womb of a gopī on a planet where Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are going on. This may be in this universe or another universe. This statement is found in the Ujjvala-nīlamaṇi, which is commented upon by Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura. When a devotee becomes perfect, he is transferred to a universe where Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are taking place. Kṛṣṇa’s eternal associates go wherever Kṛṣṇa manifests His pastimes. As stated before, first the father and mother of Kṛṣṇa appear, then the other associates. Quitting his material body, the perfect devotee also goes to associate with Kṛṣṇa and His other associates.
ব্রজে কৃষ্ণ — সর্বৈশ্বর্যপ্ৰকাশে ‘পূর্ণতম’ ।
পুরীদ্বয়ে, পরব্যোমে — ‘পূর্ণতর,’ ‘পূর্ণ’ ॥ ৩৯৮ ॥
vraje kṛṣṇa — sarvaiśvarya-prakāśe ‘pūrṇatama’
purī-dvaye, paravyome — ‘pūrṇatara’, ‘pūrṇa’

Synonyms

vrajein Vṛndāvana; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; sarva-aiśvarya-prakāśemanifestation of His full opulence; pūrṇa-tamamost complete; purī-dvayein Dvārakā and Mathurā; para-vyomeand in the spiritual world; pūrṇa-taramore complete; pūrṇacomplete.

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa is complete in the spiritual sky [Vaikuṇṭha], He is more complete in Mathurā and Dvārakā, and He is most complete in Vṛndāvana, Vraja, due to His manifesting all His opulences.

Purport

This is confirmed in the following three verses from the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (2.1.221-223).
হরিঃ পূর্ণতমঃ পূর্ণতরঃ পূর্ণ ইতি ত্রিধা ।
শ্রেষ্ঠমধ্যাদিভিঃ শব্দৈর্নাট্যে যঃ পরিপঠ্যতে ॥ ৩৯৯ ॥
hariḥ pūrṇatamaḥ pūrṇa-
taraḥ pūrṇa iti tridhā
śreṣṭha-madhyādibhiḥ śabdair
nāṭye yaḥ paripaṭhyate

Synonyms

hariḥthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; pūrṇa-tamaḥmost complete; pūrṇa-taraḥmore complete; pūrṇaḥcomplete; itithus; tridhāthree stages; śreṣṭhabest; madhya-ādibhiḥmiddle, etc.; śabdaiḥby the words; nāṭyein books on dramatics; yaḥwho; paripaṭhyateis proclaimed.

Translation

“ ‘This is stated in the dramatic literatures as “perfect,” “more perfect” and “most perfect.” Thus Lord Kṛṣṇa manifests Himself in three ways — perfect, more perfect and most perfect.
প্রকাশিতাখিলগুণঃ স্মৃতঃ পূর্ণতমো বুধৈঃ ।
অসর্বব্যঞ্জকঃ পূর্ণতরঃ পূর্ণোঽল্পদর্শকঃ ॥ ৪০০ ॥
prakāśitākhila-guṇaḥ
smṛtaḥ pūrṇatamo budhaiḥ
asarva-vyañjakaḥ pūrṇa-
taraḥ pūrṇo ’lpa-darśakaḥ

Synonyms

prakāśita-akhila-guṇaḥhaving all transcendental qualities manifested; smṛtaḥis understood; pūrṇa-tamaḥmost perfect; budhaiḥby learned scholars; asarva-vyañjakaḥhaving qualities not fully manifested; pūrṇa-taraḥmore perfect; pūrṇaḥperfect; alpa-darśakaḥstill less fully manifested.

Translation

“ ‘When the Supreme Personality of Godhead does not manifest all His transcendental qualities, He is called complete. When all the qualities are manifested, but not fully, He is called more complete. When He manifests all His qualities in fullness, He is called most complete. This is the version of all learned scholars in the devotional science.
কৃষ্ণস্য পূর্ণতমতা ব্যক্তাভূদ্‌গোকুলান্তরে ।
পূর্ণতা পূর্ণতরতা দ্বারকা-মথুরাদিষু ॥ ৪০১ ॥
kṛṣṇasya pūrṇatamatā
vyaktābhūd gokulāntare
pūrṇatā pūrṇataratā
dvārakā-mathurādiṣu

Synonyms

kṛṣṇasyaof Lord Kṛṣṇa; pūrṇa-tamatābeing most perfect; vyaktāmanifested; abhūtbecame; gokula-antarein the domain of Gokula Vṛndāvana; pūrṇatācompleteness; pūrṇa-taratāmore completeness; dvārakāin Dvārakā; mathurā-ādiṣuand Mathurā, and so on.

Translation

“ ‘The most complete qualities of Kṛṣṇa are manifested within Vṛndāvana, and His complete and more complete qualities are manifested in Dvārakā and Mathurā.’
এই কৃষ্ণ — ব্রজে ‘পূর্ণতম’ ভগবান্ ।
আর সব স্বরূপ — ‘পূর্ণতর’ ‘পূর্ণ’ নাম ॥ ৪০২ ॥
ei kṛṣṇa — vraje ‘pūrṇatama’ bhagavān
āra saba svarūpa — ‘pūrṇatara’ ‘pūrṇa’ nāma

Synonyms

ei kṛṣṇathe same Kṛṣṇa; vrajeVṛndāvana; pūrṇa-tama bhagavānthe most complete manifestation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; āraother; sabaall; svarūpaforms; pūrṇa-taramore complete; pūrṇacomplete; nāmanamed.

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa is the most complete Supreme Personality of Godhead in Vṛndāvana. Elsewhere all His expansions are either complete or more complete.
সংক্ষেপে কহিলুঁ কৃষ্ণের স্বরূপ-বিচার ।
‘অনন্ত’ কহিতে নারে ইহার বিস্তার ॥ ৪০৩ ॥
saṅkṣepe kahiluṅ kṛṣṇera svarūpa-vicāra
‘ananta’ kahite nāre ihāra vistāra

Synonyms

saṅkṣepein brief; kahiluṅI have described; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; svarūpa-vicāraconsideration of His different forms and features; anantaLord Ananta; kahite nārenot able to describe; ihāraof this; vistārathe expanse.

Translation

“Thus I have briefly described Kṛṣṇa’s manifestation of transcendental forms. This subject matter is so large that even Lord Ananta cannot describe it fully.
অনন্ত স্বরূপ কৃষ্ণের নাহিক গণন ।
শাখা-চন্দ্র-ন্যায়ে করি দিগ্‌দরশন ॥ ৪০৪ ॥
ananta svarūpa kṛṣṇera nāhika gaṇana
śākhā-candra-nyāye kari dig-daraśana

Synonyms

anantaunlimited; svarūpaforms; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; nāhika gaṇanathere is no counting; śākhā-candra-nyāyeby the logic of showing the moon through the branches of a tree; kariI do; dik-daraśanaonly partial showing.

Translation

“In this way Kṛṣṇa’s transcendental forms are expanded unlimitedly. No one can count them. Whatever I have explained is simply a little glimpse. It is like showing the moon through the branches of a tree.”
ইহা যেই শুনে, পড়ে, সেই ভাগ্যবান্ ।
কৃষ্ণের স্বরূপতত্ত্বের হয় কিছু জ্ঞান ॥ ৪০৫ ॥
ihā yei śune, paḍe, sei bhāgyavān
kṛṣṇera svarūpa-tattvera haya kichu jñāna

Synonyms

ihāthis narration; yei śuneanyone who hears; paḍeor reads; seisuch a person; bhāgyavānis most fortunate; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; svarūpa-tattveraof personal bodily features; hayathere is; kichusomething; jñānaknowledge.

Translation

Whoever hears or recites these descriptions of the expansions of Kṛṣṇa’s body is certainly a very fortunate man. Although this is very difficult to understand, one can nonetheless acquire some knowledge about the different features of Kṛṣṇa’s body.
শ্রীরূপ-রঘুনাথ-পদে যার আশ ।
চৈতন্যচরিতামৃত কহে কৃষ্ণদাস ॥ ৪০৬ ॥
śrī-rūpa-raghunātha-pade yāra āśa
caitanya-caritāmṛta kahe kṛṣṇadāsa

Synonyms

śrī-rūpaŚrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; raghunāthaŚrīla Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī; padeat the lotus feet; yārawhose; āśaexpectation; caitanya-caritāmṛtathe book named Caitanya-caritāmṛta; kahedescribes; kṛṣṇadāsaŚrīla Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī.

Translation

Praying at the lotus feet of Śrī Rūpa and Śrī Raghunātha, always desiring their mercy, I, Kṛṣṇadāsa, narrate Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, following in their footsteps.

Purport

Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā, twentieth chapter, describing how Sanātana Gosvāmī met the Lord at Vārāṇasī and received knowledge of the Absolute Truth.